ML101590081: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
 
(StriderTol Bot change)
 
(4 intermediate revisions by the same user not shown)
Line 2: Line 2:
| number = ML101590081
| number = ML101590081
| issue date = 05/03/2010
| issue date = 05/03/2010
| title = Brunswick Initial Exam 2010-301 Draft Sim/IN-Plant JPMs
| title = Initial Exam 2010-301 Draft Sim/IN-Plant JPMs
| author name =  
| author name =  
| author affiliation = NRC/RGN-II
| author affiliation = NRC/RGN-II
Line 16: Line 16:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:PROGRESS ENERGY CAROLINAS BRUNSWICK TRAINING SECTION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE IN PLANT NRC Sim A LESSON TITLE: Bypass a LPRM LESSON NUMBER: LOT-SIM-JP-215-007 REVISION NO: 2 SIMULATOR SETUP: Recommended Initial Conditions IC-11, 100% Power, BOC Required Plant Conditions Triggers Malfunctions Overrides Remotes IMPORTANT NOTE: Bypassing a LPRM Resetting the simulator does not reset the PPC. The Scanning Enabled will have to be performed on PPC screen 861. This must be done after each performance of the JPM and prior to the next examinee starting this JPM. . To reset the PPC: Select the 861 screen. Select LPRM 04-21A and hit Control Point 10 Select Scanning Disabled Type E Press Enter Verify value returns (changes from cyan to green) Place PPC on the Main Menu LOT-SIM-JP-215-007 Page 2 of 10 Rev. 2 Bypassing a LPRM SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS:
{{#Wiki_filter:PROGRESS ENERGY CAROLINAS BRUNSWICK TRAINING SECTION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE IN PLANT NRC Sim A LESSON TITLE: Bypass a LPRM LESSON NUMBER:     LOT-SIM-JP-215-D07 LOT-SIM-JP-215-007 REVISION NO:   2
None EVALUATOR NOTES: (Do not read to performer)  
 
: 1. The applicable procedure section WILL be provided to the performer.  
Bypassing a LPRM SIMULATOR SETUP:
: 2. If this is the first JPM of the JPM set, read the JPM briefing contained in NUREG 1021, Appendix E, or similar to the performer.
Recommended Initial Conditions IC-lI, 100% Power, BOC IC-11, Required Plant Conditions Triggers Malfunctions Overrides Remotes IMPORTANT NOTE:
Resetting the simulator does not reset the PPC. The Scanning Enabled will have to be performed on PPC screen 861. This must be done after each performance of the JPM and prior to the next examinee starting this JPM.     .
To reset the PPC:
Select the 861 screen.
Select LPRM 04-21A and hit Control Point 10ID Select Scanning Disabled Type E Press Enter Verify value returns (changes from cyan to green)
Place PPC on the Main Menu LOT-SIM-JP-215-007 LOT-SIM-JP-215-D07                          Page 2 of 10                                   Rev. 2
 
Bypassing Bypassing aa LPRM LPRM SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS:
SAFETY      CONSIDERATIONS:
None None EVALUATOR NOTES:
EVALUATOR          NOTES: (Do(Do not not read read to to performer) performer)
: 1. The applicable procedure section WILL be provided to the performer.
1.
: 2. IfIf this is is the first JPM of the JPM set, read read the JPM briefing briefing contained contained in in NUREG NUREG 1021, 1021 Appendix E, E,
or similar to the performer.
Read the following to the JPM performer.
Read the following to the JPM performer.
TASK CONDITIONS:  
TASK CONDITIONS:
: 1. LPRM 04-21A (APRM 1) operation has been erratic causing numerous upscale alarms but is currently reading normal. INITIATING CUE: You are directed by the Unit CRS to bypass LPRM 04-21A per 20P-09. Inform the CRS when all required actions have been completed.
: 1. LPRM 04-21A (APRM 1) operation has been erratic causing numerous upscale alarms but is currently reading normal.
LOT-SIM-JP-215-D07 Page 3 of 10 Rev. 2 Bypassing a LPRM PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST NOTE: Sequence is assumed unless denoted in the Comments.
INITIATING CUE:
Step 1 -Obtain current revision of 20P-09, Section 8.4. Current revision of 20P-09, Section B.4 obtained.
You are directed by the Unit CRS to bypass LPRM 04-21A per 20P-09. Inform the CRS when all required actions have been completed.
LOT-SIM-JP-215-D07                                         of 10 Page 33 of Page        10                                   Rev. 22 Rev.
 
Bypassing a LPRM PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST NOTE: Sequence is assumed unless denoted in the Comments.
1 - Obtain current revision of 20P-09, Section 8.4.
Step 1 -
8.4 obtained.
Current revision of 20P-09, Section B.4 SATIU NSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
TIMESTART
TIMESTART TIME START _ _ __
___ _ Step 2 -Identify the number of LPRMs in average. The number of LPRMs is identified using the APRM Bar graph on panel P60B or the PPC. SAT/UNSAT
Step 2 - Identify the number of LPRMs in average.
* PROMPT: If asked Inform the examinee as the UnitCRS that the minimum number of LPRM inputs will be maintained Jor the affected APRM and OPRM. Step 3 -Confirm that the minimum number of LPRM inputs can be maintained.
P608 or the The number of LPRMs is identified using the APRM Bar graph on panel P60B PPC.
SATIUNSAT **
SAT/UNSAT PROMPT:                                             Unit CRS that the minimum number of LPRM If asked Inform the examinee as the UnitCRS                                 LPRM inputs for the affected APRM and OPRM.
will be maintained Jor Step 3 - Confirm that the minimum number of LPRM inputs can be maintained.
The minimum number of LPRM inputs is verified.
The minimum number of LPRM inputs is verified.
SATIU NSAT*
SATIUNSAT*
IPROMPT:
PROMPT                                                CRS to Bypass APRM 1.
If asked provide guidance as the Unit CRSto                    I 4
Step 4 - Place APRM 1  1 in BYPASS.
APRM 1I is placed in BYPASS.
SATIUNSAT*
SATIUNSAT*
I PROMPT: If asked provide guidance as the Unit CRSto Bypass APRM 1. Step 4 -Place APRM 1 in BYPASS. APRM 1 is placed in BYPASS. SAT/UNSAT*
Step 5 -Confirm 'BYP' is indicated for APRM 1. APRM 1 BYP heading in inverse video is verified.
SAT/UNSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
LOT-SIM-JP-215-007 Page 4 of 10 Rev. 2 Bypassing a LPRM I NOTE: The ETC soft key will be toggledto display the BYPASS SELECTIONS soft key. Step 6 -Press ETC soft key to obtain BYPASS SELECTIONS soft key. Bypass Selections soft key is obtained.
BYP is indicated for APRM 1.
Step 5 - Confirm 'BYP' APRM 1I BYP heading in inverse video is verified.
SATIU NSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
Step 7 -Press BYPASS SELECTIONS soft key. Bypass Selections soft key is pressed. **CRITICAL STEP**SAT/UNSAT*
LOT-SIM-JP-215-007 LOT-SIM-JP-215-D07                              Page 4 of 10                                    Rev. 2
NOTE: If ten (10) seconds expires before the password is accepted (ENT is pressed on the numeric keypad) the screen will revert to the Main APRM Bar Graph display. The examinee must repeat steps to access the correct screen. Step 8 -Enter password "1 234" and press ENT. Password is entered. **CRITICAL STEP**SAT/UNSAT*
 
NOTE: The right arrow key must be pressed repeatedly to obtain the correct LPRM. The down arrow key will not work. Step 9 -Select LPRM 04-21A AND PRESS BYPASS/HV OFF soft key. LPRM 04-21A is selected and bypassed.  
Bypassing a LPRM INOTE:          The ETC soft key will be toggledto toggled to display the BYPASS SELECTIONS soft key.
**CRITICAL STEP**SAT/UNSAT*
Step 6 - Press ETC soft key to obtain BYPASS SELECTIONS soft key.
Step 10 -Confirm LPRM status changes to BYPASS/HV OFF. LPRM 04-21A status is verified as BypasslHV Off. SAT/UNSAT*
Bypass Selections soft key is obtained.
Step 11 -Press EXIT soft key. Exit soft key is pressed. SAT/UNSAT*
SAT/U NSAT*
LOT-SIM-JP-215-007 Page 5 of 10 Rev. 2 Bypassing a LPRM Step 12 -Verify that APRM GAFs are less than or equal to 1. GAF's are less than 1. SAT/UNSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
PROMPT: If notified, respond as the Reactor Engineer and/or Unit CRS as necessary.
7 Step 7 - Press BYPASS SELECTIONS soft key.
Step 13 -Notify the Reactor Engineer that the LPRM is bypassed.
Bypass Selections soft key is pressed.
                                                                      **CRITICAL STEP**SAT/UNSAT*
                                                                      **CRITICAL STEP**SATIUNSAT*
NOTE:         If ten (10) seconds expires before the password is accepted (ENT is pressed on the numeric keypad) the screen will revert to the Main APRM Bar Graph display. The examinee must repeat steps to access the correct screen.
Step 8 - Enter password "1 2 3 4 and press ENT.
1 234" Password is entered.
                                                                      **CRITICAL STEP**SAT/UNSAT*
                                                                      **CRITICAL STEP**SATIUNSAT*
NOTE:         The right arrow key must be pressed repeatedly to obtain the correct LPRM. The down arrow key will not work.
work.
9 Step 9 - Select LPRM 04-21A AND PRESS BYPASS/HV OFF soft key.
04-2 IA is selected and bypassed.
LPRM 04-21A
                                                                      **CRITICAL STEP**SAT/UNSAT*
                                                                      **CRITICAL STEP**SATIUNSAT*
10 Step 10 - Confirm LPRM status changes to BYPASS/HV OFF.
Bypass/H V Off.
04-2 IA status is verified as BypasslHV LPRM 04-21A                                      Off SATIU NSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
Step 11 - Press EXIT soft key.
Exit soft key is pressed.
SAT/U NSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
LOT-SIM-JP-215-007 LOT-SIM-JP-215-D07                              Page 5 of 10                                   Rev. 2
 
Bypassing aa LPRM Step 12 Step 12 - Verify that APRM GAFs are less than or or equal to 1.
1.
GAF's are less than 1.
GAFs SAT!U  NSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
PROMPT:
PROMPT          If notified, respond as the Reactor Engineer and/or Unit CRS as necessary necessary.           I Step 13 13 - Notify the Reactor Engineer that the LPRM is bypassed.
Reactor Engineer is notified.
Reactor Engineer is notified.
SATIU NSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
Step 14 - Ensure computer point for the bypassed LPRM has its scanning disabled AND a zero value inserted as follows.
follows SAT    UNSAT a Move the curser to the poke point for the LPRM to be bypassed b  Press the trackball <SELECT> button c    Confirm the point 10 ID for the LPRM appears in the message area at the bottom of the window d    Press the <CONTROL POINT 10>      ID> hardkey e    Confirm the DATA POINT display appears showing data associated with the desired point 10.ID.
f                                              ENABLED text and click Place the curser on the green scanning "ENABLED" g          D to disable Type "0" h                    ENTER key Press keypad "ENTER" i                                        DISABLED Confirm scanning text changes to "DISABLED" jj    Click on the value in the upper right hand area of the screen k          0 for the substitute value Type "0" I                    ENTER key Press keypad "ENTER" mrn  Confirm the point value entered appears in cyan Screen 861 indicates 04-21 value of zero and scanning diabled.
SAT/U NSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
Step 14 -Ensure computer point for the bypassed LPRM has its scanning disabled AND a zero value inserted as follows SAT UNSAT a Move the curser to the poke point for the LPRM to be bypassed b Press the trackball
LOT-SIM-JP-215-007 LOT-SIM-JP-215-D07                                Page 6 of 10                                   Rev. 2
<SELECT> button c Confirm the point 10 for the LPRM appears in the message area at the bottom of the window d Press the <CONTROL POINT 10> hardkey e Confirm the DATA POINT display appears showing data associated with the desired point 10. f Place the curser on the green scanning "ENABLED" text and click g Type "0" to disable h Press keypad "ENTER" key i Confirm scanning text changes to "DISABLED" j Click on the value in the upper right hand area of the screen k Type "0" for the substitute value I Press keypad "ENTER" key m Confirm the point value entered appears in cyan Screen 861 indicates 04-21 value of zero and scanning diabled. SAT/UNSAT*
 
LOT-SIM-JP-215-007 Page 6 of 10 Rev. 2 Bypassing a LPRM Step 13 -Ensure APRM 1 is removed from BYPASS. APRM Bypass Joystick is returned to the center, OPERA TE, position.
Bypassing a LPRM 13 - Ensure APRM 11 is removed from BYPASS.
Step 13 APRM Bypass Joystick is returned to the center            TE position.
center, OPERA TE, SATIU  NSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
PROMPT: Notify the Performer that another Operator will make the log entry and initiate the Work Request. Step 14 -Notify the Unit CRS that LPRM 04-21A is bypassed.
PROMPT:       Notify the Performer that another Operator will make the log entry and initiate the Work Request.
Step 14 - Notify the Unit CRS that LPRM 04-21A is bypassed.
Unit CRS is notified.
Unit CRS is notified.
SATIU  NSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
TERMINATING CUE: When LPRM 04-21A is bypassed and the Unit CRS notified, this JPM is complete.
TERMINATING CUE: When LPRM 04-21A is bypassed and the Unit CRS notified, this JPM is I                        complete.
TIME COMPLETED
TIME COMPLETED _ _ _ __
____ _ LOT-SIM-JP-215-007 Page 7 of 10 Rev. 2 Bypassing a LPRM LIST OF REFERENCES RELATED TASKS: 2152038401 Respond To A LPRM Failure Per APP A-06 1-7 or 1-8. KIA REFERENCE AND IMPORTANCE RATING: 215005 A2.02 (3.6/3.7).
LOT-SIM-JP-215-007 LOT-SIM-JP-215-D07                          Page 7 of 10                                         Rev. 2
Ability To Predict Impacts On APRM And Use Procedures To Correct, Control Or Mitigate Consequences  
 
Bypassing a LPRM LIST OF REFERENCES RELATED TASKS:
21 5203B401 2152038401 Respond To A LPRM Failure Per APP A-06 1-7 or 1-8.
K!A REFERENCE AND IMPORTANCE RATING:
KIA 215005 A2.02 (3.6/3.7).
Ability To Predict Impacts On APRM And Use Procedures To Correct, Control Or Mitigate Consequences


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==


2APP A-06 1-8 20P-09 TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
2APP A-06 1-8 20P-09 TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
None SAFETY FUNCTION (from NUREG 1123, Rev. 2) Safety Function 7, Instrumentation, APRM/LPRM REASON FOR REVISION:
None SAFETY FUNCTION (from NUREG 1123, Rev. 2)
Added steps for PPC. LOT-SIM-JP-215-007 Page 8 of 10 Rev. 2 Bypassing a LPRM Time Required for Completion: Minutes (approximate).
Safety Function 7, Instrumentation, APRM/LPRM REASON FOR REVISION:
APPLICABLE METHOD OF TESTING Performance:
Added steps for PPC.
Simulate Actual X Unit: 2 Setting: Control Room Simulator X In-Plant:
LOT-SIM-JP-215-007 LOT-SIM-JP-215-D07                        Page 8 of 10                                   Rev. 2
Time Critical:
 
Yes No X Time Limit Alternate Path: Yes No X EVALUATION Performer:  
Bypassing a LPRM Time Required for Completion:         ~ 15  Minutes (approximate).
-------------------------------
APPLICABLE METHOD OF TESTING Performance:       Simulate                       Actual     X                 Unit: 2 Setting:     Control Room                     Simulator       X             In-Plant:
JPM: Pass Fail ----Remedial Training Required:
Time Critical:           Yes                           No   X           Time Limit Alternate Path:           Yes                           No   X EVALUATION Performer:____________________________________
Yes No __ Did Performer Verify Procedure?
Performer:
Yes No __ (Each Student should verify one JPM per evaluation set) Comments:
JPM:            Pass - -             Fail - -
Comments reviewed with Student Evaluator Signature:
Remedial Training Required: Yes                  No _ _
Date: ____ _ LOT-SIM-JP-215-D07 Page 9 of 10 Rev. 2 TASK CONDITIONS:
Did Performer Verify Procedure? Yes                      No _ _
: 1. LPRM 04-21 A (APRM 1) operation has been erratic causing numerous upscale alarms but is currently reading normal. INITIATING CUE: You are directed by the Unit CRS to bypass LPRM 04-21A per 20P-09. Inform the CRS when all required actions have been completed.
(Each Student should verify one JPM per evaluation set)
8.4 Bypassing a LPRM 8.4.1 1. 8.4.2 Initial Conditions Initials DatelTime Started -------LPRM is required to be bypassed (indication invalid, erratic, etc.). Procedural Steps NOTE: Bypassing an LPRM may cause an APRM, RBM, or OPRM Channel to be inoperable from too few inputs if additional LPRMs have been previously bypassed.
Comments:
The minimum number of inputs to APRM and OPRM can be identified using numerous PPC Displays -Displays 863 (864, 865, 866), LPRM BAR CHART -APRM 1 (2, 3,4) and Displays 888 (889, 890,891) OPRM 1 (2, 3,4) STATUS/DATA, are examples.  
Comments reviewed with Student Evaluator Signature:                                                      Date: _ _ _ __
: 1. IDENTIFY the number of LPRMs in average to APRM using the APRM BARGRAPH on Panel P608, or applicable PPC Display. 2. CONFIRM the LPRM can be bypassed and minimum number of LPRM inputs maintained to the affected APRM and OPRM. 3. PLACE applicable APRM in BYPASS. 4. PERFORM the following to bypass an LPRM at Panel P608: LPRM __ _ a. CONFIRM BYP is indicated for the selected APRM channel. b. PRESS ETC soft key to obtain BYPASS SELECTIONS soft key. c. PRESS BYPASS SELECTIONS soft key. C Continuous Use !20P-09 Rev. 28 Page 19 of 39/
Date:_____________
8.4.2 Procedural Steps 120P-09 d. ENTER password "1 2 34" AND PRESS ENT. e. Using the cursor keys, SELECT the LPRM AND PRESS BYPASS/HV OFF soft key. f. CONFIRM LPRM status changes to BYPASS/HV OFF. g. PRESS EXIT soft key. 5. ENSURE APRM GAF is less than or equal to 1.00, by performing Section 8.1 to adjust APRM GAFs, if required.  
LOT-SIM-JP-215-D07                            Page 9 of 10                                  Rev. 2
: 6. NOTIFY Reactor Engineer LPRM is bypassed.  
 
: 7. ENSURE the computer point for the bypassed LPRM, on PPC Screen 861, has its scanning disabled AND a zero value inserted as follows: a. MOVE the curser to the poke point for the LPRM to be bypassed.  
TASK CONDITIONS:
: b. PRESS the trackball  
04-21A
<SELECT> button. c. CONFIRM the point 10 for the LPRM appears in the message area at the bottom of the window. d. PRESS the <CONTROL POINT 10> hardkey. e. CONFIRM the DATA POINT display appears showing data associated with the desired point 10. f. PLACE the curser on the green scanning "ENABLED" text AND CLICK. g. TYPE "0" to disable. h. PRESS keypad "ENTER" key. Rev. 28 Page 20 of 39/
: 1. LPRM 04-21    A (APRM 1) operation has been erratic causing numerous upscale alarms but is currently reading normal.
8.4.2 Procedural Steps 12QP-09 i. CONFIRM scanning text changes to "DISABLED".  
INITIATING CUE:
: j. CLICK on the value in the upper right hand area of the screen. k. TYPE "0" for the substitute value. I. PRESS keypad "ENTER" key. m. CONFIRM the point value entered appears in cyan. 8. ENSURE applicable APRM is removed from BYPASS. 9. ENSURE the Unit Status Database, LPRM Status, is updated to reflect the bypassed LPRM. 10. ENSURE a W/R is initiated for the bypassed LPRM. 11. NOTIFY Unit SCQ the LPRM has been bypassed.
You are directed by the Unit CRS to bypass LPRM 04-21A per 20P-09. Inform the CRS when all required actions have been completed.
DatelTime Completed
 
______ _ Performed By (Print) Reviewed By: __________
8.4      Bypassing a LPRM                                                                     C Continuous Use 8.4.1        Initial Conditions                                              Initials Date/Time Started DatelTime Started_______________
_ Unit SCQ Initials Rev. 28 Page 21 of 39/
: 1.      LPRM is required to be bypassed (indication invalid, erratic, etc.).
LESSON TITLE: LESSON PLAN: REVISION NO: PROGRESS ENERGY -CAROLINAS BRUNSWICK TRAINING SECTION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE CONTROL ROOM NRC Sim B SEP-04 -Restart RB HVAC with Failure to Isolate LOT-SIM-JP-300-K11 01 SEP-04 -Restart RB HVAC with Failure to Isolate SIMULATOR SETUP: A. Initial Conditions:  
8.4.2        Procedural Steps NOTE:       Bypassing an LPRM may cause an APRM, RBM, or OPRM Channel to be inoperable from too few inputs if additional LPRMs have been previously bypassed. The minimum number of inputs to APRM and OPRM can be identified using numerous PPC Displays - Displays 863 (864, 865, 866),
: 1. Recommended Initial Conditions IC Rx. Pwr. Core Age 11 100% BOC B. Required Plant Conditions A Secondary Containment leak that results in tripping the 012-R609A1B monitors on high radiation, which isolates RB HVAC. RPV water level is below LL2 or OW pressure is >1.7 psig and the Rx Bldg Rad Monitors are tripped. C. Malfunctions Event System Tag Title Value Activate Deactivate (ramp Time Time (sec) rate) (sec) A RW RH013F RWCU Break in Triangle 100%/4 00 NA Room mins A NB NB006F MSL D Break before flow 1%/0 00 NA restrictor mins O. Overrides Event Panel Tag Title Value Activate Deactivate (ramp Time Time (sec) rate) (sec) LOT-SIM-JP-300-K11 Page 2 of 11 REV. 1 SEP-04 -Restart RB HVAC with Failure to Isolate E1: Q5625BRG (RB Supply Fan Red Light) G5B25G1 G to 0.7 over 1 minute Set up the RB Supply Fan A Red light ON to cause the following:
LPRM BAR CHART - APRM 1 -          3, 4) and Displays 888 (889, 890,891) 1 (2, 3,4)
RB Rad Monitor A indication (g5b25g1g ) to start rising to 0.7 over a 1 minute time frame. RB Rad Monitor B indication (g5b25g2g ) to start rising to 0.7 over a 1 minute time frame. PROCESS RX BLDG VENT RAD HI Annunciator (ZUA345) to actuate after 50 sec. PROCESS RX BLDG VENT RAD HI-HI Annunciator (ZUA335) to actuate after 55 sec. E2: trc:2,aod:g5b25g1 9 Set up the RB Rad Monitor A meter override to be deleted on depressing the RB Isolation Dampers close switch (K5608JCV close is true). E3: trc:3,aod:g5b25g2g Set up the RB Rad Monitor B meter override to be deleted on depressing the RB Isolation Dampers close switch (K5608JCV close is true). E. Special Instructions  
OPRM 1  1 (2, 3,4) 3, 4) STATUS/DATA, are examples.
: 1. Place simulator in RUN and activate malfunctions.  
: 1. IDENTIFY the number of LPRMs in average to APRM using the APRM BARGRAPH on Panel P608, or applicable PPC Display.
: 2. When drywell pressure rises to cause a reactor scram, carry out the RO immediate actions. Make sure level set is at 187 inches (this will go back to 170 inches after coming out of freeze) Make sure that SEP-04 is cleaned. LOT-SIM-JP-300-K11 Page 3 of 11 REV. 1 SEP-04 -Restart RB HVAC with Failure to Isolate SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS:
: 2.      CONFIRM the LPRM can be bypassed and minimum number of LPRM inputs maintained to the affected APRM and OPRM.
NONE. EVALUATOR NOTES: (Do not read to examinee)  
: 3.      PLACE applicable APRM in BYPASS.
: 1. The applicable procedure section WILL NOT be provided to the examinee.  
: 4.     PERFORM the following to bypass an LPRM at Panel P608:
LPRM _ __
: a.      CONFIRM BYP is indicated for the selected APRM channel.
: b.     PRESS ETC soft key to obtain BYPASS SELECTIONS soft key.
: c.     PRESS BYPASS SELECTIONS soft key.
20P-09
!20P-09                                   Rev. 28                                       39 Page 19 of 39/
 
8.4.2   Procedural Steps d.
: d. ENTER password 1  "1 22 34 34" AND PRESS ENT.
: e.     Using the cursor keys, SELECT the LPRM Using AND PRESS BYPASS/HV OFF soft key.
: f. CONFIRM LPRM status changes to BYPASS/HV OFF.
: g. PRESS EXIT soft key.
: 5. ENSURE APRM GAF is less than or equal to 1.00,  1.00, by performing Section 8.1 to adjust APRM GAFs, if required.
: 6. NOTIFY Reactor Engineer LPRM is bypassed.
: 7. ENSURE the computer point for the bypassed LPRM, on PPC Screen 861, has its scanning disabled AND a zero value inserted as follows:
: a. MOVE the curser to the poke point for the LPRM to be bypassed.
: b. PRESS the trackball <SELECT> button.
: c. CONFIRM the point 10   ID for the LPRM appears in the message area at the bottom of the window.
: d. PRESS the <CONTROL POINT 10>        ID> hardkey.
: e. CONFIRM the DATA POINT display appears showing data associated with the desired point 10.
ID.
: f. PLACE the curser on the green scanning "ENABLED" ENABLED text AND CLICK.
: g.           D to disable.
TYPE "0"
: h.                       ENTER key.
PRESS keypad "ENTER" 120P-09 2OP-09                              Rev. 28                                     39 Page 20 of 39/
 
8.4.2   Procedural Steps
: i. CONFIRM scanning text changes to DISABLED.
                      "DISABLED".
: j. CLICK on the value in the upper right hand area of the screen.
: k.           0 for the substitute value.
TYPE "0" I.                     ENTER key.
PRESS keypad "ENTER"
: m. CONFIRM the point value entered appears in cyan.
: 8. ENSURE applicable APRM is removed from BYPASS.
: 9. ENSURE the Unit Status Database, LPRM Status, is updated to reflect the bypassed LPRM.
: 10. ENSURE a W/R is initiated for the bypassed LPRM.
: 11.             SCO the LPRM has been bypassed.
NOTIFY Unit SCQ Date/Time Completed _ _ _ _ _ __
DatelTime Performed By (Print)           Initials Reviewed By: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
SCO Unit SCQ 20P-09 12QP-09                                Rev. 28                     Page 21 of 39/
39
 
PROGRESS ENERGY PROGRESS     ENERGY - CAROLINAS BRUNSWICK TRAINING SECTION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE CONTROL ROOM NRC Sim B LESSON TITLE: SEP Restart RB HVAC with Failure to Isolate LESSON PLAN:  LOT-SIM-JP-300-K1 LOT-SIM-JP-300-K11I REVISION NO:  01
 
SEP Restart RB HVAC with Failure to Isolate SIMULATOR SETUP:
A. Initial Conditions:
: 1. Recommended Initial Conditions IC           11 Rx. Pwr. 100%
Core Age     BOC B. Required Plant Conditions A Secondary Containment leak that results in tripping the 012-R609A1B D12-R6O9AJB monitors on high radiation, which isolates RB HVAC. RPV water level is below LL2 or OW   DW pressure is
    >1.7 psig and the Rx Bldg Rad Monitors are tripped.
C. Malfunctions Event     System     Tag                 Title           Value     Activate   Deactivate (ramp       Time     Time (sec) rate)     (sec)
A         RW       RHO13F RH013F     RWCU Break in Triangle   100%/4         00         NA Room             mins A         NB       NB0O6F NB006F     MSL DD Break before flow   1%/0 1%/U        00          NA restrictor         mins D.
O. Overrides Event     Panel     Tag                 Title           Value     Activate   Deactivate (ramp       Time     Time (sec) rate)     (sec)
LOT-SIM-JP-300-K1 LOT-SIM-JP-300-K111                        Page 22 of 11                                   REV. 1 1
 
SEP Restart RB HVAC with Failure to Isolate El: Q5625BRG (RB Supply Fan Red Light) G5B25G1 E1:                                            G5B25G1G  G to 0.7 over 11 minute Set up the RB Supply Fan A Red light ON to cause the following:
RB Rad Monitor A indication (g5b25glg )) to start rising to 0.7 over a 11 minute time frame.
(g5b25g1g RB Rad Monitor B indication (g5b25g2g )) to start rising to 0.7 over a 11 minute time frame.
PROCESS RX BLDG VENT         RAD HI Annunciator (ZUA345) to actuate after 50 sec.
PROCESS RX BLDG VENT         RAD HI-HI Annunciator (ZUA335) to actuate after 55 sec.
trc:2,aod:g5b25glg E2: trc:2,aod:g5b25g1   9 Set up the RB Rad Monitor A meter override to be deleted on depressing the RB Isolation (K56O8JCV close is true).
Dampers close switch (K5608JCV E3: trc:3,aod:g5b25g2g Set up the RB Rad Monitor B meter override to be deleted on depressing the RB Isolation (K56O8JCV close is true).
Dampers close switch (K5608JCV E. Special Instructions
: 1. Place simulator in RUN and activate malfunctions.
: 2. When drywell pressure rises to cause a reactor scram, carry out the RO immediate actions.
Make sure level set is at 187 inches (this will go back to 170 inches after coming out of freeze)
Make sure that SEP-04 is cleaned.
LOT-SIM-JP-300-K111 LOT-SIM-JP-300-Kl                        Page 33 of 11 11                                    REV. 11
 
SEP Restart RB HVAC with Failure to Isolate SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS:
NONE.
EVALUATOR NOTES: (Do not read to examinee)
: 1. The applicable procedure section WILL NOT be provided to the examinee.
: 2. If this is the first JPM of the JPM set, read the JPM briefing contained NUREG 1021, Appendix E, or similar to the examinee.
: 2. If this is the first JPM of the JPM set, read the JPM briefing contained NUREG 1021, Appendix E, or similar to the examinee.
Read the following to trainee. TASK CONDITIONS:  
Read the following to trainee.
: 1. EOP-03-SCCP has been entered. 2. A high-radiation condition sensed by the RB Vent Radiation Monitors (D12-R609NB) resulted in the isolation of Reactor Building HVAC. 3. Reactor Building Exhaust temperature has not exceeded 135&deg;F. 4. The leak has been isolated and EOP-03-SCCP directs restoring RB HVAC. 5. Instrument air pressure to the latch actuators for the reactor building ventilation isolation valves was never lost. INITIATING CUE: The Unit SCO directs you to restart Reactor Building HVAC per SEP-04 and inform him when your actions are complete.
TASK CONDITIONS:
LOT-SIM-JP-300-K11 Page 4 of 11 REV. 1 SEP-04 -Restart RB HVAC with Failure to Isolate PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST NOTE: Sequence is assumed unless denoted in the Comments.
: 1. EOP-03-SCCP has been entered.
Step 1 -Obtain current revision of OEOP-SEP-04.
: 2. A high-radiation condition sensed by the RB Vent Radiation Monitors (D12-R6O9AIB) resulted in the isolation of Reactor Building HVAC.
R609NB)
: 3. Reactor Building Exhaust temperature has not exceeded 135&deg;F.
: 4. The leak has been isolated and EOP-03-SCCP directs restoring RB HVAC.
: 5. Instrument air pressure to the latch actuators for the reactor building ventilation isolation valves was never lost.
INITIATING CUE:
The Unit SCO directs you to restart Reactor Building HVAC per SEP-04 and inform him when your actions are complete.
LOT-SIM-JP-300-K1 I LOT-SIM-JP-300-K11                         Page 4 of 11                                         1 REV. 1
 
SEP Restart RB HVAC with Failure to Isolate PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST NOTE: Sequence is assumed unless denoted in the Comments.
1 - Obtain current revision of OEOP-SEP-04.
Step 1 -
Current revision of OEOP-SEP-04 obtained.
Current revision of OEOP-SEP-04 obtained.
SAT/U NSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
TIME START: _ _ _ __
PROMPT:        If asked, indicate the peak radiation levels on D12-RR-R605 at 4mr/hr and the Exhaust temperature has not exceeded 135&deg;F Reactor Building Exhaust                                    135&deg;F..
2Verifies Step 2  - Verifies RB vent rad monitors have not been off-scale high as indicated on D12-RR-605 and that Reactor Building Exhaust temperature has not exceeded 135&deg;F Peak radiation levels determined on D12-RR-R605 to be onscale. Verifies UA-  UA 03, 6-2 not in alarm.
SAT/U NSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
PROMPT:        When requested,    install jumpers by modifying Remote Function EP EP_IAEOPJP6
_IAEOPJP6 to ON and inform        examinee that jumpers have been installed to bypass the examinee.that reactor low water  level and Drywell high pressure isolation interlocks.
Step 3 - Request jumpers be installed to bypass the low reactor level and high drywell pressure interlocks.
Jumpers are installed to bypass the interlocks.
                                                            **                  ** SAT/UNSAT*
                                                            ** CRITICAL STEP **    SATIUNSAT*
4-- Place the CAC PURGE VENT ISOL OVRD, CAC-CS-5519 switch to OVERRIDE.
Step 4 CAC-CS-5519 switch in OVERRIDE.
                                                            **                  ** SATIUNSAT*
                                                            ** CRITICAL STEP **    SAT/UNSAT*
LOT-SIM-JP-300-K1 1 LOT-SIM-JP-300-K11                            Page 5 of 11                                      1 REV. 1
Restart RB HVAC with Failure to Isolate SEP Restart Isolate NOTE:        When both Process RB Vent Exhaust Rad Monitors are reset,  reset, annunciators UA-03 3-5 (PROCESS RX BLDG VENT RAD HI-HI) clears and annunciators UA-033-5 UA-05 3-5 (SBGT SYS B FAILURE) and 4-6 (SBGT SYS A FAILURE) alarm.
Step 5 - Reset the Process Reactor Building Vent Exhaust Rad Monitors at Panel H12-P606.
D12-RM-K609A and o      D12-RM-K609B 12-RM-K609B are reset at Panel H12-P606.
                                                          **  CRITICAL STEP **  ** SATIUNSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
Step 6 - Reset the PCIS Group 6 Isolation on RTGB Panel P601.
PCIS Group 6 Isolation reset by depressing pushbuttons S32 and S33 on P601.
                                                          **  CRITICAL STEP **  ** SATIUNSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
PROMPT:      If asked, inform examinee that instrument air pressure to the Reactor Building ventilation isolation valve latch actuators was never lost, OR:
PROMPT:      If requested, inform the examinee as Reactor Building Auxiliary Operator that the latches for the Reactor Building Ventilation Isolation Dampers are in the unlatched position.
Step 7 - Open RB Vent Isol Vlvs:
: a.      C-BFIV-RB and A-BFIV-RB C-BFIV-RB, A-BFIV-RB are open.
                                                          ** CRITICAL STEP **      SATIUNSAT*
                                                                                ** SAT/UNSAT*
: b.      D-BFIV-RB and B-BFIV-RB D-BFIV-RB, B-BFIV-RB are open.
                                                          ** CRITICAL STEP **  ** SATIUNSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
TIME START: ____ _ PROMPT: If asked, indicate the peak radiation levels on D12-RR-R605 at 4mr/hr and the Reactor Building Exhaust temperature has not exceeded 135&deg;F . Step 2 -Verifies RB vent rad monitors have not been off-scale high as indicated on D12-RR-605 and that Reactor Building Exhaust temperature has not exceeded 135&deg;F Peak radiation levels determined on D12-RR-R605 to be onscale. Verifies UA-03, 6-2 not in alarm. SAT/UNSAT*
LOT-SIM-JP-300-K1 LOT-SIM-JP-300-K111                        Page 66 of 11 11                                  REV. 11
PROMPT: When requested, install jumpers by modifying Remote Function EP _IAEOPJP6 to ON and inform the examinee.that jumpers have been installed to bypass reactor low water level and Drywell high pressure isolation interlocks.
 
Step 3 -Request jumpers be installed to bypass the low reactor level and high drywell pressure interlocks.
SEP Restart RB HVAC with Failure to Isolate PROMPT:       When RB HVAC Supply Fan A has been started (Red lamp on the fan) verify Event Trigger E1 El actuates to cause REACTOR BLDG VENT RAD Monitor to start to rise and go above 4 mr/hr.
Jumpers are installed to bypass the interlocks.
Step 8 - Start as many Reactor Building Exhaust and Supply Fans as possible to provide maximum ventilation.
** CRITICAL STEP ** SATIUNSAT*
At least one Reactor Building Supply and Exhaust Fan Running.
Step 4 -Place the CAC PURGE VENT ISOL OVRD, CAC-CS-5519 switch to OVERRIDE.
CRITICAL STEP **** SATIUNSAT*
CAC-CS-5519 switch in OVERRIDE.
Step 9 - Recognizes Reactor Building Vent Rad Monitor increasing.
** CRITICAL STEP ** SAT/UNSAT*
Radiation monitor readings are rising.
LOT-SIM-JP-300-K11 Page 5 of 11 REV. 1 NOTE: SEP-04 -Restart RB HVAC with Failure to Isolate When both Process RB Vent Exhaust Rad Monitors are reset, annunciators UA-033-5 (PROCESS RX BLDG VENT RAD HI-HI) clears and annunciators UA-05 3-5 (SBGT SYS B FAILURE) and 4-6 (SBGT SYS A FAILURE) alarm. Step 5 -Reset the Process Reactor Building Vent Exhaust Rad Monitors at Panel H12-P606.
SATIU N SAT*
D12-RM-K609A and o 12-RM-K609B are reset at Panel H12-P606.
** CRITICAL STEP ** SAT/UNSAT*
Step 6 -Reset the PCIS Group 6 Isolation on RTGB Panel P601. PCIS Group 6 Isolation reset by depressing pushbuttons S32 and S33 on P601. ** CRITICAL STEP ** SAT/UNSAT*
PROMPT: If asked, inform examinee that instrument air pressure to the Reactor Building ventilation isolation valve latch actuators was never lost, OR: PROMPT: If requested, inform the examinee as Reactor Building Auxiliary Operator that the latches for the Reactor Building Ventilation Isolation Dampers are in the unlatched position.
Step 7 -Open RB Vent Isol Vlvs: a. C-BFIV-RB and A-BFIV-RB C-BFIV-RB, A-BFIV-RB are open. ** CRITICAL STEP ** SAT/UNSAT*
: b. D-BFIV-RB and B-BFIV-RB D-BFIV-RB, B-BFIV-RB are open. ** CRITICAL STEP ** SAT/UNSAT*
LOT-SIM-JP-300-K11 Page 6 of 11 REV. 1 SEP-04 -Restart RB HVAC with Failure to Isolate PROMPT: When RB HVAC Supply Fan A has been started (Red lamp on the fan) verify Event Trigger E1 actuates to cause REACTOR BLDG VENT RAD Monitor to start to rise and go above 4 mr/hr. Step 8 -Start as many Reactor Building Exhaust and Supply Fans as possible to provide maximum ventilation.
At least one Reactor Building Supply and Exhaust Fan Running. ** CRITICAL STEP ** SATIUNSAT*
Step 9 -Recognizes Reactor Building Vent Rad Monitor increasing.
NOTE: Radiation monitor readings are rising. SAT/UNSAT*
Closing the BFIV-RBs will cause the Reactor Building Vent and Supply fansto automatically trip. Step 10 -Manually stop the Reactor Building Supply and Exhaust Fans. NOTE: All Reactor Building Supply and Exhaust Fans are stopped. SAT/UNSAT*
Closing the BFIV-RBs will cause the RB Vent Rad Monitors overrides to be deleted and go to normal readings.
LOT-SIM-JP-300-K11 Page 7 of 11 REV. 1 SEP-04 -Restart RB HVAC with Failure to Isolate Step 11 -Manually close RB Vent Isol Vlvs: a. C-BFIV-RB and A-BFIV-RB C-BFIV-RB, A-BFIV-RB are closed. ** CRITICAL STEP ** SAT/UNSAT*
: b. O-BFIV-RB and B-BFIV-RB D-BFIV-RB, B-BFIV-RB are closed. ** CRITICAL STEP ** SAT/UNSAT*
Step 12 -Ensure initiated SBGT system. Both SBGT trains are operating.
SAT/UNSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
Step 13 -Unit SCQ informed that SEP-04, RB HVAC Restart procedure cannot be performed at this time. Unit SCQ informed.
NOTE:                                                                                  fans to Closing the BFIV-RBs will cause the Reactor Building Vent and Supply fansto automatically trip.
Step 10 - Manually stop the Reactor Building Supply and Exhaust Fans.
All Reactor Building Supply and Exhaust Fans are stopped.
SATIU NSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
I TERMINATING CUE: RB HVAC has been isolated and SBGT has been verified running.
NOTE:        Closing the BFIV-RBs will cause the RB VentVent Rad Monitors Monitors overrides to be deleted and go to normal readings.
* Comments required for any step evaluated as UNSAT. STOP TIME: ____ _ LQT-SIM-JP-300-K11 Page 8 of 11 REV. 1 SEP-04 -Restart RB HVAC with Failure to Isolate LIST OF REFERENCES RELATED TASKS: 288205B501 Restart Reactor Building HVAC per EOP-01-SEP-04 KIA REFERENCE AND IMPORTANCE RATING: 288000 A3.01 3.8, 3.8 Ability to monitor Plant Ventilation System automatic isolation/initiation signals in the control room  
LOT-SIM-JP-300-Kl I LOT-SIM-JP-300-K11                          Page 7 of 11                                  REV. 1 1
 
SEP Restart RB HVAC with Failure to Isolate VIvs:
Step 11 - Manually close RB Vent Isol Vlvs:
: a.      C-BFIV-RB and A-BFIV-RB C-BFI V-RB, A-BFIV-RB are closed.
C-BFIV-RB, CRITICAL STEP ** SATIUNSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
: b.      D-BFIV-RB and B-BFIV-RB O-BFIV-RB B-BFI V-RB are closed.
D-BFIV-RB, B-BFIV-RB CRITICAL STEP ** SATIUNSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
Step 12 - Ensure initiated SBGT system.
Both SBGT trains are operating.
SATIU N SAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
13 Step 13          SCO informed that SEP-04, RB HVAC Restart procedure cannot be performed
            - Unit SCQ at this time.
Unit SCQ SCO informed.
SATIU NSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
I IITERMINATING CUE TERMINATING CUE:             RB HVAC has been isolated and SBGT has been verified running.
running
* Comments required for any step evaluated as UNSAT.
STOP TIME: _ _ _ __
STOP    TIME:
LOT-SIM-JP-300-K1 LQT-SIM-JP-300-K111                        Page 88 of 11                           REV. 11
 
SEP Restart RB HVAC with Failure to Isolate LIST OF REFERENCES RELATED TASKS:
288205B50 I 288205B501 EOP-0l-SEP-04 Restart Reactor Building HVAC per EOP-01-SEP-04 KIA REFERENCE AND IMPORTANCE RATING:
288000 A3.01 3.8, 3.8 Ability to monitor Plant Ventilation System automatic isolation/initiation signals in the control room


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==


OEOP-SEP-04 Rev. 11 TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
OEOP-SEP-04 Rev. 11 TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
Plant Page SAFETY FUNCTION (from NUREG 1123, Rev 2): 9 -Radioactivity Release REASON FOR REVISION:
Plant Page SAFETY FUNCTION (from NUREG 1123, Rev 2):
Changed to rad signal vs high temperature for the alternate path. LOT-SIM-JP-300-K11 Page 9 of 11 REV. 1 SEP-04 -Restart RB HVAC with Failure to Isolate Time Required for Completion:
9 - Radioactivity Release REASON FOR REVISION:
20 Minutes (approximate).
Changed to rad signal vs high temperature for the alternate path.
APPLICABLE METHOD OF TESTING Performance:
LOT-SIM-JP-300-K1 1 LOT-SIM-JP-300-K11                       Page 9 of 11                                           1 REV. 1
Simulate Actual X Unit: 2 Setting: Control Room Simulator--L (Not applicable to In-Plant JPMs) Time Critical:
 
Yes No X Time Limit N/A Alternate Path: Yes X No EVALUATION Trainee: ____________
SEP Restart RB HVAC with Failure to Isolate Time Required for Completion:           20   Minutes (approximate).
_ JPM: Pass Fail --Remedial Training Required:
APPLICABLE METHOD OF TESTING Performance:       Simulate                     Actual     X                 Unit:     2 Setting:     Control Room                         Simulator X (Not applicable to In-Plant JPMs)
Yes No __ Did Trainee Verify Procedure as Authorized Copy?: Yes No __ _ (Each Student should verify one JPM per evaluation set) Comments:
Simulator--L Time Critical:             Yes                           No   X X            Time Limit     N/A Alternate Path:           Yes     X                     No EVALUATION Trainee: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Comments reviewed with Student Evaluator Signature:
Trainee:_______________________________
____________
JPM:             Pass   --           Fail Remedial Training Required: Yes                   No _ _
_ Oate: ____ _ LOT-SIM-JP-300-K11 Page 10 of 11 REV. 1 TASK CONDITIONS:  
Did Trainee Verify Procedure as Authorized Copy?: Yes                       No _ __
: 1. EQP-03-SCCP has been entered. 2. A high-radiation condition sensed by the RB Vent Radiation Monitors (012-R609A1B) resulted in the isolation of Reactor Building HVAC. 3. Reactor Building Exhaust temperature has not exceeded 135&deg;F. 4. The leak has been isolated and EQP-03-SCCP directs restoring RB HVAC. 5. Instrument air pressure to the latch actuators for the reactor building ventilation isolation valves was never lost. INITIATING CUE: The Unit SCQ directs you to restart Reactor Building HVAC per SEP-04 and inform him when your actions are complete.
(Each Student should verify one JPM per evaluation set)
Progress Energy BRUNSWICK NUCLEAR PLANT PLANT OPERATING MANUAL VOLUME VI EMERGENCY OPERATING PROCEDURE UNIT o OEOP-01-SEP-04 REACTOR BUILDING HVAC RESTART PROCEDURE REVISION 12 I OEOP-01-SEP-04 Rev. 12 Page 1 of 61 REACTOR BUILDING HVAC RESTART 1.0 ENTRY CONDITIONS As directed by Secondary Containment Control Procedure, EOP-03-SCCP OR As directed by Containment and Radioactivity Release Control, SAMG-02 2.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS NOTE: Manpower:
Comments:
1 Control Operator 1 Auxiliary Operator 1 Independent Verifier Special equipment:
Comments reviewed with Student Evaluator Signature: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __                        Oate: _ _ _ __
2 jumpers (10 and 11) CO: 2.1. IF the reactor building ventilation radiation monitors have been D off scale high as indicated on D12-RR-R605 OR the reactor building exhaust temperature has exceeded 135&deg;F (UA-03, 6-2), THEN EXIT this procedure.
Date:___________
LOT-SIM-JP-300-K1 1 LOT-SIM-JP-300-K11                             Page 10 of 11                                           I REV. 1
 
TASK CONDITIONS:
: 1. EOP-03-SCCP has been entered.
EQP-03-SCCP
: 2. A high-radiation condition sensed by the RB Vent Radiation Monitors (012- (D12-R609A1B) resulted in the isolation of Reactor Building HVAC.
: 3. Reactor Building Exhaust temperature has not exceeded 135&deg;F.
: 4.                                     EOP-03-SCCP directs restoring RB HVAC.
The leak has been isolated and EQP-03-SCCP
: 5. Instrument air pressure to the latch actuators for the reactor building ventilation isolation valves was never lost.
INITIATING CUE:
SCO directs you to restart Reactor Building HVAC per SEP-04 and inform him The Unit SCQ when your actions are complete.
 
  ~ Projress Progress Energy   BRUNSWICK  NUCLEAR PLANT BRUNSWICK NUCLEAR   PLANT PLANT OPERATING MANUAL MANUAL VOLUME VI EMERGENCY OPERATING PROCEDURE UNIT 0o OEOP-01 -SEP-04 OEOP-01-SEP-04 REACTOR BUILDING HVAC RESTART PROCEDURE REVISION 12 I OEOP-01-SEP-04 OEOP-01 -SEP-04                      12 Rev. 12                     61 Page 11 of 6
 
REACTOR BUILDING HVAC      HVAC RESTART 1.0 1.0    ENTRY CONDITIONS
          -      As directed by Secondary Containment Control Procedure, EOP-03-SCCP OR
          -      As directed by Containment and Radioactivity Release Control, SAMG-02 2.0     OPERATOR ACTIONS NOTE:       Manpower:                               I Control Operator 1
I Auxiliary Operator 1
1 Independent Verifier 1
Special equipment:                     2 jumpers (10 and 11)
CO:
CC:    2.1. IF the reactor building ventilation radiation monitors have been       D off scale high as indicated on D12-RR-R605 OR the reactor building exhaust temperature has exceeded 135&deg;F (UA-03, 6-2),
THEN EXIT this procedure.
CAUTION Installation of the following jumpers will also inhibit the automatic start of SBGT on reactor low water level and on high drywell pressure.
CAUTION Installation of the following jumpers will also inhibit the automatic start of SBGT on reactor low water level and on high drywell pressure.
CO: CO: 2.2 INSTALL the following jumpers to bypass the reactor low water level and drywell high pressure interlocks:
2.2     INSTALL the following jumpers to bypass the reactor low water level and drywell high pressure interlocks:
Jumper 10 in Panel XU-27, Terminal Board E, from the right side of Terminal 28 to the right side of Terminal 30 Jumper 11 in Panel XU-28, Terminal Board E, from the right side of Terminal 28 to the right side of Terminal 30 I OEOP-01-SEP-04 Rev. 12 D D Page 2 of 61 2.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS CO: 2.3 PLACE the affected unit's CAC PURGE VENT ISOL OVRD, CAC-CS-5519, switch to OVERRIDE.
CC:
2.4 IF necessary, THEN RESET the following reactor building ventilation radiation monitors at Panel H12-P606:
CO:              -    Jumper 10 in Panel XU-27, Terminal Board E, from the             D right side of Terminal 28 to the right side of Terminal 30 CO:
CO: PROCESS REACTOR BLDG VENTILA TlON RADIA TlON MONITOR A, D12-RM-K609A CO: PROCESS REACTOR BLDG VENTILA TlON RADIA TlON MONITOR B, D12-RM-K609B CO: 2.5 RESET the Group 6 isolation from the RTGB. NOTE: IF the green indicator tab is against the yellow bar, THEN the valve is unlatched and valve operation is permitted.
CC:              -    Jumper 11 in Panel XU-28, Terminal Board E, from the             D right side of Terminal 28 to the right side of Terminal 30 I OEOP-01-SEP-04 OEOP-01 -SEP-04                              Rev. 12                                       6 Page 2 of 61
CAUTION D D D D Attempting to open reactor building ventilation isolation valves when the latches are engaged will damage the latch/damper assemblies.
 
AO: AO: AO: AO: 2.6 IF instrument air pressure to the latch actuators for the reactor building ventilation isolation valves has been lost and restored, THEN DISPATCH an AO to ensure the latches for the following valves are in the unlatched position prior to performing Step 2.7: RB VENT INBD SUPPLY ISOL VLV, A-BFIV-RB RB VENT OTBD SUPPL Y ISOL VL V, B-BFIV-RB RB VENT INBD EXHAUST ISOL VL V, C-BFIV-RB RB VENT OTBD EXHAUST ISOL VL V, D-BFIV-RB I OEOP-01-SEP-04 Rev. 12 D D D D Page 3 of 61 2.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS CO: CO: 2.7 OPEN the following valves: RB VENT INBD ISOL VALVES, EXHAUST C-BFIV-RB, SUPPL Y A-BFIV-RB RB VENT OTBD ISOL VALVES, EXHAUST D-BFIV-RB, SUPPL Y B-BFIV-RB o o NOTE: In order to start a reactor building supply or exhaust fan, the control switch should be held in START until the discharge damper is full open. CO: 2.8 START as many reactor building exhaust and supply fans as 0 possible to provide maximum ventilation (OP-37.1).
2.0   OPERATOR ACTIONS GO:
2.9 IF PROCESS RX BLDG VENT RAD HI-HI annunciator (UA-03 3-5) (alarm setpoint at 4 mR/hr) OR RX BLDG VENT TEMP HIGH annunciator (UA-03 6-2) (alarm setpoint at 135&deg;F) is received, THEN: CO: a. ENSURE reactor building exhaust and supply fans are off. 0 b. ENSURE the following valves are closed: CO: RB VENT INBD ISOL VALVES, EXHAUST 0 C-BFIV-RB, SUPPL Y A-BFIV-RB CO: RB VENT OTBD ISOL VALVES, EXHAUST 0 D-BFIV-RB, SUPPL Y B-BFIV-RB CO: c. ENSURE the SBGT System has initiated (OP-10). 0 I OEOP-01-SEP-04 Rev. 12 Page 4 of 61 2.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS Initials 2.10 WHEN reactor low water level and drywell high pressure conditions have cleared, THEN REMOVE the following jumpers: CO: Jumper 10 in Panel XU-27, Terminal Board E, from the / right side of Terminals 28 and 30 Ind.ver. CO: Jumper 11 in Panel XU-28, Terminal Board E, from the / right side of Terminals 28 and 30 Ind.ver. CO: 2.11 WHEN PROCESS OG VENT PIPE RAO HI-HI annunciator  
CO:   2.3                         unit's CAC PURGE VENT ISOL OVRD, PLACE the affected units                                              D CAC-CS-5519, switch to OVERRIDE.
/ (UA-03 5-4) clears, THEN PLACE CAC PURGE VENT ISOL Ind.ver. OVRO, CAC-CS-5519, switch to OFF. CO: 2.12 OPERATE the Reactor Building Ventilation System and the SBGT System as directed by the Unit SCO (OP-37.1 and OP-10). CO: 2.13 EXIT this procedure AND CONTINUE in the procedure(s) in effect. Date/Time Completed Performed By (Print) Initials Reviewed By: _____________
2.4   IF necessary, THEN RESET the following reactor building ventilation radiation monitors at Panel H12-P606:
_ Unit SCO I OEOP-01-SEP-04 Rev. 12 Page 5 of 61 REVISION  
GO:
CO:         -      PROCESS REACTOR BLDG VENTILA   VENTILATION TlON RADIATION RADIA TlON       D MONITOR A, D12-RM-K609A GO:
CO:         -      PROCESS REACTOR BLDG VENTILA   VENTILATION    RADIATION TlON RADIA   TlON     D MONITOR B, D12-RM-K609B CO:   2.5   RESET the Group 6 isolation from the RTGB.                             D NOTE:     IF the green indicator tab is against the yellow bar, THEN the valve is unlatched and valve operation is permitted.
CAUTION Attempting to open reactor building ventilation isolation valves when the latches are engaged will damage the latch/damper assemblies.
2.6   IF instrument air pressure to the latch actuators for the reactor building ventilation isolation valves has been lost and restored, THEN DISPATCH an AO     AC to ensure the latches for the following valves are in the unlatched position prior to performing Step 2.7:
AO:          -    RB VENT INBD SUPPLY ISOL VLV, A-BFIV-RBA-BFI V-RB               D AO:          -    RB VENT OTBD SUPPL SUPPLYISOL    VLV, Y ISOL VL   B-BFI V-RB V, B-BFIV-RB               D AO:          -    RB VENT INBD EXHAUST ISOL VL       VLV,  C-BFI V-RB V, C-BFIV-RB               D AC:
AO:          -    RB VENT OTBD EXHAUST ISOL VL       VLV,  D-BFI V-RB V, D-BFIV-RB             D I OEOP-01-SEP-04 OEOP-01 -SEP-04                          Rev. 12                                       6 Page 3 of 61
 
2.0   OPERATOR ACTIONS 2.7   OPEN the following valves:
CO:          -    RB VENT INBD ISOL VALVES, EXHAUST C-BFIV-RB, C-BFI V-RB,          o SUPPLY SUPPL   Y A-BFIV-RB GO:
CO:          -    RB VENT OTBD ISOL VALVES, EXHAUST SUPPLY SUPPL      B-BFI V-RB Y B-BFIV-RB EXHAUSTD-BFI      V-RB, D-BFIV-RB,          oLI NOTE:     In order to start a reactor building supply or exhaust fan, the control switch should be held in START until the discharge damper is full open.
GO:
CO:   2.8   START as many reactor building exhaust and supply fans as                 0 possible to provide maximum ventilation (OP-37.1).
2.9   IF PROCESS RX BLDG VENT RAD HI-HI annunciator (UA-03 3-5) (alarm setpoint at 4 mR/hr) OR RX BLDG VENT TEMP HIGH annunciator (UA-03 6-2) (alarm setpoint at 135&deg;F) is received, THEN:
GO:
CO:         a. ENSURE reactor building exhaust and supply fans are off.           0
: b. ENSURE the following valves are closed:
GO:
CO:               -      RB VENT INBD ISOL VALVES, EXHAUST                           0 SUPPLY C-BFI V-RB, SUPPL C-BFIV-RB,           Y A-BFIV-RB GO:
CO:               -      RB VENT OTBD ISOL VALVES, EXHAUST                           0 D-BFI V-RB, SUPPL D-BFIV-RB,   SUPPLY    B-BFI V-RB Y B-BFIV-RB GO:
CO:         c.                                               (OP-b).
ENSURE the SBGT System has initiated (OP-10).                       0 I OEOP-01-SEP-04 OEOP-O1-SEP-04                            Rev. 12                                       6 Page 4 of 61
 
2.0 2.0   OPERATOR ACTIONS OPERATOR      ACTIONS Initials Initials 2.10   WHEN reactor low  low water level and drywell drywell high high pressure conditions have cleared, THEN REMOVE the following jumpers:
CO:         -      Jumper 10 10 in Panel XU-27, Terminal Board E, from the               /
right side of Terminals 28 and 30                               Ind.Ver.
Ind.ver.
CO:         -      Jumper 11  11 in Panel XU-28, Terminal Board E, from the             /
right side of Terminals 28 and 30                               Ind.Ver.
Ind.ver.
CO:   2.11 WHEN PROCESS OG VENT       VENTPIPE    RAO HI-HI annunciator PIPE RAD                                  /
(UA-03 5-4) clears, THEN PLACE CAC PURGE VENT ISOL                       Ind.Ver.
Ind.ver.
OVRO, CAC-CS-5519, switch to OFF.
OVRD, CO:   2.12 OPERATE the Reactor Building Ventilation System and the SBGT System as directed by the Unit SCO (OP-37.1 and OP-i OP-10).
0).
CO:   2.13 EXIT this procedure AND CONTINUE in the procedure(s) in effect.
Completed______________
Date/Time Completed Performed By (Print)         Initials Reviewed  By: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Reviewed By:
Unit SCO I OEOP-01-SEP-04                                   12 Rev. 12                           Page 5 of 6 61
 
REVISION REVISION  
 
==SUMMARY==


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
Revision 12 converts the document and upgrades procedure format. Added independent verifier to manpower requirements.
 
Revision 11 incorporates changes required to support implementation of Severe Accident Management Guidelines.
upgrades procedure format. Added 12 converts the document and upgrades Revision 12 independent verifier to manpower requirements.
Entry conditions have been revised to reflect possible entry from Containment and Radioactivity Release Control, OSAMG-02.
independent Revision 11 incorporates changes required to support implementation of Severe 11 incorporates Accident Management Guidelines.
Allowances to restart ventilation when 135&deg;F has been exceeded have been deleted due to Reactor Building EQ concerns.
Guidelines. Entry conditions have been revised to reflect possible entry from Containment and Radioactivity Release Control, OSAMG-02.
I OEOP-01-SEP-04 Rev. 12 Page 6 of 61 PROGRESS ENERGY CAROLINAS BRUNSWICK TRAINING SECTION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE SIMULATOR NRC Sim C LESSON TITLE: Place BLoop RHR in Suppression Pool Cooling lAW Hard NSW Header Failure LESSON NUMBER: LOT-SIM-JP-017-A10 REVISION NO: 7 Place BLoop RHR in Suppression Pool Cooling lAW Hard Card -NSW Header Failure A. Initial Conditions:  
135&deg;F has been exceeded have been deleted Allowances to restart ventilation when 135&deg;F due to Reactor Building EQ concerns.
: 1. Recommended Initial Conditions IC Rx. Pwr. Core Age 11 100% BOC 2. Required Plant Conditions Suppression Pool Temperature>
I OEOP-01-SEP-04 OEOP-O1-SEP-04                                12 Rev. 12                                   6 61 Page 6 of 6
95&deg;. B. Malfunctions None required C. Overrides Switches Event Pane Tag Title I NA P601 K1705A RHR SW Pmps BID Nu SW-V105 D. Remote Function Event Panel Tag Title NA P601 ZVSW105M SW-V105 NSW to RHRSW E. Special Instructions Value Activate Deactivate (ramp rate) Time (sec) Time (sec) As Is 0 0 Value Activate Deactivate (ramp rate) Time (sec) Time (sec) Off 0 0 1. Open SRV(s) as necessary to raise Suppression Pool temperature above 95&deg;. 2. Ensure Suppression Pool High Temperature alarm on Panel UA-12 is annunciated.  
 
: 3. Place red caps on RHR Pump 2A and 2C. LOT-SIM-JP-017-A 10 Page 2 of 9 Rev.7 Place BLoop RHR in Suppression Pool Cooling lAW Hard Card -NSW Header Failure SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS:
PROGRESS ENERGY CAROLINAS BRUNSWICK TRAINING SECTION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE SIMULATOR NRC Sim C LESSON TITLE: Place BLoop                                           Card B Loop RHR in Suppression Pool Cooling lAW Hard Card-NSW Header Failure LESSON NUMBER: LOT-SIM-JP-017-A10 LOT-SIM-JP-017-A1O REVISION NO:     7
NONE EVALUATOR NOTES: (Do not read to examinee)  
 
: 1. The applicable procedure section WILL be provided to the examinee, once it is demonstrated he/she knows the correct procedure.  
B Loop RHR in Suppression Pool Cooling lAW Hard Card - NSW Header Failure Place BLoop A. Initial Conditions:
: 1.       Recommended Initial Conditions IC           11 Rx. Pwr.     100%
Core Age     BOC
: 2.       Required Plant Conditions Suppression Pool Temperature> 95&deg;.
B. Malfunctions None required C. Overrides Switches Event   Pane       Tag                   Title                 Value    Activate  Deactivate II                                                (ramp rate) Time (sec) Time (sec)
As Is NA     P601     K1705A       RHR SW Pmps BID Nu SW-V105                     0          0 0
D. Remote Function Event     Panel       Tag                   Title               Value     Activate Deactivate (ramp rate) Time (sec) Time (sec)
Off NA      P601    ZVSW1 05M ZVSW105M        SW-V1 05 NSW to RHRSW SW-V105                                    0         0 0
E. Special Instructions 1.Open
: 1. Open SRV(s) as necessary to raise Suppression Pool temperature above 95&deg;.
: 2. Ensure Suppression Pool High Temperature alarm on Panel UA-12 is annunciated.
: 3. Place red caps on RHR Pump 2A and 2C.
LOT-SIM-JP-017-A10 LOT-SIM-JP-017-A         10                       Page 2 of 9                                   Rev.7
 
Place BLoop Place  B Loop RHR RHR in in Suppression Suppression Pool Pool Cooling Cooling lAW lAW Hard Hard Card Card - NSW NSW Header Header Failure Failure SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS:
NONE NONE EVALUATOR NOTES: (Do not read to examinee)
: 1. The applicable procedure section WILL be provided to the examinee, once it is demonstrated he/she knows the correct procedure.
: 2. If this is the first JPM of the JPM set, read the JPM briefing contained in NUREG 1021, Appendix E, or similar to the examinee.
: 2. If this is the first JPM of the JPM set, read the JPM briefing contained in NUREG 1021, Appendix E, or similar to the examinee.
Read the following to examinee.
Read the following to examinee.
TASK CONDITIONS:  
TASK CONDITIONS:
: 1. Torus temperatures is >95&deg;F due to SRV B failure. 2. SRV B fuses have been pulled which closed the valve. 3. Primary Containment Control Procedure requires Suppression Pool Cooling to be placed in service. 4. The standby NSW pump has been started. 5. RHR Loop A is under clearance.
: 1. Torus temperatures is >95&deg;F due to SRV B
INITIATING CUE: The Unit CRS has directed you to place B RHR Loop in suppression pool cooling per the Emergency Suppression Pool Cooling Hard Card (One RHRSW pump and one RHR pump). LOT-SIM-JP-017 -A 10 Page 3 of 9 Rev.7 Place BLoop RHR in Suppression Pool Cooling lAW Hard Card -NSW Header Failure PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST NOTE: Sequence is assumed unless denoted in the Comments.
: 1.                                                B failure.
I PROMPT: If asked, another RO is not available to perform peer checks / IVs. Step 1 -Obtain current revision of Emergency Suppression Pool Cooling hard card for Loop B. Current revision of Emergency Suppression Pool Cooling hard card obtained.
: 2. SRV B  B fuses have been pulled which closed the valve.
: 3. Primary Containment Control Procedure requires Suppression Pool Cooling to be placed in service.
: 4. The standby NSW pump has been started.
: 5. RHR Loop A is     is under under clearance.
INITIATING CUE:
The Unit CRS has  has directed you to place BB RHR Loop Loop in suppression pool cooling per per the Emergency Emergency Suppression Suppression Pool    Cooling Hard Pool Cooling Hard Card Card (One (One RHRSW pump pump and and one one RHR pump).
pump).
LOT-SIM-JP-017-A10 LOT-SIM-JP-017 -A 10                           Page Page 33 of of 99                                  Rev.7 Rev.7
 
B Loop RHR in Suppression Pool Cooling lAW Hard Card - NSW Header Failure Place BLoop PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST NOTE: Sequence is assumed unless denoted in the Comments.
IPROMPT PROMPT:         asked, another RO is not available to perform peer checks / IVs.
If asked                                                          IVs                      I 1 -Obtain current revision of Emergency Suppression Pool Cooling hard card for Loop B.
Step 1 Current revision of Emergency Suppression Pool Cooling hard card obtained.
SATIU NSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
TIME START: _ _ _ __
Step 2 - Attempt to open suction valve to RHR SW pump from NSW SW-V105.
SW-V105 Recognize SW-    V1 05 will not open.
SATIUNSAT*
                                                                                          . SAT/UNSAT*
PROMPT:        If requested to manually open SW-V105, report valve is mechanically bound and not open by handwheel. If requested to turn breaker OFF for SW-V105, will not activate REMOTE FUNCTION, ZVSW105M,ZVSWIO5M, SW-V105 NSW toRHRSW,to RHRSW, OFF.
PROMPT.
PROMPT:        If.          informs Unit CRS RHR cannot be placed into service using NSW, If Examinee informs direct the examinee that EOP flowcharts require RHR Loop B to be placed in Suppression Pool Cooling now.
If asked, give permission to place B  B Loop in service using CSW header.
Step 3 - Open CSW SW-V1
        -              SW-ViOl,01, Conventional Service Water to RHRSW Pumps.
V1 01 opened.
SW-ViOl CSW SW-
                                                                        **                ** SATIUNSAT*
                                                                        ** CRITICAL STEP **  SAT/UNSAT*
Step 4 - Close SW-V143, RHR SW Well Water Supply Valve.
SW-V143 SW-  V143 Closed.
SAT/U NSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
TIME START: ____ _ Step 2 -Attempt to open suction valve to RHR SW pump from NSW SW-V105. Recognize SW-V1 05 will not open. . SAT/UNSAT*
LOT-SIM-JP-017-A1O LOT-SIM-JP-017-A       10                       Page 4 of 9                                     Rev.7
PROMPT: PROMPT: If requested to manually open SW-V105, report valve is mechanically bound and will not open by handwheel.
 
If requested to turn breaker OFF for SW-V105, activate REMOTE FUNCTION, ZVSW105M, SW-V105 NSW toRHRSW, OFF. If. Examinee informs Unit CRS RHR cannot be placed into service using NSW, direct the examinee that EOP flowcharts require RHR Loop B to be placed in Suppression Pool Cooling now. If asked, give permission to place B Loop in service using CSW header. Step 3 -Open CSW SW-V1 01, Conventional Service Water to RHRSW Pumps. CSW SW-V1 01 opened. ** CRITICAL STEP ** SAT/UNSAT*
Place BLoop B Loop RHR in Suppression Pool Cooling lAW Hard Card - NSW Header Failure Step 5 - Open SW-V102, Conventional-Nuclear Header Cross-tie valve.
Step 4 -Close SW-V143, RHR SW Well Water Supply Valve. SW-V143 Closed. SAT/UNSAT*
Crosstie valve SW-V102, opened.
LOT-SIM-JP-017-A 10 Page 4 of 9 Rev.7 Place BLoop RHR in Suppression Pool Cooling lAW Hard Card -NSW Header Failure Step 5 -Open SW-V102, Conventional-Nuclear Header Cross-tie valve. Crosstie valve SW-V102, opened. ** CRITICAL STEP ** SATIUNSAT*
                                                                    **                    ** SATIUNSAT*
Step 6 -If LOCA signal is present PLACE RHR SW Booster Pumps B & 0 LOCA Override Switch to Manual Override Recognize no LOCA signal is present and override is not required.
                                                                    ** CRITICAL STEP **     SATIUNSAT*
Step 6 - If LOCA signal is present PLACE RHR SW Booster Pumps B & 0
      -                                                                    D LOCA Override Switch to Manual Override Recognize no LOCA signal is present and override is not required.
SATIU NSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
Step 7 -Start 2B or 20 RHR SW pumps. 2B or 20 RHR SW pumps started. ** CRITICAL STEP ** SA TlUNSAT* Step 8 -Adjust RHR HX 2B SW Discharge Valve, E11-PDV-F068B to obtain desired RHR SW flow. Flow is adjusted using F06BB to obtain 2000 -4000 gpm. ** CRITICAL STEP ** SAT/UNSAT*
Step 7 - Start 2B or 20
Step 9 -Supply cooling water to the Vital Header. SW-V111 or SW-V117 opened to supply cooling water to the Vital Header. SAT/UNSAT*
      -              2D RHR SW pumps.
Step 10 -If LOCA signal is present, Verify Spray Logic is made up. Recognize Spray Logic not required.
2D RHR SW pumps started.
2B or 20
                                                                                          ** SAT!UNSAT*
CRITICAL STEP **     SATlUNSAT*
El 1-PDV-F0688 to obtain desired RHR SW flow.
Step 8 - Adjust RHR HX 2B SW Discharge Valve, E11-PDV-F068B F068B to obtain 2000 - 4000 gpm.
Flow is adjusted using F06BB                 -
                                                                                          ** SAT1UNSAT*
CRITICAL STEP **     SAT/UNSAT*
Step 9 - Supply cooling water to the Vital Header.
SW-V111     SW-VI SW-Vl 11 or SW-     17 opened to supply cooling water to the Vital Header.
V117 SATIUNSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
Step 11 -If EII-F015B is open, then close E11-F017B.
10 Step 10  - If LOCA signal is present, Verify Spray Logic is made up.
Recognize E11-F015B is not open and E11-F017B closure is not required.
Recognize Spray Logic not required.
SATIU NSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
LOT-SIM-JP-01
Step 11 -If If EII-F015B                    E1l-FO17B.
?-A1 0 Page 5 of 9 Rev.?
Ell-FO15B is open, then close E11-F017B.
Place BLoop RHR in Suppression Pool Cooling lAW Hard Card -NSW Header Failure Step 12 -Start RHR Pump 2B or 2D. RHR pump 2B or 20 started. ** CRITICAL STEP ** SAT/UNSAT*
Recognize El  1-FOI5B is not open and El E11-F015B                      1-FOl 78 closure is not required.
Step 13 -Open E11-F028B, Torus Discharge Isolation Valve. E11-F028B opened. ** CRITICAL STEP ** SAT/UNSAT*
E11-F017B SATIU NSAT*
Step 14 -Throttle open E11-F024B, Torus Cooling Isolation Valve, to establish desired flow. E11-F024B throttled open to obtain 6000-10,000 gpm (1 pump). ** CRITICAL STEP ** SAT/UNSAT*
Step 15 -Throttle closed E 11-F048B, HX Bypass Valve. E11-F048B throttled fully closed. SAT/UNSAT*
Step 16 -Inform Unit CRS that BLoop RHR Suppression Pool Cooling is in service with one pump operation and cooling is aligned to the Conventional Service Water header. Unit CRS notified.
SAT/UNSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
TERMINATING CUE: When the E11-F024B has been opened and 6,000 to 10,000 gpm flow has been established this JPM can be terminated.
LOT-SIM-JP-017-A10 LOT-SIM-JP-01 ?-A1 0                            Page 55 of 99                                        Rev.?
* Comments required for any step evaluated as UNSAT. TIME STOP: ____ _ LOT-SIM-JP-01  
Rev.7
?-A1 0 Page 6 of 9 Rev.?
 
Place BLoop RHR in Suppression Pool Cooling lAW Hard Card -NSW Header Failure LIST OF REFERENCES RELATED TASKS: 205014 B1 01 Start Up RHR In Suppression Pool Cooling Mode Per OP-17 KIA REFERENCE AND IMPORTANCE RATING: 219000 A4.12 4.1,4.1 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room suppression pool temperature.  
B Loop RHR in Suppression Pool Cooling lAW Hard Card - NSW Header Failure Place BLoop Step 12 - Start RHR Pump 2B or 2D.
RHR pump 2B 28 or 20 2D started.
                                                                    **                  ** SAT1UNSAT*
                                                                    ** CRITICAL STEP **    SAT/UNSAT*
13 Step 13 - Open E11-F028B, Torus Discharge Isolation Valve.
E11-F028B opened.
                                                                                      ** SATIUNSAT*
                                                                    ** CRITICAL STEP **    SAT/UNSAT*
14Throttle Step 14 -Throttle open E11-F024B, Torus Cooling Isolation Valve, to establish desired flow.
El l-F024B throttled open to obtain 6000-10,000 gpm (1 pump).
E11-F024B
                                                                    **                ** SAT/UNSAT*
                                                                    ** CRITICAL STEP **    SAT/UNSAT*
15Throttle Step 15                  E11-F048B,
          - Throttle closed E 11-F048B, HX Bypass Valve.
El l-F048B throttled fully closed.
E11-F048B SAT!U NSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
B Loop RHR Suppression Pool Cooling is in service with one Step 16 - Inform Unit CRS that BLoop pump operation and cooling is aligned to the Conventional Service Water header.
Unit CRS notified.
SATIU NSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
TERMINATING CUE: When the E11-F024B has been opened and 6,000 to 10,000 gpm flow has I                          been established this JPM can be terminated.
** Comments required for any step evaluated as UNSAT.
TIME STOP: _ _ _ __
TIME  STOP:
LOT-SIM-JP-017-A10 LOT-SIM-JP-01 ?-A1 0                           Page 6 of 99                                    Rev.?
Rev.7
 
Place BLoop Place B Loop RHRRHR in in Suppression Suppression Pool Pool Cooling lAW lAW Hard Hard Card Card - NSW NSW Header Header Failure Failure LIST OF REFERENCES LIST    REFERENCES RELATED TASKS:
205 014 B1 205014   Si 01 Start Up RHR In Suppression Pool Cooling Mode Per OP-17 KIA REFERENCE AND IMPORTANCE RATING:
219000 A4.12       4.1,4.1 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room suppression pool temperature.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==


Emergency Suppression Pool Cooling hard card, S/1064. TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
Emergency Suppression Pool Cooling hard card, S/1064.
None SAFETY FUNCTION (from NUREG 1123, Rev 2): Safety Function 5, Containment Integrity REASON FOR REVISION:
S/I 064.
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
None SAFETY FUNCTION (from NUREG 1123, Rev 2):
Safety Function 5, Containment Integrity REASON FOR REVISION:
Changed to one pump vs. maximizing due to PU&A concerns.
Changed to one pump vs. maximizing due to PU&A concerns.
LOT-SIM-JP-017-A10 Page 7 of 9 Rev.7 Place BLoop RHR in Suppression Pool Cooling lAW Hard Card -NSW Header Failure Time Required for Minutes (approximate).
LOT-SIM-JP-017-A10                       Page 77 of 99                                  Rev.7
APPLICABLE METHOD OF TESTING Performance:
 
Simulate Actual X Unit: 2 Setting: Control Room Simulator L (Not applicable to In-Plant JPMs) Time Critical:
B Loop RHR Place BLoop     RHR in Suppression Pool  Pool Cooling lAW Hard Card - NSW NSW Header Header Failure Failure Time Required for Completion:~
Yes No X Time Limit N/A Alternate Path: Yes X No EVALUATION Examinee:  
Completion: 15 Minutes (approximate).
--------------------------
APPLICABLE METHOD OF TESTING Performance:       Simulate                       Actual     X                     Unit:     2 Setting:     Control Room                     Simulator     LX  (Not applicable to In-Plant JPMs)
JPM: Pass __ Fail __ Remedial Training Required:
Time Critical:             Yes                           No   X X            Time Limit       N/A Alternate Path:           Yes     X                     No EVALUATION Examinee:_______________________________
Yes No __ Did Examinee Verify Procedure?
Examinee:
Yes ____ No ___ _ (Each Student should verify one JPM per evaluation set) Comments:
JPM:              Pass _ _            Fail _ _
___________________________________________________
Remedial Training Required: Yes                   No _ _
_ Comments reviewed with Student Evaluator Signature:
Did Examinee Verify Procedure? Yes ____ No ____
Date: --------LOT-SIM-JP-01?-A10 Page 8 of 9 Rev.?
(Each Student should verify one JPM per evaluation set)
TASK CONDITIONS:  
Comments:
: 1. Torus temperatures is >95&deg;F due to SRV B failure. 2. SRV B fuses have been pulled which closed the valve. 3. Primary Containment Control Procedure requires Suppression Pool Cooling to be placed in service. 4. The standby NSW pump has been started. 5. RHR Loop A is under clearance.
Comments: ____________________________________________________
INITIATING CUE: The Unit CRS has directed you to place B RHR Loop in suppression pool cooling per the Emergency Suppression Pool Cooling Hard Card (One RHRSW pump and one RHR pump).
Comments reviewed with Student Evaluator Signature:                                                Date:
ATTACHMENT 8 Page 2 of 2 Emergency Suppression Pool Cooling START RHR SW BLOOP (NUC) RHR SW BLOOP (CONV) : OPEN SW-V105 : CLOSE SW-V143 : IF LOCA SIGNAL IS PRESENT PLACE RHR SW BOOSTER PUMPS B & D LOCA OVERRIDE SWITCH TO MANUAL OVERRIDE : START RHR SW PMP : ADJUST E11-PDV-F068B  
Date:___________
: SUPPLY CLG WTR TO VITAL HDR START RHRLOOP B : OPEN SW-V101 : CLOSE SW-V143 : OPEN SW-V102 : IF LOCA SIGNAL IS PRESENT PLACE RHR SW BOOSTER PUMPS B & D LOCA OVERRIDE SWITCH TO MANUAL OVERRIDE : START RHR SW PMP : ADJUST E11-PDV-F068B
LOT-SIM-JP-017-A1O LOT-SIM-JP-01?-A10                               Page 88 of 99                                        Rev.?
: SUPPLY CLG WTR TO VITAL HDR __ : IF LOCA SIGNAL IS PRESENT, VERIFY SPRAY LOGIC IS MADE UP 120P-17 __ : IF E11-F015B IS OPEN, THEN CLOSE E11-F017B
Rev.7
: START LOOP B RHR PMP : OPEN E 11-F028B : THROTTLE E11-F024B
 
: THROTTLE E11-F048B Rev. 155 2/1063 S/1064 Page 288 of 2971 PROGRESS ENERGY CAROLINAS BRUNSWICK TRAINING SECTION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE SIMULATOR NRC Sim D LESSON TITLE: HPCI Start in Pressure Control Per The Hard Card -Exhaust Diaphragm Failure. LESSON NUMBER: LOT-SIM-JP-019-14 REVISION NO: 0 HPCI Start in Pressure Control Per The Hard Card -Exhaust Diaphragm Failure. SIMULATOR SETUP Recommended Initial Conditions IC-11 100%, BOC Event Triggers E1 -Activates all malfunctions/overrides when F008 is opened. Malfunctions A, ES040F, HPCI Fail To Auto Start A, ES053F -E41-F002 Fail To Auto Close A, ES054F -E41-F003 Fail To Auto Close E1, ES047F -HPCI Stm Brk HPCI Room, 1 %, 0 SEC Overrides Lamps E1, P601, Q1112SWL, Auto Isol Sig A White, ON with 5 sec activation time E1, P601, Q1111 SWL, Auto Isol Sig B White, ON with 5 sec activation time Alarms E1, P601, ZA 135, HPCI Isol Trip Sig A, ON with 5 sec activation time E1, P601, ZA 145, HPCI Isol Trip Sig B , ON with 5 sec activation time E1, P601, ZA152, HPCI Turb Exh Diaph Press Hi, On Special Instructions  
TASK CONDITIONS:
: 1. Scram the Reactor and close MSIV's 2. Perform scram immediate actions 3. Ensure RPV level is stable and >LL2 LOT-SIM-JP-019-14 Page 2 of 9 REV. 0 HPCI Start in Pressure Control Per The Hard Card -Exhaust Diaphragm Failure. SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS:
: 1. Torus temperatures is >95&deg;F due to SRV B failure.
None. EVALUATOR NOTES: (Do not read to trainee) 1. The applicable procedure section WILL NOT be provided to the trainee. 2. If this is the first JPM of the JPM set, read the JPM briefing contained NUREG 1021, Appendix E, or similar to the trainee. Read the following to trainee. TASK CONDITIONS:  
: 2. SRV B fuses have been pulled which closed the valve.
: 1. The reactor has scrammed due to MSIV closure. 2. RPV water level is stable. 3. HPCI is not required for RPV level control. INITIATING CUE: You are directed by the Unit CRS to start HPCI for pressure control to lower pressure to 800 psig per the Hard Card and inform the Unit CRS when the actions are complete.
: 3. Primary Containment Control Procedure requires Suppression Pool Cooling to be placed in service.
LOT-SIM-JP-019-14 Page 3 of 9 REV. 0 HPCI Start in Pressure Control Per The Hard Card -Exhaust Diaphragm Failure. PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST NOTE: Sequence is assumed unless denoted in the Comments.
: 4. The standby NSW pump has been started.
Step 1 -Obtain Hard Card for HPCI Pressure Control In EOPs. Hard Card for HPCI Pressure Control obtained.
: 5. RHR Loop A is under clearance.
SATIUNSAT Time Started: ____ _ Initial Reactor Pressure:
INITIATING CUE:
____ _ NOTE: Auto Initiation signal can be verified to be reset by observing the white light is not illuminated or by depressing the reset pushbutton.
The Unit CRS has directed you to place B RHR Loop in suppression pool 1 cooling per the poo Emergency Suppression Pool Cooling Hard Card (One RHRSW pump and one RHR pump).
Step 2 -Ensure HPCI auto initiation is reset. HPCI auto initiation is reset. SATIUNSAT Step 3 -Ensure Auxiliary Oil Pump is not running. Auxiliary Oil Pump verified not running. SAT/UNSAT Step 4 -Place HPCI Flow Control, E41-FIC-R600, in Manual (M), and adjust output demand to approximately midscale, using the Manual lever. Manual selected and lever (moved to the left) lowered output to midscale.
 
SAT/UNSAT Step 5 -Ensure E41-V8 and E41-V9 are closed. E41-V8 and E41-V9 indicate closed. SAT/UNSAT LOT-SIM-JP-019-14 Page 4 of 9 REV. 0 HPCI Start in Pressure Control Per The Hard Card -Exhaust Diaphragm Failure. Step 6 -Open E41-F011.
ATTACHMENT 8 Page 2 of 2 Emergency Suppression Pool Cooling START B LOOP (NUC)
E41-F011 indicates full open. Step 7 -Open E41-F059.
RHR SW BLOOP                                             B LOOP (CONV)
E41-F059 indicates full open. Step 8 -Start Vacuum Pump and leave in start Vacuum Pump is running Step 9 -Open E41-F001.
RHR SW BLOOP
E41-F001 indicates full open. Step 10 -Start Auxiliary Oil Pump and Leave in START. ** CRITICAL STEP ** SAT/UNSAT
: OPEN SW-V105                                       SW-ViOl
** CRITICAL STEP ** SAT/UNSAT SAT/UNSAT  
: OPEN SW-V101
** CRITICAL STEP ** SAT/UNSAT Auxiliary Oil Pump control switch in the START position.
: CLOSE SW-V143                              : CLOSE SW-V143
** CRITICAL STEP ** SAT/UNSAT Step 11 -When speed stops increasing, then adjust speed to approximately 2100 RPM. Speed is adjusted to 2100 RPM. SAT/UNSAT LOT-SIM-JP-019-14 Page 5 of 9 REV. 0 HPCI Start in Pressure Control Per The Hard Card -Exhaust Diaphragm Failure. SIMOP: Verify trigger E1 is activated when F008 is opened. Step 12 -Throttle open E41-F008 to maintain desired reactor pressure.
: IF LOCA SIGNAL IS PRESENT                 : OPEN SW-V102 PLACE RHR SW BOOSTER PUMPS                 : IF LOCA SIGNAL IS PRESENT B & D LOCA OVERRIDE SWITCH                   PLACE RHR SW BOOSTER PUMPS TO MANUAL OVERRIDE                           B & D LOCA OVERRIDE SWITCH
E41-F008 indicates dual indication.  
: START RHR SW PMP                             TO MANUAL OVERRIDE
** CRITICAL STEP ** SATIUNSAT I NOTE: This is the alternate path portion, diagnose failure and isolate HPCI. Step 13 -Diagnose indications of a HPCI Exhaust Diaphragm rupture. Determined the exhaust diaphragm has ruptured.
: ADJUST E11-PDV-F068B E1l-PDV-F068B                      : START RHR SW PMP
SAT/UNSAT Step 14 -Determine HPCI has failed to auto isolate and manually isolate HPCI by closing E41-F002 and F003. E41-F002 or E41-F003 indicate full closed. ** CRITICAL STEP ** SAT/UNSAT Step 15 -Inform Unit CRS HPCI is isolated and unavailable for pressure control. CRS informed HPC/ is unavailable for injection.
: SUPPLY CLG WTR TO VITAL HDR                         El I-PDV-F0688
SAT/UNSAT TERMINATING CUE: When HPClsteamleak is isolated by closing the E41-F002 or F003 this JPM is complete.
: ADJUST E11-PDV-F068B
Comments required for any step evaluated as UNSA T. Time completed:
: SUPPLY CLG WTR TO VITAL HDR START RHR LOOP B RHRLOOP
____ _ LOT-SIM-JP-019-14 Page 6 of 9 REV. 0 HPCI Start in Pressure Control Per The Hard Card -Exhaust Diaphragm Failure. RELATED TASKS: 2062008401, Place HPCI in Reactor Pressure control from the standby lineup per OP-19 KIA REFERENCE AND IMPORTANCE RATING: 295025 EA 1.04 3.8/3.9 Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to High Reactor Pressure:
_ _ : IF LOCA SIGNAL IS PRESENT, VERIFY SPRAY LOGIC IS MADE UP Ell-FOI5B IS OPEN, THEN
HPCI (plant specific)  
_ _ : IF E11-F015B Ell-FO17B CLOSE E11-F017B
: START LOOP B RHR PMP
: OPEN EEll-F028B 11-F028B Ell-F024B
: THROTTLE E11-F024B Ell-F048B
: THROTTLE E11-F048B 2/1063 S/I 064 S/1064 20P-17 120P-17                                Rev. 155                                297 Page 288 of 2971
 
PROGRESS ENERGY CAROLINAS BRUNSWICK TRAINING SECTION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE SIMULATOR NRC Sim D   0 LESSON TITLE: HPCI Start in Pressure Control Per The Hard Card - Exhaust Diaphragm Failure.
LESSON NUMBER: LOT-SIM-JP-019-14 REVISION NO:   0
 
HPCI Start in Pressure Control Per The Hard Card - Exhaust Diaphragm Failure.
SIMULATOR SETUP Recommended Initial Conditions IC-11 IC-Il    100%, BOC Event Triggers El - Activates all malfunctions/overrides when F008 is opened.
E1  -
Malfunctions A,   ES040F, HPCI Fail To Auto Start A,   ESO53F - E41-F002 Fail To Auto Close ES053F  -
A,   ES054F - E41-F003 Fail To Auto Close E1, El,  ESO47F - HPCI Stm Brk HPCI Room, 11%,
ES047F  -                              %, 0 SEC Overrides Lamps E1,         Qi I12SWL, Auto Isol Sig A White, ON with 5 sec activation time El, P601, Q1112SWL, E1,        Qi 111 SWL, Auto Isol Sig B El, P601, Q1111                        B White, ON with 5 sec activation time Alarms E1, El, P601, ZA   135, HPCI Isol Trip Sig A, ON with 5 sec activation time ZA135, E1, El, P601, ZA   145, HPCI Isol Trip Sig B , ON with 5 sec activation time ZA145,                        ,
E1, El, P601, ZA152, HPCI Turb Exh Diaph Press Hi, On Special Instructions MS tVs
: 1. Scram the Reactor and close MSIV's
: 2. Perform scram immediate actions
: 3. Ensure RPV level is stable and >LL2 LOT-SIM-JP-019-14                           Page 2 of 9                             REV. 0
 
HPCI Start HPCI   Start in in Pressure Pressure Control Per Per The Hard Hard Card - Exhaust
                                                            - Exhaust Diaphragm Diaphragm Failure.
Failure.
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS:
None.
EVALUATOR NOTES: (Do not read to trainee)
: 1. The applicable procedure section WILL NOT be provided to the trainee.
: 2. If this is the first JPM of the JPM set, read the JPM briefing contained NUREG 1021, Append ix E, or similar to the trainee.
Appendix Read the following to trainee.
TASK CONDITIONS:
: 1. The reactor has scrammed due to MSIV closure.
: 2. RPV water level is stable.
: 3. HPCI is not required for RPV level control.
INITIATING CUE:
You are directed by the Unit CRS to start HPCI for pressure control to lower pressure to 800 psig per the Hard Card and inform the Unit CRS when the actions are complete.
LOT-SIM-JP-019-14                             Page 33 of 99                              REV. 00
 
HPCI Start in Pressure Control Per The Hard Card - Exhaust Diaphragm Failure.
PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST NOTE: Sequence is assumed unless denoted in the Comments.
Step 11 - Obtain Hard Card for HPCI Pressure Control In EOPs.
Hard Card for HPCI Pressure Control obtained.
SAT/UNSAT SATIUNSAT Time Started: _ _ _ __
Initial Reactor Pressure: _ _ _ __
NOTE:           Auto Initiation signal can be verified to be reset by observing the white light is not illuminated or by depressing the reset pushbutton.
Step 2 - Ensure HPCI auto initiation is reset.
HPCI auto initiation is reset.
SAT/U NSAT SATIUNSAT Step 3 - Ensure Auxiliary Oil Pump is not running.
Auxiliary Oil Pump verified not running.
SAT/U NSAT SAT/UNSAT Step 4 - Place HPCI Flow Control, E41-FIC-R600, in Manual (M), and adjust output demand to approximately midscale, using the Manual lever.
Manual selected and lever (moved to the left) lowered output to midscale.
SAT/U  NSAT SAT/UNSAT Step 55 - Ensure E41-V8 and E41-V9 are closed.
E41-V8 and E41-V9 indicate closed.
SAT/U  NSAT SAT/UNSAT LOT-SIM-JP-019-14                             Page 4 of 99                                  REV. 00
 
HPCI Start HPCI   Start in in Pressure Pressure Control Control Per Per The Hard Hard Card Card - Exhaust
                                                          - Exhaust Diaphragm Diaphragm Failure.
Failure.
Step 66-- Open Open E41-F011.
E41-F011.
E41-FO1 I indicates full open.
E41-F011
                                                            ** CRITICAL STEP ** **
SAT/UNSAT SATIUNSAT Step 7 - Open E41-F059.
E41-F059 indicates full open.
                                                            ** CRITICAL STEP **     SAT/UNSAT SATIUNSAT Step 8 - Start Vacuum Pump and leave in start Vacuum Pump is running SAT/UNSAT SATIUNSAT Step 99-Open
        - Open E41-F001.
E41-FOOl indicates full open.
E41-F001
                                                            ** CRITICAL STEP ** **
SAT/UNSAT SATIUNSAT Step 10 - Start Auxiliary Oil Pump and Leave in START.
Auxiliaiy Auxiliary Oil Pump control switch in the START position.
                                                            ** CRITICAL STEP **
SAT/UNSAT
                                                                                ** SATIUNSAT Step 11 - When speed stops increasing, then adjust speed to approximately 2100 RPM.
Speed is adjusted to 2100 RPM.
SAT/UNSAT SAT!U NSAT LOT-SIM-JP-019-14                            Page 55 of 99                                REV. 00 REV.
 
HPCI Start in Pressure Control Per The Hard Card - Exhaust Diaphragm Failure.
SIM OP SIMOP:              trigger E1 Verify trigger  El is activated when F008 is opened.
opened                            ii Step 12 - Throttle open E41-F008 to maintain desired reactor pressure.
E41-F008 indicates dual indication.
                                                                ** CRITICAL STEP **    SATIUNSAT IIi NOTE NOTE:                                                                         HPCI This is the alternate path portion, diagnose failure and isolate HPCI.            ii Step 13 - Diagnose indications of a HPCI Exhaust Diaphragm rupture.
Determined the exhaust diaphragm has ruptured.
SATIU N SAT SAT/UNSAT Step 14 - Determine HPCI has failed to auto isolate and manually isolate HPCI by closing E41-F002 and F003.
E41-F002 or E41-F003 indicate full closed.
                                                                ** CRITICAL STEP **    SAT/UNSAT Step 15 - Inform Unit CRS HPCI is isolated and unavailable for pressure control.
CRS informed HPC/HPCI is unavailable for injection.
SATIU NSAT SAT/UNSAT HPCI steam leak is isolated by closing the E41-F002 or F003 TERMINATING CUE: When HPClsteamleak this JPM is complete.
Comments required for any step evaluated as UNSA UNSAT. T.
Time completed: _ _ _ __
LOT-SIM-JP-019-14                            Page 6 of 9                                 REV. 0
 
HPCI Start in Pressure Control Per The Hard Card - Exhaust Diaphragm Failure.
RELATED TASKS:
206200B401, Place HPCI in Reactor Pressure control from the standby lineup per OP-19 2062008401,                                                                        OP-i 9 KIA REFERENCE AND IMPORTANCE RATING:
295025 EA EA1.04 1.04 3.8/3.9 Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to High Reactor Pressure:
HPCI (plant specific)


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==


20P-19, Section 8.2 Hard Card S/1019, HPCI Pressure Control In EOPs TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
20P-19, Section 8.2 S11019, HPCI Pressure Control In EOPs Hard Card S/1019, TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
None. SAFETY FUNCTION (from NUREG 1123, Rev 2.) 3 -Pressure Control (HPCI) REASON FOR REVISION:
None.
Modified JPM to have exhaust diaphragm failure. LOT-SIM-JP-019-14 Page 7 of 9 REV. 0 HPCI Start in Pressure Control Per The Hard Card -Exhaust Diaphragm Failure. Vailidation Time: Minutes (approximate).
SAFETY FUNCTION (from NUREG 1123, Rev 2.)
APPLICABLE METHOD OF TESTING Performance:
3 - Pressure Control (HPCI)
Simulate Actual l Unit: 2 Setting: Control Room Simulatorl( Not applicable to In-Plant JPMs) Time Critical:
REASON FOR REVISION:
Yes No X Time Limit N/A Alternate Path: Yes X No EVALUATION Trainee: ________________
Modified JPM to have exhaust diaphragm failure.
_ JPM: Pass Fail ----Remedial Training Required:
LOT-SIM-JP-019-14                         Page 7 of 99                                REV. 00
Yes No __ Did Trainee Verify Procedure?
 
Yes No __ _ (Each Student should verify one JPM per evaluation set.) Comments:
HPCI Start in Pressure Control Per The Hard Card - Exhaust Diaphragm Failure.
Comments reviewed with Student Evaluator Signature:
Vailidation Time:   ~10      Minutes (approximate).
Date: ______ _ LOT-SIM-JP-019-14 Page 8 of 9 REV. 0 TASK CONDITIONS:  
APPLICABLE METHOD OF TESTING Performance:       Simulate                     Actual   lX                  Unit:     2 Setting:     Control Room                       SimulatorX( Not applicable to In-Plant JPMs)
: 1. The reactor has scrammed due to MSIV closure. 2. RPV water level is stable. 3. HPCI is not required for RPV level control. INITIATING CUE: You are directed by the Unit CRS to start HPCI for pressure control to lower pressure to 800 psig per the Hard Card and inform the Unit CRS when the actions are complete.
Simulatorl(
ATTACHMENT 8 Page 1 of 1 HPCI Instructional Aid OP-19 HPCI PRESSURE CONTROL IN EOPs 1. ENSURE HPCI AUTO INITIATION IS RESET D 2. ENSURE AUXILIARY OIL PUMP IS NOT RUNNING D 3. PLACE HPCI FLOW CONTROL, E41-FIC-R600, IN MANUAL (M), D AND ADJUST OUTPUT DEMAND TO APPROXIMATELY MIDSCALE, USING THE MANUAL LEVER. 4. ENSURE E41-V8 AND E41-V9 ARE CLOSED D 5. OPEN E41-F011 D 6. OPEN E41-F059 D 7. START VACUUM PUMP AND LEAVE IN START D 8. OPEN E41-F001 D 9. START AUXILIARY OIL PUMP AND LEAVE IN START D 10. ENSURE E41-V8 AND E41-V9 ARE OPEN D 11. WHEN SPEED STOPS INCREASING, THEN ADJUST SPEED TO D APPROXIMATELY 2100 RPM 12. THROTTLE OPEN E41-F008, UNTIL FLOW IS BETWEEN 1000 D GPM AND 1500 GPM 13. ENSURE E41-F012 IS CLOSED WHEN FLOW HAS INCREASED D ABOVE 800 GPM 14. ENSURE E41-F025 AND E41-F026 ARE CLOSED D 15. ADJUST HPCI FLOW CONTROL, E41-FIC-R600, SETPOINT TO D MATCH SYSTEM FLOW, AND THEN PLACE E41-FIC-R600 IN AUTO (A) 16. START SBGT (OP-10) D 17. ENSURE BAROMETRIC CNDSR CONDENSATE PUMP IS D OPERATING  
Time Critical:           Yes                           No   X           Time Limit     N/A Alternate Path:           Yes     X                     No EVALUATION Trainee: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
: 18. ADJUST HPCI AS NEEDED TO CONTROL REACTOR D PRESSURE 2/1020 S/1019 \20P-19 Rev. 124 Page 107 of 112\
Trainee:______________________________________
PROGRESS ENERGY CAROLINAS BRUNSWICK TRAINING SECTION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE IN PLANT NRC Sim E LESSON TITLE: Energize 230 kV Bus 2B. LESSON NUMBER: LOT-SIM-JP-050-A06 REVISION NO: 1 Energize 230 kV Bus 2B. SIMULATOR SETUP: Recommended Initial Conditions IC-11, 100% Power, BOC Required Plant Conditions Open PCB's 26B, 27B, 28B, 29B, 30B, and 31 B. Triggers Malfunctions Overrides Remotes SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS:
JPM:             Pass - -             Fail - -
None LOT-SIM-JP-050-A06 Page 2 of 9 Rev. 1 Energize 230 kV Bus 2B. EVALUATOR NOTES: (Do not read to performer)  
Remedial Training Required: Yes                   No _ _
: 1. The applicable procedure section WILL be provided to the performer.  
Did Trainee Verify Procedure? Yes                   No _ __
: 2. Provide examinee with a copy of 20P-50, Section 5.1, marked complete through step 5.1.2.7 3. If this is the first JPM of the JPM set, read the JPM briefing contained in NUREG 1021, Appendix E, or similar to the performer.
(Each Student should verify one JPM per evaluation set.)
Comments:
Comments reviewed with Student Evaluator Signature:                                                     Date: _ _ _ _ _ __
Date:_______________
LOT-SIM-JP-019-14                               Page 8 of 9                                   REV. 0
 
TASK CONDITIONS:
: 1. The reactor has scrammed due to MSIV closure.
: 2. RPV water level is stable.
: 3. HPCI is not required for RPV level control.
INITIATING CUE:
You are directed by the Unit CRS to start HPCI for pressure control to lower pressure to 800 psig per the Hard Card and inform the Unit CRS when the actions are complete.
 
ATTACHMENT 8 Page 11 of 1I HPCI Instructional Aid OP-19 HPCI PRESSURE CONTROL IN EOPs
: 1. ENSURE HPCI AUTO INITIATION IS RESET                           D
: 2. ENSURE AUXILIARY OIL PUMP IS NOT RUNNING                       D
: 3. PLACE HPCI FLOW CONTROL, E41-FIC-R600, IN MANUAL (M),           D AND ADJUST OUTPUT DEMAND TO APPROXIMATELY MIDSCALE, USING THE MANUAL LEVER.
: 4. ENSURE E41-V8 AND E41-V9 ARE CLOSED                             D El
: 5. OPEN E41-F011                                                   D El
: 6. OPEN E41-F059                                                   D El
: 7. START VACUUM PUMP AND LEAVE IN START                           D El
: 8.         E41-FOO1 OPEN E41-F001                                                   D El
: 9. START AUXILIARY OIL PUMP AND LEAVE IN START                     D El
: 10. ENSURE E41-V8 AND E41-V9 ARE OPEN                               D El
: 11. WHEN SPEED STOPS INCREASING, THEN ADJUST SPEED TO               D El APPROXIMATELY 2100 RPM
: 12. THROTTLE OPEN E41-F008, UNTIL FLOW IS BETWEEN 1000             D El GPM AND 1500 GPM
: 13. ENSURE E41-F012 IS CLOSED WHEN FLOW HAS INCREASED             D El ABOVE 800 GPM
: 14. ENSURE E41-F025 AND E41-F026 ARE CLOSED                       D
: 15. ADJUST HPCI FLOW CONTROL, E41-FIC-R600, SETPOINT TO             D MATCH SYSTEM FLOW, AND THEN PLACE E41-FIC-R600 E41-FICR600 IN AUTO (A)
: 16.         SBGT(OP-10)
START SBGT   (OP-10)                                           D El
: 17. ENSURE BAROMETRIC CNDSR CONDENSATE PUMP IS                     D El OPERATING
: 18. ADJUST HPCI AS NEEDED TO CONTROL REACTOR                       D PRESSURE 2/1020 s/big S/1019 20P-19
\20P-19                         Rev. 124                         lO7of Page 107   112 of 112\
 
PROGRESS ENERGY CAROLINAS BRUNSWICK TRAINING SECTION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE IN PLANT NRC Sim E LESSON TITLE: Energize 230 kV Bus 2B.
LESSON NUMBER: LOT-SIM-JP-050-A06 REVISION NO:   1 1
 
Energize 230 kV Bus 2B.
SIMULATOR SETUP:
Recommended Initial Conditions IC-li, 100% Power, BOC IC-11,              BOO Required Plant Conditions Open PCB's                               31B.
PCBs 26B, 27B, 28B, 29B, 30B, and 31 B.
Triggers Malfunctions Overrides Remotes SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS:
None LOT-SIM-JP-050-A06                       Page 2 of 9     Rev. 1 1
 
Energize 230 kV Bus 2B.
EVALUATOR NOTES: (Do not read to performer)
: 1. The applicable procedure section WILL be provided to the performer.
: 2. Provide examinee with a copy of 20P-50, Section 5.1, marked complete through step 5.1.2.7
: 3. If this is the first JPM of the JPM set, read the JPM briefing contained in NUREG 1021, Appendix E, or similar to the performer.
Read the following to the JPM performer.
Read the following to the JPM performer.
TASK CONDITIONS:  
TASK CONDITIONS:
: 1. 230 kV Bus 2B tripped due to a lightning strike. 2. 230 kV Bus 2A is energized and supplying power to the SAT. 3. The bus has been inspected and determined to be ready for energizing.  
: 1. 230 kV Bus 2B tripped due to a lightning strike.
: 4. The load dispatcher has directed energizing 230 kV Bus 2B by closing PCB 31 B. 5. 20P-50, Section 5.1 is in progress and is completed up to and including step 5.1.2.7. INITIATING CUE: You are directed to energize 230 kV Bus 2B in accordance with 20P-50, Section 5.1. Inform the Unit SCO when 230 kV Bus 2B is energized through PCB 31 B. LOT-SIM-JP-050-A06 Page 3 of 9 Rev. 1 Energize 230 kV Bus 2B. PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST NOTE: Sequence is assumed unless denoted in the Comments.
: 2. 230 kV Bus 2A is energized and supplying power to the SAT.
Step 1 -Obtain current revision of 20P-SO, Section S.1. Current revision of 20P-50, Section 5. 1 obtained.
: 3. The bus has been inspected and determined to be ready for energizing.
: 4. The load dispatcher has directed energizing 230 kV Bus 2B by closing PCB 31 B.
: 5. 20P-50, Section 5.1 is in progress and is completed up to and including step 5.1.2.7.
INITIATING CUE:
You are directed to energize 230230kV kV Bus 2B in accordance with 20P-50, Section 5.1. Inform the Unit SCO when 230 kV Bus 2B is energized through PCB 31 B.
LOT-SIM-JP-050-A06                             Page 3 of 9                                     Rev. 1 1
 
Energize 230 kV Bus 2B.
PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST NOTE: Sequence is assumed unless denoted in the Comments.
I - Obtain current revision of 20P-SO, Step 1 -                              20P-50, Section S.1.
5.1.
Current revision of 20P-50, Section 5.5.11 obtained.
SAT!U NSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
TIME START _ _ _ __
NOTE:        The examinee should determine actions associated with 230 kV Bus 2A are not applicable.
PROMPT:      If requested, as Unit SCO concur that all steps associated with 230 kV Bus 2A are not applicable.
XU-5 above the following are illuminated:
Step 2 - Confirm the white indicating lights on Panel XU-S
: a. Bus 2B Whiteville 230 kV Breaker 31 B  B synchronizing switch.              0D
: b. Bus 2B Delco West 230 kV Breaker 30B synchronizing switch.                  0D
: c. Bus 2B Wallace 230 kV Breaker 28B synchronizing switch.                    0D
: d. Bus 2B Wilmington Corning 230 kV Breaker 27B synchronizing switch.          0D White indicating lights confirmed to be illuminated.
SATIUNSAT*
                                                                                            . SAT/UNSAT*
NOTE:        The supervisory switch must be in local before the PCB can be operated from control XU-5.
room panel XU-So Step 3 - Place Bus 2B Whiteville 230 kV Breaker 31 B B PCB Supervisory Local/Remote switch in Local.
Supeivisoiy switch is in Local.
Supervisory
                                                                        **CRITICAL STEP**SATIUNSAT*
                                                                        **CRITICAL  STEP**SATIUNSAT*
Step 4 - Place Bus 2B Whiteville 230 kV Breaker 31 B B PCB Synchronizing switch in ON.
Synchronizing switch is ON.
                                                                        **CRITICAL STEP**SAT/UNSAT*
                                                                        **CRITICAL  STEP**SAT/UNSAT*
LOT-SIM-JP-050-A06 LOT -SIM-J P-050-A06                            Page 4 of 9                                      Rev. 1 I
 
Energize 230 kV Bus 2B.
Step 55 - Place Bus 2B Voltmeter switch in ON.
Voltmeter switch is ON.
SATIU NSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
TIME START ____ _ NOTE: The examinee should determine actions associated with 230 kV Bus 2A are not applicable.
INOTE:
PROMPT: If requested, as Unit SCO concur that all steps associated with 230 kV Bus 2A are not applicable.
NOTE         230 kV Bus 2B2Bisis deenergized so only incoming volts will indicate voltage deenergizedso                                    voltage.               I Step 6 - Ensure incoming and running voltmeter values are equal.
Step 2 -Confirm the white indicating lights on Panel XU-S above the following are illuminated:
Marked up version of procedure has this marked as NA.
NOTE: a. Bus 2B Whiteville 230 kV Breaker 31 B synchronizing switch. 0 b. Bus 2B Delco West 230 kV Breaker 30B synchronizing switch. 0 c. Bus 2B Wallace 230 kV Breaker 28B synchronizing switch. 0 d. Bus 2B Wilmington Corning 230 kV Breaker 27B synchronizing switch. 0 White indicating lights confirmed to be illuminated. . SAT/UNSAT*
SATIU NSAT*
The supervisory switch must be in local before the PCB can be operated from control room panel XU-So Step 3 -Place Bus 2B Whiteville 230 kV Breaker 31 B PCB Supervisory Local/Remote switch in Local. Supervisory switch is in Local. **CRITICAL STEP**SATIUNSAT*
Step 4 -Place Bus 2B Whiteville 230 kV Breaker 31 B PCB Synchronizing switch in ON. Synchronizing switch is ON. **CRITICAL STEP**SAT/UNSAT*
LOT -SIM-J P-050-A06 Page 4 of 9 Rev. 1 Energize 230 kV Bus 2B. Step 5 -Place Bus 2B Voltmeter switch in ON. Voltmeter switch is ON. I NOTE: 230 kV Bus 2Bis deenergizedso only incoming volts will indicate voltage. Step 6 -Ensure incoming and running voltmeter values are equal. Marked up version of procedure has this marked as NA. NOTE: 230 kV Bus 2B is de-energized,so synchronization is not required.
Step 7 -Close the 230 kV breaker. This is energizing a dead bus, so synchronization is not required.
PCB 31 B is closed. SAT/UNSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
**CRITICAL STEP**SATIUNSAT*
Step 8 -Confirm 230 kV breaker has closed by observing indicating light. PCB 31B confirmed closed. SAT/UNSAT*
Step 9 -Confirm running and incoming voltmeters indicate the same value. Voltmeters confirmed to be indicating approximately the same value. SAT/UNSAT*
Step 10-Place Bus 2B Voltmeter Switch in OFF. Voltmeter switch is in OFF. SAT/UNSAT*
LOT-SIM-JP-050-A06 Page 5 of 9 Rev. 1 Energize 230 kV Bus 2B. Step 11 -Place Bus 2B Whiteville 230 kV Breaker 31 B PCB Synchronizing switch in OFF. Synchronizing switch is OFF. SAT/UNSAT*
Step 12 -Place Bus 2B Whiteville 230 kV Breaker 31 B PCB Supervisory Local/Remote switch in Remote. Supervisory switch is in Remote. SAT/UNSAT*
Step 13 -Place Bus 2B Whiteville 230 kV Breaker 31B Auto Reclose Control Switch in AUTO. Auto Reclose control switch is in AUTO. SAT/UNSAT*
Step 11 -Informs Unit SCO that 230 kV Bus 2B is energized.
Unit seo is informed 230 kV Bus 2B is energized.
SAT/UNSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
TERMINATING CUE: When PCB 31 B is closed and the Unit seo has been informed that 230 kV Bus 2Bhas been energized this JPM is complete.
NOTE:                            de-energized, so synchronization is not required.
TIME STOP ____ _ LOT-SIM-JP-050-A06 Page 6 of 9 Rev. 1 LIST OF REFERENCES RELATED TASKS: 262201 81 01 Energize 230 kV Bus 2B. KIA REFERENCE AND IMPORTANCE RATING: 262001 A4.01 3.4/
230 kV Bus 2B is de-energized,so                                                            I Close the 230 kV breaker.
Step 7 -Close This is energizing a dead bus, so synchronization is not required.
PCB 3131B B is closed.
                                                                          **CRITICAL STEP**SATIUNSAT*
                                                                          **CRITICAL    STEP**SATIUNSAT*
Step 8 - Confirm 230 kV breaker has closed by observing indicating light.
PCB 31B confirmed closed.
SATIU NSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
Step 9 - Confirm running and incoming voltmeters indicate the same value.
Voltmeters confirmed to be indicating approximately the same value.
SAT/U NSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
10 Place Bus 2B Voltmeter Switch in OFF.
Step 10-Voltmeter switch is in OFF.
SATIU NSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
LOT-SIM-JP-050-A06                              Page 5 of 9                                        Rev. 11
 
Energize 230 kV Bus 2B.
Step 11 - Place Bus 2B Whiteville 230 kV Breaker 31 B PCB Synchronizing switch in OFF.
Synchronizing switch is OFF.
SATIU NSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
Step 12 - Place Bus 2B Whiteville 230 kV Breaker 31 B PCB Supervisory Local/Remote switch in Remote.
Supeivisoiy switch is in Remote.
Supervisory SATIU NSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
28 Whiteville 230 kV Breaker 31B Step 13 - Place Bus 2B 31 B Auto Reclose Control Switch in AUTO.
Auto Reclose control switch is in AUTO.
SATIU NSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
Step 11 - Informs Unit SCO that 230 kV Bus 2B is energized.
seo Unit SCO is informed 230 kV Bus 2B is energized.
SAT!U NSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
TERMINATING CUE: When PCB 31       31B                        seo B is closed and the Unit SCO has been informed that 230 kV I                            28 has been energized this JPM is complete.
Bus 2Bhas TIME STOP _ _ _ __
LOT-SIM-JP-050-A06                             Page 6 of 9                                         1 Rev. 1
 
Energize 230 kV Bus 2B.
LIST OF REFERENCES RELATED TASKS:
262 201 81 262201   Bi 01 KIA REFERENCE AND IMPORTANCE RATING:
262001 A4.01 3.4/


==3.7 REFERENCES==
==3.7 REFERENCES==
:
20P-50 TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
20P-50 TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
None. SAFETY FUNCTION (from NUREG 1123, Rev 2.): 6 -Electrical REASON FOR REVISION:
None.
Removed actions for MOD 268. LOT -SIM-J P-050-A06 Page 7 of 9 Rev. 1 Energize 230 kV Bus 2B. Time required for Completion:
SAFETY FUNCTION (from NUREG 1123, Rev 2.):
12 Minutes (approximate).
6 - Electrical REASON FOR REVISION:
APPLICABLE METHOD OF TESTING Performance:
26B.
Simulate Actual X Unit: 2 Setting: Control Room Simulator X In-Plant:
Removed actions for MOD 268.
Time Critical:
LOT-SIM-JP-050-A06 LOT -SIM-J P-050-A06                   Page 7 of 9           1 Rev. 1
Yes No X Time Limit Alternate Path: Yes No X EVALUATION Performer:
 
_______________
Energize 230 kV Bus 2B.
_ JPM: Pass __ Fail __ Remedial Training Required:
Time required for Completion:           12   Minutes (approximate).
Yes No __ Did Performer Verify Procedure?
APPLICABLE METHOD OF TESTING Performance:       Simulate                       Actual     X                 Unit: 2 Setting:     Control Room                     Simulator       X             In-Plant:
Yes No __ (Each Student should verify one JPM per evaluation set) Comments:
Time Critical:           Yes                           No   X X            Time Limit Alternate Path:           Yes                           No   X EVALUATION Performer: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Comments reviewed with Student Evaluator Signature:
Performer:_____________________________________
______________
JPM:             Pass _ _            Fail _ _
_ Date: ____ _ LOT-SIM-JP-050-A06 Page 8 of 9 Rev. 1 TASK CONDITIONS:  
Remedial Training Required: Yes                   No _ _
: 1. 230 kV Bus 2B tripped due to a lightning strike. 2. 230 kV Bus 2A is energized and supplying power to the SAT. 3. The bus has been inspected and determined to be ready for energizing.  
Did Performer Verify Procedure? Yes                     No _ _
: 4. The load dispatcher has directed energizing 230 kV Bus 2B by closing PCB 31 B. 5. 20P-50, Section 5.1 is in progress and is completed up to and including step 5.1.2.7. INITIATING CUE: You are directed to energize 230 kV Bus 2B in accordance with 20P-50, Section 5.1. Inform the Unit SCO when 230 kV Bus 2B is energized through PCB 31 B.
(Each Student should verify one JPM per evaluation set)
5.0 STARTUP 5.1 Energizing the 230 KV Switchyard 5.1.1 Initial Conditions  
Comments:
: 1. 2. All applicable prerequisites as listed in Section 4.0 are met. The Switchyard Electrical Lineup is complete in accordance with Attachment 1 A. 5.1.2 Procedural Steps NOTE: Unless otherwise noted, the following steps are performed in the switchyard relay house. 1. RESET the following on the 230 KV Differential Panel 11 R, Node H14: a. Bus 2A Diff Lockout Relay, 86P/2A. [@ b. Bus 2A Diff Lockout Relay, 86B/2A. l6P c. Bus 2B Diff Lockout Relay, 86B/2B. lAb d. Bus 2B Diff Lockout Relay, 86P/2B. e. Bus 2A Diff Lockout Relay, 86P2/2A. l8b f. Bus 2A Diff Lockout Relay, 86B2/2A. l6P g. Bus 2B Diff Lockout Relay, 86B2/2B. l8b h. Bus 2B Diff Lockout Relay, 86P2/2B. C Continuous Use 120P-50 Rev. 113 Page 12 of 2021 5.1.2 2. 3. 4. 5. 120P-50 Procedural Steps CONFIRM the white indicating lights, above the following control switches on the 230 KV Differential Panel 11 R, Node H14, are on: a. Bus 2A Diff Lockout Relay, 86P/2A. b. Bus 2A Diff Lockout Relay, 86B/2A. c. Bus 2B Diff Lockout Relay, 86B/2B. d. Bus 2B Diff Lockout Relay, 86P/2B. ENSURE the following power switches on equipment rack Node HIO are in ON: a. 230 KV Feeder 30 Delco West carrier toggle switch ON. b. 230 KV Feeder 31 Whiteville carrier toggle switch ON. ENSURE the following power switches on equipment rack Node HI7 are in ON: a. 230 KV Feeder 27 Wilmington Corning carrier togg Ie switch ON. b. 230 KV Feeder 28 Wallace carrier toggle switch ON. CONFIRM the white indicating lights for the primary and backup DC supply relays are on for the following:  
Comments reviewed with Student Evaluator Signature: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __                        Date: _ _ _ __
: a. 230 KV Feeder 27 Wilmington Corning. (Panel 9R, Node H12) b. 230 KV Feeder 28 Wallace. (Panel 10R, Node H13) c. 230 KV Feeder 30 Delco West. (Panel 12R, Node H15) d. 230 KV Feeder 31 Whiteville. (Panel 13R, Node H16) W [fJ) lAb tAb [6b [6b Rev. 113 Page 13 of 202 !
Date:_____________
5.1.2 Procedural Steps 6. RESET the following: a. 230 KV Breaker 27A breaker failure lockout relay. lAb (Panel HH6) b. 230 KV Breaker 27B breaker failure lockout relay. [M) (Panel HH6) c. 230 KV Breaker 28A breaker failure lockout relay. [6p (Panel HH7) d. 230 KV Breaker 28B breaker failure lockout relay. (Panel HH7) e. 230 KV Breaker 30A breaker failure lockout relay. (Panel HH9) f. 230 KV Breaker 30B breaker failure lockout relay. (Panel HH9) g. 230 KV Breaker 31A breaker failure lockout relay. [6p (Panel HH10) h. 230 KV Breaker 31 B breaker failure lockout relay. [6p (Panel HH10) 7. CONFIRM the green indicating lights above the following control switches are on: a. 230 KV Breaker 31A Whiteville local control switch. (Panel HH1 0) b. 230 KV Breaker 31 B Whiteville local control [6p switch. (Panel HH1 0) c. 230 KV Breaker 30A Delco West local control [6b switch. (Panel HH9) d. 230 KV Breaker 30B Delco West local control switch. (Panel HH9) e. 230 KV Breaker 28A Wallace local control switch. (Panel HH7) 120P-50 Rev. 113 Page 14 of 2021 5.1.2 Procedural Steps f. 230 KV Breaker 2SB Wallace local control switch. [6p (Panel HH7) g. 230 KV Breaker 27 A Wilmington Corning local control switch. (Panel HH6) h. 230 KV Breaker 27B Wilmington Corning local control switch. (Panel HH6) i. 230 KV Breaker 26A Transformer Bus 2 local control switch. (Panel SF, Node HH5) j. 230 KV Breaker 26B Transformer Bus 2 local control switch. (Panel SF, Node HH5) NOTE: The following steps are performed from the Control Room. S. CONFIRM the white indicating lights on Panel XU-5 above the following are illuminated:  
LOT-SIM-JP-050-A06                             Page 8 of 9                                       I Rev. 1
: a. BUS 2B WHITEVILLE 230 KV BREAKER 31B D synchronizing switch. b. BUS 2A WHITEVILLE 230 KV BREAKER 31A synchronizing switch. c. BUS 2B DELCO WEST LINE 230 KV BREAKER D 30B synchronizing switch. d. BUS 2A DELCO WEST LINE 230 KV BREAKER 30A synchronizing switch. e. BUS 2B WALLACE 230 KV BREAKER 28B D synchronizing switch. f. BUS 2A WALLACE 230 KV BREAKER 28A synchronizing switch. g. BUS 2B WILMINGTON CORNING 230 KV D BREAKER 27B synchronizing switch. h. BUS 2A WILMINGTON CORNING 230 KV BREAKER 27A synchronizing switch. 120P-50 Rev. 113 Page 15 of 2021 5.1.2 9. Procedural Steps IF the System Load Dispatcher has directed BUS 2B WHITEVILLE 230 KV BREAKER 31B to be closed, THEN PERFORM the following:
 
CAUTION PCB supervisory switch must be in LOCAL before the associated PCB is operated from Control Panel XU-5. a. b. c. PLACE associated PCB Supervisory Local/Remote switch in LOCAL. PLACE associated Synchronizing Switch in ON. PLACE BUS 2B(2A) VOLTMETER SWITCH in ON. D D D NOTE: With the 230 KV bus deenergized, only "incoming volts" will indicate voltage. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. ENSURE incoming and running voltmeter values are equal. 'A41IEN !)I,el"ll'e!eepe il'leliefltes tRe lifle flflell3l:1S aFe SYfl8RF8f1iZ!eel wiiR iRe lTIateReel, N-1 THEN CLOSE the 230KV breaker. CONFIRM 230 KV breaker has closed by observing the indicating light. CONFIRM running and incoming voltmeters indicate the same value. PLACE BUS 2B(2A) VOL TMETER SWITCH in OFF. PLACE associated Synchronizing Switch in OFF. PLACE associated PCB Supervisory Local/Remote Switch in REMOTE. D D D D D D N-1: With bus de-energized, bus synchronization with voltages matched is not required.
TASK CONDITIONS:
PRR submitted.
: 1. 230 kV Bus 2B tripped due to a lightning strike.
120P-50 Rev. 113 Page 16 of 2021 5.1.2 Procedural Steps k. PLACE associated Auto Reclose Control Switch in AUTO. 10. IF the System Load Dispatcher has directed BUS 2A WHITEVILLE 230 KV BREAKER 31A to be closed, THEN PERFORM the following:
: 2. 230 kV Bus 2A is energized and supplying power to the SAT.
CAUTION D PCB supervisory switch must be in LOCAL before the associated PCB is operated from Control Panel XU-5. a. PLACE associated PCB Supervisory D Local/Remote Switch in LOCAL. b. PLACE associated Synchronizing Switch in ON. D c. PLACE BUS 2A(2B) VOL TMETER SWITCH in D ON. E: With the 230 KV bus deenergized, only "incoming volts" will indicate voltage. d. ENSURE incoming and running voltmeter values D are equal. e. WHEN the synchroscope indicates the line and D bus are synchronized with the voltages matched, THEN CLOSE the 230 KV breaker. f. CONFIRM 230 KV breaker has closed by D observing the indicating light. g. CONFIRM running and incoming voltmeters D indicate the same value. h. PLACE BUS 2A(2B) VOLTMETER SWITCH in D OFF. i. PLACE associated Synchronizing Switch in OFF. D 120P-50 Rev. 113 Page 17 of 2021 5.1.2 Procedural Steps j. k. PLACE associated PCB Supervisory Local/Remote Switch in REMOTE. PLACE associated Auto Reclose Control Switch in AUTO. D D 11. IF directed by the System Load Dispatcher, THEN D PLACE LINE 31 CARRIER CONTROL SWITCH in ON. 12. IF the System Load Dispatcher has directed BUS 2B DELCO WEST LINE 230 KV BREAKER 30B to be closed, THEN PERFORM the following:
: 3. The bus has been inspected and determined to be ready for energizing.
CAUTION PCB supervisory switch must be in LOCAL before the associated PCB is operated from Control Panel XU-5. a. b. c. PLACE associated PCB Supervisory Local/Remote Switch in LOCAL. PLACE associated Synchronizing Switch in ON. PLACE BUS 2B(2A) VOL TMETER SWITCH in ON. D D D NOTE: With the 230 KV bus deenergized, only "incoming volts" will indicate voltage. d. e. f. g. 120P-50 ENSURE incoming and running voltmeter values are equal. WHEN the synchroscope indicates the line and bus are synchronized with the voltages matched, THEN CLOSE the 230 KV breaker. CONFIRM 230 KV breaker has closed by observing the indicating light. CONFIRM running and incoming voltmeters indicate the same value. D D D D Rev. 113 Page 18 of 2021 5.1.2 Procedural Steps h. i. j. k. PLACE BUS 2B(2A) VOL TMETER SWITCH in OFF. PLACE associated Synchronizing Switch in OFF. PLACE associated PCB Supervisory Local/Remote Switch in REMOTE. PLACE associated Auto Reclose Control Switch in AUTO. 13. IF the System Load Dispatcher has directed BUS 2A DELCO WEST LINE 230 KV BREAKER 30A to be closed, THEN PERFORM the following:
: 4. The load dispatcher has directed energizing 230 kV Bus 2B by closing PCB 31 B.
CAUTION o o o o PCB supervisory switch must be in LOCAL before the associated PCB is operated from Control Panel XU-5. 120P-50 a. b. c. PLACE associated PCB Supervisory Local/Remote Switch in LOCAL. PLACE associated Synchronizing Switch in ON. PLACE BUS 2A(2B) VOL TMETER SWITCH in ON. o o o With the 230 KV bus deenergized, only "incoming volts" will indicate volta d. ENSURE incoming and running voltmeter values 0 are equal. e. WHEN the synchroscope indicates the line and 0 bus are synchronized with the voltages matched, THEN CLOSE the 230 KV breaker. f. CONFIRM 230 KV breaker has closed by 0 observing the indicating light. Rev. 113 Page 19 of 2021 5.1.2 Procedural Steps g. CONFIRM running and incoming voltmeters D indicate the same value. h. PLACE BUS 2A(2B) VOLTMETER SWITCH in D OFF. i. PLACE associated Synchronizing Switch in OFF. D j. PLACE associated PCB Supervisory D Local/Remote Switch in REMOTE. k. PLACE associated Auto Reclose Control Switch in D AUTO. 14. IF directed by the System Load Dispatcher, THEN D PLACE LINE 30 CARRIER CONTROL SWITCH in ON. 15. IF the System Load Dispatcher has directed BUS 2B WALLACE 230 KV BREAKER 28B to be closed, THEN PERFORM the following:
: 5. 20P-50, Section 5.1 is in progress and is completed up to and including step 5.1.2.7.
CAUTION PCB supervisory switch must be in LOCAL before the associated PCB is operated from Control Panel XU-5. a. b. c. PLACE associated PCB Supervisory Local/Remote Switch in LOCAL. PLACE associated Synchronizing Switch in ON. PLACE BUS 2B(2A) VOL TMETER SWITCH in ON. D D D NOTE: With the 230 KV bus deenergized, only "incoming volts" will indicate volta d. /20P-50 ENSURE incoming and running voltmeter values are equal. D Rev. 113 Page 20 of 202/
INITIATING CUE:
5.1.2 Procedural Steps e. f. g. h. i. j. k. WHEN the synchroscope indicates the line and bus are synchronized with the voltages matched, THEN CLOSE the 230 KV breaker. CONFIRM 230 KV breaker has closed by observing the indicating light. CONFIRM running and incoming voltmeters indicate the same value. PLACE BUS 2B(2A) VOL TMETER SWITCH in OFF. PLACE associated Synchronizing Switch in OFF. PLACE associated PCB Supervisory Local/Remote Switch in REMOTE. PLACE associated Auto Reclose Control Switch in AUTO. 16. IF the System Load Dispatcher has directed BUS 2A WALLACE 230 KV BREAKER 28A to be closed, THEN PERFORM the following steps: CAUTION D D D D D D D PCB supervisory switch must be in LOCAL before the associated PCB is operated from Control Panel XU-5. a. PLACE associated PCB Supervisory D Local/Remote Switch in LOCAL. b. PLACE associated Synchronizing Switch in ON. D c. PLACE BUS 2A(2B) VOLTMETER SWITCH in D ON. /20P-50 Rev. 113 Page 21 of 2021 5.1.2 Procedural Steps NOTE: With the 230 KV bus deenergized, only "incoming volts" will indicate voltage. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. ENSURE incoming and running voltmeter values are equal. WHEN the synchroscope indicates the line and bus are synchronized with the voltages matched, THEN CLOSE the 230 KV breaker. CONFIRM 230 KV breaker has closed by observing the indicating light. CONFIRM running and incoming voltmeters indicate the same value. PLACE BUS 2A(2B) VOL TMETER SWITCH in OFF. PLACE associated Synchronizing Switch in OFF. PLACE associated PCB Supervisory Local/Remote Switch in REMOTE. PLACE associated Auto Reclose Control Switch in AUTO. D D D D D D D D 17. IF directed by the System Load Dispatcher, THEN D PLACE LINE 28 CARRIER CONTROL SWITCH in ON. 18. IF the System Load Dispatcher has directed BUS 2B WILMINGTON CORNING 230 KV BREAKER 27B to be closed, THEN PERFORM the following:
You are directed to energize 230 kV Bus 2B in accordance with 20P-50, Section 5.1. Inform the Unit SCO when 230 kV Bus 2B is energized through PCB 31 B.
CAUTION PCB supervisory switch must be in LOCAL before the associated PCB is operated from Control Panel XU-5. a. 120P-50 PLACE associated PCB Supervisory Local/Remote Switch in LOCAL. Rev. 113 D Page 22 of 2021 5.1.2 Procedural Steps b. c. PLACE associated Synchronizing Switch in ON. PLACE BUS 2B(2A) VOL TMETER SWITCH in ON. D D NOTE: With the 230 KV bus deenergized, only "incoming volts" will indicate voltage. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. ENSURE incoming and running voltmeter values are equal. WHEN the synchroscope indicates the line and bus are synchronized with the voltages matched, THEN CLOSE the 230 KV breaker. CONFIRM 230 KV breaker has closed by observing the indicating light. CONFIRM running and incoming voltmeters indicate the same value. PLACE BUS 2B(2A) VOLTMETER SWITCH in OFF. PLACE associated Synchronizing Switch in OFF. PLACE associated PCB Supervisory Local/Remote Switch in REMOTE. PLACE associated Auto Reclose Control Switch in AUTO. 19. IF the System Load Dispatcher has directed BUS 2A WILMINGTON CORNING 230 KV BREAKER 27 A to be closed, THEN PERFORM the following:
 
CAUTION D D D D D D D D PCB supervisory switch must be in LOCAL before the associated PCB is operated from Control Panel XU-5. a. \20P-50 PLACE associated PCB Supervisory Local/Remote Switch in LOCAL. Rev. 113 D Page 23 of 202\
5.0     STARTUP                                                                                 C C
5.1.2 Procedural Steps b. c. PLACE associated Synchronizing Switch in ON. PLACE BUS 2A(2B) VOL TMETER SWITCH in ON. D D NOTE: With the 230 KV bus deenergized, only "incoming volts" will indicate voltage. ! 20P-50 d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. ENSURE incoming and running voltmeter values are equal. WHEN the synchroscope indicates the line and bus are synchronized with the voltages matched, THEN CLOSE the 230 KV breaker. CONFIRM 230 KV breaker has closed by observing the indicating light. CONFIRM running and incoming voltmeters indicate the same value. PLACE BUS 2A(2B) VOL TMETER SWITCH in OFF. PLACE associated Synchronizing Switch in OFF. PLACE associated PCB Supervisory Local/Remote Switch in REMOTE. PLACE associated Auto Reclose Control Switch in AUTO. D D D D D D D D 20. IF directed by the System Load Dispatcher, THEN D PLACE LINE 27 CARRIER CONTROL SWITCH in ON. Rev. 113 Page 24 of 2021 PROGRESS ENERGY -CAROLINAS BRUNSWICK TRAINING SECTION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE CONTROL ROOM NRC Sim F LESSON TITLE: Main Turbine Shutdown With PCB Failure LESSON NUMBER: LOT-SIM-JP-26.0-01 REVISION NO: 00 Main Turbine Shutdown SIMULATOR SETUP: A. Initial Conditions:  
Continuous Use 5.1       Energizing the 230 KV Switchyard 5.1.1       Initial Conditions
: 1. Recommended Initial Conditions IC 15 Rx. Pwr. 15% Core Age EOC 2. Required Plant Conditions None B. Overrides Tag 10 Description Position/
: 1. All applicable prerequisites as listed in Section 4.0 are met.
Actual Override Rmptime Actime Dactime Trig Target Value Value Q3101UR8 BUS 2A GEN 2 230 KV BKR ON ON/OFF ON ON RED Q3101DG8 BUS 2A GEN 2 230 KV BKR OFF ON/OFF ON OFF GREEN Q8182LG8 230 KV Bkr ON Red (XU-5 Panel) ON/OFF ON ON Q8182RR8 230 KV Bkr ON Green (XU-5 ON/OFF ON OFF Panel) D. Remote Function None E. Special Instructions E1 PCB 29A CS not in Normal will delete Q3101UR8 (trc:1,dod:q3101ur8)
: 2. The Switchyard Electrical Lineup is complete in accordance with Attachment 1IA. A.
E2 PCB 29A CS in TRIP will delete Q3101DG8 (trc:2,dod:q3101dg8).
5.1.2       Procedural Steps NOTE:       Unless otherwise noted, the following steps are performed in the switchyard relay house.
E3 PCB 29A CS not in Normal will delete Q8182LG8 (trc:3,dod:
: 1. RESET the following on the 230 KV Differential Panel             ~
Q8182LG8)
11 11R, R, Node H14:
E4 PCB 29A CS in TRIP will delete Q8182RR8 (trc:4,dod:
: a.             Duff Lockout Relay, 86P/2A.
Q8182RR8).
Bus 2A Diff                                              [@
LOT-SIM-JP-26.0-01 Page 2 of 10 Rev. 00 Main Turbine Shutdown SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS:
: b.                                   86B12A.
None EVALUATOR NOTES: (Do not read to examinee)  
Duff Lockout Relay, 86B/2A.
: 1. The applicable procedure section WILL be provided to the examinee, once it is demonstrated he/she knows the correct procedure.  
Bus 2A Diff                                              LP l6P
: c.                                   86B12B.
Bus 2B Diff Lockout Relay, 86B/2B.                       lAb
: d.                                   86P12B.
Duff Lockout Relay, 86P/2B.
Bus 2B Diff                                              ~
: e.             Duff Lockout Relay, 86P2/2A.
Bus 2A Diff                                              l8b
: f.     Bus 2A Diff Lockout Relay, 86B2/2A.                     l6P
: g.             Duff Lockout Relay, 86B2/2B.
Bus 2B Diff                                              l8b
: h.     Bus 2B Diff Lockout Relay, 86P2/2B.                     ~
2OP50 120P-50                                     Rev. 113                                     202 Page 12 of 2021
 
5.1.2   Procedural Steps
: 2. CONFIRM the white indicating lights, above the following control switches on the 230 KV Differential Panel 11 11 R, Node H14, are on:
: a.               Duff Lockout Relay, 86P/2A.
Bus 2A Diff                                            W
: b. Bus 2A Duff Diff Lockout Relay, 86B/2A.                   [fJ)
: c. Bus 2B Diff Duff Lockout Relay, 86B12B.
86B/2B.                   lAb
: d. Bus 2B Duff Diff Lockout Relay, 86P12B.
86P/2B.                  tAb
: 3. ENSURE the following power switches on equipment HlO are in ON:
rack Node HIO
: a. 230 KV Feeder 30 Delco West carrier toggle switch ON.
: b. 230 KV Feeder 31 Whiteville carrier toggle switch ON.
: 4. ENSURE the following power switches on equipment               [6b Hl7 are in ON:
rack Node HI7
: a. 230 KV Feeder 27 Wilmington Corning carrier             ~
toggle togg Ie switch ON.
: b. 230 KV Feeder 28 Wallace carrier toggle switch         [6b ON.
: 5. CONFIRM the white indicating lights for the primary and backup DC supply relays are on for the following:
: a. 230 KV Feeder 27 Wilmington Corning. (Panel 9R, Node H12)
: b. 230 KV Feeder 28 Wallace.
bR, Node H13)
(Panel 10R,         Hl3)
: c. 230 KV Feeder 30 Delco West.                           ~
Hl5) 12R, Node H15)
(Panel 12R,
: d.               Feeder 31 Whiteville.
230 KV Feeder                                          ~
(Panel 13R, Node H16) 20P-50 120P-50                              Rev. 113                             13 of 202 Page 13        !
 
5.1.2 5.12    Procedural Steps Procedural    Steps 6.
: 6. RESET the RESET    the following:
following:                                            ~
: a. 230 KV Breaker 27A     breaker failure lockout 27A breaker          lockout relay.     lAb (Panel HH6)
: b. 230 KV Breaker 27B breaker failure lockout relay.
230                                                        [M)
(Panel HH6)
(Panel  HH6)
: c. 230 KV Breaker 28A breaker failure lockout relay.           [6p (Panel HH7)
: d. 230 KV Breaker 28B breaker failure lockout relay.
(Panel HH7)
: e. 230 KV Breaker 30A breaker failure lockout relay.
(Panel HH9)
: f. 230 KV Breaker 30B 3DB breaker failure lockout relay.
(Panel HH9)
: g. 230 KV Breaker 31A breaker failure lockout relay.           [6p (Panel HH10)
HHIO)
: h. 230 KV Breaker 31 B breaker failure lockout relay.         [6p (Panel HH10)
HHIO)
: 7. CONFIRM the green indicating lights above the following control switches are on:
: a. 230 KV Breaker 31A Whiteville local control                 ~
HH1O) switch. (Panel HH1   0)
: b. 230 KV Breaker 31 B Whiteville local control               [6p switch. (Panel HH1 HH1O)0)
: c. 230 KV Breaker 30A Delco West local  local control         [6b switch. (Panel HH9)
: d. 230 KV Breaker 30B                   local control 3DB Delco West local switch.
switch. (Panel    HH9)
(Panel HH9) e.
: e. 230 230 KV KV Breaker Breaker 28A 28A Wallace  local control Wallace local         switch.
control switch.
(Panel (Panel HH7)
HH7) 120P-50 20P-50                              Rev. 113 Rev. 113                            Page 14 of Page 14    202 of 2021
 
5.1.2       Procedural Steps
: f. 230 KV Breaker 2SB28B Wallace local control switch.     [6p (Panel HH7)
: g. 230 KV Breaker 27 27AA Wilmington Corning local         ~
control switch. (Panel HH6)
: h. 230 KV Breaker 27B Wilmington Corning local control switch. (Panel HH6)
: i. 230 KV Breaker 26A Transformer Bus 2 local 8F, Node HH5) control switch. (Panel SF, j.j. 230 KV Breaker 26B Transformer Bus 2 local 8F, Node HH5) control switch. (Panel SF, NOTE:     The following steps are performed from the Control Room.
8.
S. CONFIRM the white indicating lights on Panel XU-5 above the following are illuminated:
: a. BUS 2B WHITEVILLE WHITE VILLE 230 KV BREAKER 31B                 D LI synchronizing switch.
: b.               WHITE VILLE 230 KV BREAKER 31A BUS 2A WHITEVILLE                                        J5JJA synchronizing switch.
: c. BUS 2B DELCO WEST LINE 230 KV BREAKER                   D 30B synchronizing switch.
: d. BUS 2A DELCO WEST LINE 230 KV     KVBREAKER BREAKER 30A synchronizing switch.
: e. BUS2BWALLACE23OKVBREAKER28B BUS   2B WALLACE 230 KV BREAKER 28B                     LI D
synchronizing switch.
: f. BUS 2A WALLACE 230 KV BREAKER 28A synchronizing switch.
: g. BUS 2B28 WILMINGTON CORNING 230 KV                       LI D
BREAKER 27B synchronizing switch.
: h. BUS 2A WILMINGTON CORNING 230 KV                         jA BREAKER 27A synchronizing switch.
20P-50 120P-50                                 Rev. 113                                     202 Page 15 of 2021
 
5.1.2         Procedural Steps
: 9.       IF the System Load Dispatcher has directed BUS 2B WHITE VILLE 230 KV WHITEVILLE            KVBREAKER BREAKER 31B to be closed, THEN PERFORM the following:
CAUTION PCB supervisory switch must be in LOCAL before the associated PCB is operated from Control Panel XU-5.
: a.     PLACE associated PCB Supervisory                                                 D Local/Remote switch in LOCAL.
: b.      PLACE associated Synchronizing Switch in ON.                                     D
: c.      PLACE BUS 2B(2A) VOLTMETER SWITCH in                                             D ON.
NOTE:     With the 230 KV bus deenergized, only "incoming          incoming volts" volts will indicate voltage.
: d.     ENSURE incoming and running voltmeter values are equal.
: e.      'A41IEN !)I,el"ll'e!eepe WWI III  oy. I%fl II JOS.#%lJ... U I:.....
il'leliefltes tRe lifle   ......J L_..
flflell3l:1S         D aFe SYfl8RF8f1iZ!eel wiiR iRe           yelia~es
                                                                        -        lTIateReel,           N-1 N-i THEN CLOSE the 230KV breaker.
: f.      CONFIRM 230 KV breaker has closed by                                             D LI observing the indicating light.
: g.      CONFIRM running and incoming voltmeters                                           D indicate the same value.
: h.      PLACE BUS 2B(2A) VOL             VOLTMETER TMETER SWITCH in                         D OFF.
: i.      PLACE associated Synchronizing Switch in OFF.                                     D
: j.      PLACE associated PCB Supervisory                                                 D Local/Remote Switch in REMOTE.
N-1:
N-i: With bus de-energized, bus synchronization with voltages matched is not required. PRR submitted.
20P-50 120P-50                                             Rev. 113                                                       202 Page 16 of 2021
 
5.1.2     Procedural Steps
: k. PLACE associated Auto Reclose Control Switch in           D AUTO.
: 10. IF the System Load Dispatcher has directed BUS 2A WHITE VILLE 230 KV BREAKER 31A to be closed, WHITEVILLE THEN PERFORM the following:
CAUTION PCB supervisory switch must be in LOCAL before the associated PCB is operated from Control Panel XU-5.
: a. PLACE associated PCB Supervisory                           D Local/Remote Switch in LOCAL.
: b. PLACE associated Synchronizing Switch in ON.               D LI
: c. PLACE BUS 2A(2B) VOL VOLTMETER TMETER SWITCH in               D LI ON.
NOTE:
E:     With the 230 KV bus deenergized, only "incoming incoming volts" volts will indicate voltage.
: d. ENSURE incoming and running voltmeter values               D are equal.
: e.                 synch roscope indicates the line and WHEN the synchroscope                                      D bus are synchronized with the voltages matched, THEN CLOSE the 230 KV breaker.
: f. CONFIRM 230 KV breaker has closed by                       D observing the indicating light.
: g. CONFIRM running and incoming voltmeters                   D LI indicate the same value.
: h. PLACE BUS 2A(2B) VOLTMETER SWITCH in                       D LI OFF.
: i. PLACE associated Synchronizing Switch in OFF.             D LI 20P-50 120P-50                                 Rev. 113                                       202 Page 17 of 2021
 
5.1.2 5.1.2      Procedural Steps
: j.       PLACE PLACE associated PCB Supervisory                           D Local/Remote Switch in REMOTE.
: k.      PLACE associated Auto Reclose Control Switch in           D AUTO.
11.
: 11. IF directed by the System Load Dispatcher, THEN                   D PLACE LINE 31 CARRIER CONTROL SWITCH in ON.
12.
: 12. IF the System Load Dispatcher has directed BUS 2B DELCO WEST LINE 230 KV BREAKER 308        30B to be closed, THEN PERFORM the following:
CAUTION PCB supervisory switch must be in LOCAL before the associated PCB is operated from Control Panel XU-5.
: a.     PLACE associated PCB Supervisory                           LI D
Local/Remote Switch in LOCAL.
: b.      PLACE associated Synchronizing Switch in ON.               D
: c.      PLACE BUS 2B(2A) VOL VOLTMETER TMETER SWITCH in               LI D
ON.
NOTE:                                                 incoming volts" With the 230 KV bus deenergized, only "incoming     volts will indicate voltage.
: d.     ENSURE incoming and running voltmeter values               D are equal.
: e.      WHEN the synchroscope indicates the line and               D bus are synchronized with the voltages matched, THEN CLOSE the 230 KV breaker.
: f.      CONFIRM 230 KV breaker has closed by                       LI D
observing the indicating light.
: g.      CONFIRM running and incoming voltmeters                     LI D
indicate the same value.
20P-50 120P-50                                  Rev. 113                                         202 Page 18 of 2021
 
5.1.2 5.1.2      Procedural Steps Procedural   Steps h.
: h. PLACE PLACE BUS OFF.
2B(2A) VOLTMETER BUS 2B(2A)                  SWITCH in VOL TMETER SWITCH         in           o
: i. PLACE associated Synchronizing Switch in OFF.                 o
: j.            associated PCB Supervisory PLACE associated Local/Remote Switch in REMOTE.
Local/Remote o
: k. PLACE associated Auto Reclose Control Switch in AUTO.
o 13.
: 13. IF the System Load Dispatcher has directed BUS 2A DELCO WEST LINE 230 KV BREAKER 30A to be closed, THEN PERFORM the following:
CAUTION PCB supervisory switch must be in LOCAL before the associated PCB is operated from Control Panel XU-5.
: a. PLACE associated PCB Supervisory Local/Remote Switch in LOCAL.
oLI
: b. PLACE associated Synchronizing Switch in ON.                o
: c. PLACE BUS 2A(2B) VOL ON.
VOLTMETER TMETER SWITCH in                 oEl NOTE:                                                          volts will indicate volta incoming volts" With the 230 KV bus deenergized, only "incoming                         voltage.
: d. ENSURE incoming and running voltmeter values                 0 are equal.
: e. WHEN the synchroscope indicates the line and                 0 LI bus are synchronized with the voltages matched, THEN CLOSE the 230 KV breaker.
: f. CONFIRM 230 KV breaker has closed by                         0El observing the indicating light.
20P-50 120P-50                                        113 Rev. 113                             Page 1919 of 2021 202
 
5.1.2 5.1.2      Procedural Steps Steps g.
: g.      CONFIRM running CONFIRM     running and incoming voltmeters and incoming  voltmeters              D indicate the same value.
h.
: h.     PLACE BUS 2A(2B) VOLTMETER SWITCH in                       D OFF.
: i. PLACE associated Synchronizing Switch in OFF.               D
: j.     PLACE associated PCB Supervisory                           D Local/Remote Switch in REMOTE.
: k.     PLACE associated Auto Reclose Control Switch in             D AUTO.
14.
: 14. IF directed by the System Load Dispatcher, THEN                     D PLACE LINE 30 CARRIER CONTROL SWITCH in ON.
15.
: 15. IF the System Load Dispatcher has directed BUS 28  2B WALLACE 230 KV BREAKER 28B to be closed, THEN PERFORM the following:
CAUTION PCB supervisory switch must be in LOCAL before the associated PCB is operated from Control Panel XU-5.
: a.     PLACE associated PCB Supervisory                           LI D
Local/Remote Switch in LOCAL.
: b.      PLACE associated Synchronizing Switch in ON.               D
: c.      PLACE BUS 2B(2A) VOL VOLTMETER TMETER SWITCH in               LI D
ON.
NOTE:                                               incoming volts" With the 230 KV bus deenergized, only "incoming                           voltage.
volts will indicate volta
: d.     ENSURE incoming and running voltmeter values               LI D
are equal.
/20P-50 20P-50                                        113 Rev. 113                                         202 Page 20 of 202/
 
5.1.2       Procedural Steps
: e. WHEN the synchroscope     indicates the line and synchroscope indicates                      D bus are synchronized with the voltages matched, THEN CLOSE the 230 KV breaker.
: f. CONFIRM 230 KV breaker has closed by                     D observing the indicating light.
: g. CONFIRM running and incoming voltmeters                 D indicate the same value.
: h. PLACE BUS 2B     (2A) VOL TMETER SWITCH in 2B(2A)                                    LI D
OFF.
: i. PLACE associated Synchronizing Switch in OFF.            D
: j. PLACE associated PCB Supervisory                         D Local/Remote Switch in REMOTE.
: k. PLACE associated Auto Reclose Control Switch in         D AUTO.
: 16. IF the System Load Dispatcher has directed BUS 2A WALLACE 230 KV KVBREAKER BREAKER 28A to be closed, THEN PERFORM the following steps:
CAUTION PCB supervisory switch must be in LOCAL before the associated PCB is operated from Control Panel XU-5.
: a. PLACE associated PCB Supervisory                         D LI Local/Remote Switch in LOCAL.
: b. PLACE associated Synchronizing Switch in ON.             D
: c. PLACE BUS 2A(2B) VOLTMETER SWITCH in                     D ON.
20P-50
/20P-50                                       1 13 Rev. 113                                     202 Page 21 of 2021
 
5.1.2       Procedural Steps NOTE:     With the 230 KV bus deenergized, only "incoming incoming volts" volts will indicate voltage.
: d. ENSURE incoming and running voltmeter values              D are equal.
: e. WHEN the synchroscope indicates the line and               D bus are synchronized with the voltages matched, THEN CLOSE the 230 KV breaker.
: f. CONFIRM 230 KV breaker has closed by                       D observing the indicating light.
: g. CONFIRM running and incoming voltmeters                   D indicate the same value.
: h. PLACE BUS 2A(2B) VOL VOLTMETER TMETER SWITCH in               LI D
OFF.
: i. PLACE associated Synchronizing Switch in OFF.              D
: j. PLACE associated PCB Supervisory                           D Local/Remote Switch in REMOTE.
: k. PLACE associated Auto Reclose Control Switch in           D AUTO.
: 17. IF directed by the System Load Dispatcher, THEN                   D PLACE LINE 28 CARRIER CONTROL SWITCH in ON.
: 18. IF the System Load Dispatcher has directed BUS 2B WILMINGTON CORNING 230 KV BREAKER 27B to be closed, THEN PERFORM the following:
CAUTION PCB supervisory switch must be in LOCAL before the associated PCB is operated from Control Panel XU-5.
: a. PLACE associated PCB Supervisory                           D El Local/Remote Switch in LOCAL.
20P-50 120P-50                                  Rev. 113                                       202 Page 22 of 2021
 
5.1.2     Procedural Steps
: b. PLACE associated Synchronizing Switch in ON.              D
: c. PLACE BUS 2B(2A) VOL VOLTMETER TMETER SWITCH in               D ON.
NOTE:                                             9ncoming volts" With the 230 KV bus deenergized, only "incoming   volt& will indicate voltage.
: d. ENSURE incoming and running voltmeter values               D are equal.
: e. WHEN the synchroscope indicates the line and               D bus are synchronized with the voltages matched, THEN CLOSE the 230 KV breaker.
: f. CONFIRM 230 KV breaker has closed by                       D observing the indicating light.
: g. CONFIRM running and incoming voltmeters                   D indicate the same value.
: h. PLACE BUS 2B(2A) VOLTMETER SWITCH in                       D OFF.
: i. PLACE associated Synchronizing Switch in OFF.              D
: j. PLACE associated PCB Supervisory                           El D
Local/Remote Switch in REMOTE.
: k. PLACE associated Auto Reclose Control Switch in           D AUTO.
: 19. IF the System Load Dispatcher has directed BUS 2A WILMINGTON CORNING 230 KV BREAKER 27           27AA to be closed, THEN PERFORM the following:
CAUTION PCB supervisory switch must be in LOCAL before the associated PCB is operated from Control Panel XU-5.
: a. PLACE associated PCB Supervisory                           D El Local/Remote Switch in LOCAL.
20P-50
\20P-50                                Rev. 113                                       202 Page 23 of 202\
 
5.t2 5.1.2     Procedural Steps
: b. PLACE associated Synchronizing Switch in ON.                D
: c. PLACE BUS 2A(2B) VOL VOLTMETER TMETER SWITCH in                 D ON.
NOTE:                                               incoming volts" With the 230 KV bus deenergized, only "incoming     volts will indicate voltage.
: d. ENSURE incoming and running voltmeter values               D are equal.
: e. WHEN the synchroscope indicates the line and               D bus are synchronized with the voltages matched, THEN CLOSE the 230 KV breaker.
: f. CONFIRM 230 KV breaker has closed by                       D observing the indicating light.
: g. CONFIRM running and incoming voltmeters                     D indicate the same value.
: h. PLACE BUS 2A(2B) VOL TMETER SWITCH in                       D OFF.
: i. PLACE associated Synchronizing Switch in OFF.              D j.j. PLACE associated PCB Supervisory                           D LI Local/Remote Switch in REMOTE.
: k. PLACE associated Auto Reclose Control Switch in             D AUTO.
: 20. IF directed by the System Load Dispatcher, THEN                   D PLACE LINE 27 CARRIER CONTROL SWITCH in ON.
!20P-50                                Rev. 113 113                            Page 24 of 202 2021
 
PROGRESS ENERGY - CAROLINAS BRUNSWICK TRAINING SECTION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE CONTROL ROOM NRC Sim F LESSON TITLE: Main Turbine Shutdown With PCB Failure LESSON NUMBER: LOT-SIM-JP-26.0-01 LOT-SIM-JP-26.O-O1 REVISION NO:   00
 
Main Turbine Shutdown SIMULATOR SETUP:
A.     Initial Conditions:
: 1.     Recommended Initial Conditions IC             15 Rx. Pwr.       15%
Core Age       EOC
: 2.     Required Plant Conditions None B.     Overrides ID Tag 10         Description                     Position!
Position/   Actual Override Rmptime Actime   Dactime Trig Target     Value Value 03101 UR8 Q3101UR8       BUS 2A GEN 2 230 KV Ky BKR ON     ON/OFF     ON     ON RED Q31 01 DG8 Q3101DG8       BUS 2A GEN 2 230 KV BKR OFF     ON/OFF     ON     OFF GREEN Q8182LG8       230 KV Bkr ON Red (XU-5 Panel) ON/OFF     ON     ON Q8182RR8       230 KV Bkr ON Green (XU-5       ON/OFF     ON     OFF Panel)
D.     Remote Function None E.     Special Instructions E1 El    PCB   29A   CS   not in Normal will delete Q3101UR8         (trc:l,dod:q3lOlur8)
Q3IOIUR8 (trc:1,dod:q3101ur8)
E2   PCB   29A   CS   in TRIP will delete Q3101DG8       (trc:2,dod:q3lOldg8).
Q31O1DG8 (trc:2,dod:q3101dg8).
E3   PCB   29A   CS   not in Normal will delete Q8182LG8 (trc:3,dod: Q8182LG8)
E4   PCB   29A   CS   in TRIP will delete Q8182RR8 (trc:4,dod: Q8182RR8).
LOT-SIM-JP-26.0-01 LOT-SIM-JP-26.O-O1                                      Page 2 of 10                                       Rev. 00
 
Main Turbine Shutdown SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS:
None EVALUATOR NOTES: (Do not read to examinee)
: 1. The applicable procedure section WILL be provided to the examinee, once it is demonstrated he/she knows the correct procedure.
: 2. If this is the first JPM of the JPM set, read the JPM briefing contained in NUREG 1021, Appendix E, or similar to the examinee.
: 2. If this is the first JPM of the JPM set, read the JPM briefing contained in NUREG 1021, Appendix E, or similar to the examinee.
Read the following to examinee.
exam inee.
TASK CONDITIONS: 1 . Auxiliary power has been transferred to the SAT. 2. Load Dispatcher has been notified of impending grid separation.  
foIIowng to examinee.
: 3. OGP-05, Unit Shutdown, is complete up to Step 5.2.3. 4. Turbine load has been reduced to between 100 to 110 MWe. 5. Second stage reheat has been removed from service. 6. 20P-26 Section 7.1 has been completed through step 7.1.2.2. INITIATING CUE: You are directed to shutdown Main Turbine in accordance with 20P-26 and inform the Unit seo when the actions are complete.
Read the following TASK CONDITIONS:
LOT-SIM-JP-26.0-01 Page 3 of 10 Rev. 00 Main Turbine Shutdown PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST NOTE: Sequence is assumed unless denoted in the Comments.
11.. Auxiliary power has been transferred to the SAT.
Step 1 -Obtain/provide a copy of 20P-26, Section 7.1. Procedure obtained.
: 2. Load Dispatcher has been notified of impending grid separation.
SAT/UNSAT Time Started: ____ _ NOTE: NOTE: NOTE: Turbine load can be verified / monitored on PPC, ERFIS, Control Panel XU-01 (GEN-MW-727), .orXU-04 (GEN-WMR-760)
: 3. OGP-05, Unit Shutdown, is complete up to Step 5.2.3.
Steps 2-4 may be performed in any order prior to tripping the main turbine. TheMN STM LEAD AFTERCV-3 DRN, MVD-DV3, operates with the limit switch position of the CV-1/CV-2 drain valves and the position can be confirmed with the indicating light on Panel XU-3. Step 2 -0 )pen th f II d . t d P I XU 3 e 0 oWing rain va ves oca e on ane -Valve Position SAT UNSAT MN STM LN BEFORE SV DRNS, MS-V46/47/48/49 Open MAIN SV & CV ABOVE SEAT DRN, MVD-CV Open MN STM LEAD AFTER CV-1 DRN, MVD-CV2 Open MN STM LEAD AFTER CV-2 DRN, MVD-CV4 Open Drain valves open. SAT/UNSAT LOT-SIM-JP-26.0-01 Page 4 of 10 Rev. 00 Main Turbine Shutdown Step 3 -Perform the following to align the Turbine Lube Oil System: PROMPT: Inform examinee that the Turbine Building AO has rotated the Cuno filters handles. NOTE: NOTE: a. Rotate the five Cuno filter's T-handles clockwise two complete revolutions to clean the lift pumps' Cuno filters. TB A 0 communicates Cuno filters rotated. SATIUNSAT Alarm UA-02 (2-3) MOTOR SUCTION PUMP RUNNING will.annunciate when the MSP is started, examinee may review the alarm prior to starting the MSP. b. Start the motor suction pump. Motor suction pump running. SATIUNSAT Alarm UA-02 (4-2)TURNING GEAROIL PUMP RUNNING will annunciate when the TGOP is started, examinee.
: 4. Turbine load has been reduced to between 100 to 110 MWe.
may review the alarm prior to starting the TGOP. c. Start the turning gear oil pump and ensure the lift pumps start by observing all six amber PRESS NORM lights come on. Turning gear oil pump and all lift pumps running. SATIUNSAT Step 4 -Perform the following to test the operation of LOW CONDENSER VACUUM SWITCHES, OG-PS-110 and OG-PS-111, the pressure set control, and the bypass valves: a. Depress Bypass Valve Opening Jack INCREASE push button to open a bypass valve 12% to 18%. Turbine Bypass Valve opened 12% to 18%. SATIUNSAT LOT -SIM-JP-26.0-01 Page 5 of 10 Rev. 00 Main Turbine Shutdown b. Depress Bypass Valve Opening Jack DECREASE push button to fully close the bypass valve. Turbine Bypass Valve closed. SAT/UNSAT Step 5 -Monitor main generator megawatts using computer point B059 or Net Unit Megawatts 2-GEN-WMR-760.
: 5. Second stage reheat has been removed from service.
NOTE: NOTE: Monitors main generator megawatts.
: 6. 20P-26 Section 7.1 has been completed through step 7.1.2.2.
SAT/UNSAT This starts the alternate path portion to diagnose failure of PCB 29A. Steps 6 and 7 should be reviewed prior. to performing step 6. This happens in a very short time period. Step 6 -Depress the Emergency Trip System push button Emergency Trip System push button depressed.  
INITIATING CUE:
** CRITICAL STEP ** SAT/UNSAT A d th f II n ensure e oowmg: Valve Position SAT UNSAT All four main stop valves Closed All four control valves Closed Bypass valves maintain reactor pressure constant at Throttled 928 psig All four intercept valves Closed Valve positions verified.
You are directed to shutdown Main Turbine in accordance with 20P-26 and inform the Unit seo 5CC when the actions are complete.
SATIUNSAT LOT-SIM-JP-26.0-01 Page 6 of 10 Rev. 00 NOTE: Main Turbine Shutdown Examinee may determine the PCB 29A failed to open and decide to implement 20P-50.0, Section 8.31 (Emergency Isolation of 230KV Bus 2A). Step 7 -When main generator MWe decrease to zero, then ensure both generator output breakers GENERA TOR 2 TO BUS 2A 230 KV PCB 29A and GENERA TOR 2 TO BUS 2B 230 KV PCB 29B, are open. Recognizes PCB 29A failed to open and takes control switch to trip. ** CRITICAL STEP ** SA T1UNSAT NOTE: Acknowledge PCB 29A failure and .direct examinee another operator will continue with Main Turbine shutdown.
LOT-SIM-JP-26.0-01                         Page 3 of 10                               Rev. 00
Step 8 -Notifies SRO PCB 29A failed to automatically open and was manually opened. SRO notified of PCB 29A failure. SAT/UNSAT TERMINATING CUE: When both main generator output breakers (PCB 29A & 29B) are open, this JPM is complete.
 
Comments required for any step evaluated as UNSA T. Time completed:
Main Turbine Shutdown PERFORMANCE CHECKLISTCHECKLIST NOTE: Sequence is assumed unless denoted in the Comments.
____ _ LOT-SIM-JP-26.0-01 Page 7 of 10 Rev. 00 Main Turbine Shutdown RELATED TASKS: 245012B101, Shutdown the Main Turbine per20P-26 KIA REFERENCE AND IMPORTANCE RATING: 245000 A2.01 3.7/3.9 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the MAIN TURBINE GENERATOR AND AUXILIARY SYSTEMS; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations:
Step 11 -Obtain/provide Obtain/provide a copy of 20P-26, 2OP-26, Section 7.1.
Turbine trip  
Procedure obtained.
SAT/UNSAT SATIUNSAT Time Started: _ _ _ __
NOTE:                                   verified / monitored on PPC, ERFIS, Control Panel XU-01 Turbine load can be verified (G EN-MW-727),
(GEN-MW-727), .orXU-04or  XU-04   (GEN-WM R-760)
(GEN-WMR-760)
NOTE:        Steps 2-4 may be performed in any order prior to tripping the main turbine.
NOTE:        The MN STM LEAD AFTERCV-3 TheMN                      AFTER CV-3 DRN, MVD-DV3, operates with the limit switch position of the CV-1/CV-2 drain valves and the position can be confirmed with the indicating light on Panel XU-3.XU-3.
Step 2 - 0
        -  )pen th Open  the    0 II oWing d e ffollowinq      . va drain rain valves  oca ted on P ves located      Panel  XU-3:
ane I XU -3 Valve                             Position SAT   UNSAT MN STM LN BEFORE SV DRNS, MS-V46/47/48/49                       Open MAIN SV &    & CV ABOVE SEAT DRN, MVD-CV                         Open MN STM LEAD AFTER CV-1 DRN, MVD-CV2                             Open MN STM LEAD AFTER CV-2 DRN, MVD-CV4                             Open Drain valves open.
SAT/UNSAT SATIU N SAT LOT-S  lM-J P-26.0-0 1 LOT-SIM-JP-26.0-01                               Page4of Page 4 of 10 10                            Rev. 00
 
Main Turbine Shutdown Step 3 - Perform the following to align the Turbine Lube Oil System:
PROMPT: Inform examinee that the Turbine Building AO       AC has rotated thethe Cuno filters T-T handles.
: a. Rotate the five Cuno filter's filters T-handles clockwise two complete revolutions to clean pumps Cuno filters.
the lift pumps' TB AO A 0 communicates Cuno filters rotated.
SATIU NSAT SATIUNSAT NOTE:        Alarm UA-02 (2-3) MOTOR SUCTION PUMP RUNNING will.annunciate  will annunciate when the exam inee may review the alarm MSP is started, examinee                     alarm prior to starting the MSP.
: b. Start the motor suction pump.
Motor suction pump running.
SATIUNSAT NOTE:                      (4-2) TURNING GEAROIL Alarm UA-02 (4-2)TURNING         GEAR OIL PUMP RUNNING will annunciate when examinee may review the alarm prior to starting the TGOP.
the TGOP is started, examinee.
: c. Start the turning gear oil pump and ensure the lift pumps start by observing all six amber PRESS NORM lights come on.
Turning gear oil pump and all lift pumps running.
SATIUNSAT Step 4 - Perform the following to test the operation of LOW CONDENSER VACUUM OG-PS-11O and OG-PS-111, the pressure set control, and the bypass SWITCHES, OG-PS-110 valves:
: a. Depress Bypass Valve Opening Jack INCREASE push button to open a bypass valve 12% to 18%.
Turbine Bypass Valve opened 12% to 18%.
SATIU N SAT SATIUNSAT LOT-SIM-JP-26.O-O1 LOT -SIM-JP-26.0-01                           Page 5 of 10                                   Rev. 00
 
Main Turbine Shutdown
: b. Depress Bypass Valve Opening Jack DECREASE push button to fully close the bypass valve.
Turbine Bypass Valve closed.
SATIUNSAT SAT/UNSAT Step 5 - Monitor main generator megawatts using computer point B059 or Net Unit Megawatts 2-GEN-WMR-760.
Monitors main generator megawatts.
SATIU NSAT SAT/UNSAT NOTE:          This starts the alternate path portion to diagnose failure of PCB 29A.
NOTE:                                                prior to performing step 6. This happens in a Steps 6 and 7 should be reviewed prior.
very short time period.
Step 6 - Depress the Emergency Trip System push button Emergency Trip System push button depressed.
CRITICAL STEP ** **
SATIUNSAT SAT/UNSAT And A nd ensure ththee ffollowinq:
oowmg:
II Valve                           Position   SAT     UNSAT All four main stop valves                                   Closed All four control valves                                     Closed Bypass valves maintain reactor pressure constant at         Throttled 928 psig All four intercept valves                                   Closed Valve positions verified.
SATIU NSAT SATIUNSAT LOT-SI M-J P-26.O-O1 LOT-SIM-JP-26.0-01                           Page 6 of 10                                 Rev. 00
 
Main Turbine Shutdown NOTE:        Examinee may determine the PCB 29A failed to open and decide to implement 20P-50.0, Section 8.31 (Emergency Isolation of 230KV Bus 2A).
Step 7 - When main generator MWe decrease to zero, then ensure both generator output GENERATOR breakers GENERA     TOR 2 TO BUS 2A 230 KV PCB 29A and GENERAGENERATOR TOR 2 TO BUS 2B 230 KV PCB 29B, are open.
Recognizes PCB 29A failed to open and takes control switch to trip.
CRITICAL STEP ****
SAT/UNSAT SAT1UNSAT NOTE:                                           direct examinee another operator will Acknowledge PCB 29A failure and .direct continue with Main Turbine shutdown.
Step 8 - Notifies SRO PCB 29A failed to automatically open and was manually opened.
SRO notified of PCB 29A failure.
SAT/U NSAT SAT/UNSAT I.
TERMINATING CUE: When both main generatorgenerator output breakers (PCB 29A & 29B) are open, this JPM is complete.
Comments required for any step evaluated as UNSA UNSAT T.
Time completed: _ _ _ __
LOT-SI M-J P-26. 0-01 LOT-SIM-JP-26.0-01                       Page 77 of 10 10                                Rev. 00
 
Main Turbine Shutdown RELATED TASKS:
245012B101, Shutdown the Main Turbine per20P-26per 20P-26 KIA REFERENCE AND IMPORTANCE RATING:
245000 A2.01       3.7/3.9 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the MAIN TURBINE GENERATOR AND AUXILIARY SYSTEMS; SYSTEMS ; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Turbine trip


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
Line 369: Line 1,297:
GP-05 OP-26 TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
GP-05 OP-26 TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
None SAFETY FUNCTION (from NUREG 1123, Rev. 2) 4, Heat Removal REASON FOR REVISION:
None SAFETY FUNCTION (from NUREG 1123, Rev. 2) 4, Heat Removal REASON FOR REVISION:
New LOT-SIM-JP-26.0-01 Page 8 of 10 Rev. 00 Main Turbine Shutdown Validation Minutes (approximate).
New LOT-SIM-JP-26.0-01                         Page 8 of 10                               Rev. 00
APPLICABLE METHOD OF TESTING Performance:
 
Simulate Actual X Unit: 2 Setting: Control Room Simulator X (Not applicable to In-Plant JPMs) Time Critical:
Main Turbine Shutdown Time:~
Yes No X Time Limit N/A Alternate Path: Yes X No EVALUATION Examinee:  
Validation Time:    12 Minutes (approximate).
------------------------------------------
APPLICABLE METHOD OF TESTING Performance:       Simulate                       Actual   X                       Unit:     2 Setting:     Control Room                     Simulator X X (Not applicable to In-Plant JPMs)
JPM: Pass Fail __ __ Remedial Training Required:
Time Critical:           Yes                           No X X              Time Limit       N/A Alternate Path:           Yes     X X                    No EVALUATION Examinee:
Yes No __ __ Did Examinee Verify Procedure?
Examinee:_______________________________________________
Yes ___ No ___ _ (Each Student should verify one JPM per evaluation set) Comments:
JPM:            Pass                  Fail ____
Comments reviewed with Student Evaluator Signature:
Remedial Training Required: Yes                  No ____
Date: ____________
Did Examinee Verify Procedure? Yes ___ No ____
_ LOT-SIM-JP-26.0-01 Page 9 of 10 Rev. 00 TASK CONDITIONS:  
(Each Student should verify one JPM per evaluation set)
: 1. Auxiliary power has been transferred to the SAT. 2. Load Dispatcher has been notified of impending grid separation.  
Comments:
: 3. OGP-05, Unit Shutdown, is complete up to Step 5.2.3. 4. Turbine load has been reduced to between 100 to 110 MWe. 5. Second stage reheat has been removed from service. 6. 2QP-26 Section 7.1 has been completed through step 7.1.2.2. INITIATING CUE: You are directed to shutdown Main Turbine in accordance with 2QP-26 and inform the Unit SeQ when the actions are complete.
Corn rnents:
7.0 SHUTDOWN 7.1 Normal Shutdown 7.1.1 Initial Conditions  
Comments reviewed with Student Evaluator Signature:                                                 Date:  _____________
: 1. 2. Turbine load has been reduced in accordance with OGP-05 to between 100 and 110 MWe. Second stage reheat has been removed from service in accordance with 20P-36. 7.1.2 Procedural Steps NOTE: Steps 7.1.2.1 through 7.1.2.5 may be performed in any order as long as they are completed prior to tripping the turbine. CAUTION Operation at less than 33% turbine load AND less than 25" Hg Vacuum (greater than 5" HGA backpressure) can cause damage to the last stage buckets and should be avoided. 1. 2. PLACE TURBINE SUPERVISORY INSTRUMENTS Trip/Disable switch to ON. CONFIRM TURB CV FAST CLOS/SV/RPT TRIP BYPASS (A-05, 6-7) is in alarm. NOTE: The MN STM LEAD AFTER CV-3 ORN, MVD-OV3, operates with the limit switch position of the CV-1/CV-2 drain valves and the position can be confirmed with the indicating light on Panel XU-3. 3. OPEN the following drain valves located on Panel XU-3: a. MN STM LN BEFORE SV ORNS, D MS-V46/47/48/49  
Date:______________
: b. MAIN SV & CV ABOVE SEAT ORN, MVO-CV D 120P-26 Rev. 116 Page 52 of 1591 C Continuous Use 7.1.2 Procedural Steps c. d. MN STM LEAD AFTER CV-1 DRN, MVD-CV2 MN STM LEAD AFTER CV-2 DRN, MVD-CV4 4. PERFORM the following to align the Turbine Lube Oil System: a. b. c. ROTATE the five Cuno filter's T-handles clockwise two complete revolutions to clean the lift pumps' Cuno filters. START the motor suction pump. START the turning gear oil pump AND ENSURE the lift pumps start by observing all six amber PRESS NORM lights come on. CAUTION D D D D D IF the bypass valve does NOT open, THEN tripping the main turbine may result in a main turbine trip without bypass valves with resultant high reactor pressure and APRM upscale alarms or trips. 120P-26 5. PERFORM the following to test the operation of LOW CONDENSER VACUUM SWITCHES, OG-PS-110 and OG-PS-111, the pressure set control, and the bypass valves: a. b. DEPRESS Bypass Valve Opening Jack INCREASE push button to open a bypass valve 12% to 18%. DEPRESS Bypass Valve Opening Jack DECREASE push button to fully close the bypass valve. D D 6. MONITOR main generator megawatts using computer D point U2GENB059 OR Net Unit Megawatts 2-GEN-WMR-760.
LOT-SIM-JP-26.0-01 LOT-SIM-JP-26.O-O1                            Page 9 of 10                                     Rev. 00
Rev. 116 Page 53 of 1591 7.1.2 Procedural Steps 7. DEPRESS the Emergency Trip System push button AND D ENSURE the following:  
 
: a. All four main stop valves go full closed. D b. All four control valves go full closed. D c. The bypass valves throttle open to maintain D reactor pressure constant at 928 psig. d. All four intercept valves go closed. D 8. WHEN main generator MWe decrease to zero, THEN D ENSURE both generator output breakers GENERA TOR 2 TO BUS 2A 230 KV PCB 29A AND GENERA TOR 2 TO BUS 2B 230 KV PCB 29B, are open. 9. PLACE REGULA TOR MODE SELECTOR, 43 CS, in D MAN. 10. OPEN EXCITER FIELD BREAKER, 41 CS. D 11. PLACE GEN MANUAL VOL T ADJ RHEO, 70 CS, in the D full lower position.  
TASK CONDITIONS:
: 12. PLACE GEN AUTO VOL T ADJ RHEO, 90 CS, in the full D lower position.  
: 1. Auxiliary power has been transferred to the SAT.
: 13. NOTIFY System Operations Load Dispatcher that the D unit is separated from the system. 14. ENSURE the following extraction nonreturn valves on Panel XU-2, are closed: a. LP Turbine A 9th Stage Extraction Nonreturn D Valves, EX-V11 and EX-V13 b. LP Turbine B 9th Stage Extraction Nonreturn D Valves, EX-V12 and EX-V14 c. 7th Stage Extraction To FW Heater 4A Nonreturn D Valve, EX-V19 120P-26 Rev. 116 Page 54 of 1591 7.1.2 Procedural Steps d. 7th Stage Extraction To FW Heater 4B Nonreturn D Valve, EX-V20 e. 4th Stage Extraction To FW Heater 5A Nonreturn D Valve, EX-V23 f. 4th Stage Extraction To FW Heater 5B Nonreturn D Valve, EX-V24 15. ENSURE the following moisture removal valves, located on Panel XU-2, are open: a. LP Turbine A 11th Stage Extraction Moisture D Removal Valve, L V-262 b. LP Turbine A 11th Stage Extraction Moisture D Removal Valve, L V-263 c. LP Turbine B 11th Stage Extraction To Heater D Drains Deaerator Moisture Removal Valve, LV-264 d. LP Turbine B 11th Stage Extraction To Heater D Drains Deaerator Moisture Removal Valve, LV-265 e. LP Turbine A 9th Stage Extraction To Heater D Drains Deaerator Moisture Removal Valve, MVO-LV-266  
: 2. Load Dispatcher has been notified of impending grid separation.
: f. LP Turbine B 9th Stage Extraction To Heater D Drains Deaerator Moisture Removal Valve, MVO-LV-267  
: 3. OGP-05, Unit Shutdown, is complete up to Step 5.2.3.
: g. 4th Stage Extraction to FW Heater 5A Moisture D Removal Valve, MVO-L V-268 h. 4th Stage Extraction to FW Heater 5B Moisture D Removal Valve, MVO-L V-269 i. FW Heater 1 A Moisture Removal Valve to D Condenser, HO-L V-216 1 2 0 P-2 6 Rev. 116 Page 55 of 1591 7.1.2 Procedural Steps j. FW Heater 1 B Moisture Removal Valve to D Condenser, HD-L V-217 k. HP TURB 7TH STAGE EXHAUST DRAIN VLVS, D MVD-MOV-CA-2/1/3/4  
: 4. Turbine load has been reduced to between 100 to 110 MWe.
: 16. ENSURE the exhaust hood spray system maintains D exhaust hood temperatures less than 175&deg;F on recorder TSI-TXR-638, Points 8 and 9. 17. MONITOR turbine bearing metal temperatures during D turbine coastdown for spikes greater than 50&deg;F on recorder TSI-TR-642. 18. IF a turbine bearing metal temperature spike of greater than 50&deg;F is indicated, THEN PERFORM the following:  
: 5. Second stage reheat has been removed from service.
: a. IF turbine speed is greater than 900 rpm, THEN D MANUALLY start the lift pumps. b. IF turbine speed is less than 900 rpm, THEN D ENSURE the lift pump associated with the high temperature bearing is operating.  
: 6. 2QP-26 20P-26 Section 7.1 has been completed through step 7.1.2.2.
: c. NOTIFY the Unit CRS of the condition.
INITIATING CUE:
D 19. WHEN turbine speed decreases to less than 900 rpm, D THEN ENSURE all six turbine bearing lift pumps are running. 20. IF turbine bearing metal temperature spikes greater than D 10&deg;F/minute are detected, THEN NOTIFY the System Engineer to investigate.  
You are directed to shutdown Main Turbine in accordance with 2QP-26 20P-26 and inform the Unit SeQ SCO when the actions are complete.
: 21. MONITOR vibration of turbine bearings on recorder D TSI-XR-640 during turbine coastdown.  
 
: 22. IF vibration greater than 10 mils is detected, THEN D NOTIFY the System Engineer.  
7.0   SHUTDOWN                                                                               C Continuous Use 7.1       Normal Shutdown 7.1.1       Initial Conditions
: 23. ADJUST TBCCW TO MAIN TURB OIL COOLER D temperature controller to maintain bearing oil inlet temperature at 90&deg;F. 120P-26 Rev. 116 Page 56 of 159) 7.1.2 Procedural Steps NOTE: Oil temperature should be maintained at 80-90&deg;F. MAIN TURBINE OIL COOLER TBCCWOUTLET ISOLATION VALVE, TCC-V117, may require throttling to maintain this temperature.  
: 1. Turbine load has been reduced in accordance with OGP-05 to between 100 and 110 MWe.
!20P-26 24. IF required, THEN THROTTLE MAIN TURBINE OIL D COOLERS TBCCW OUTLET ISOLA TlON VAL VE, TCC-V117, to maintain oil temperature at 90&deg;F. 25. WHEN turbine speed decreases to zero, as indicated by the TURBINE AT ZERO SPEED (UA-02 1-4) alarm, THEN ENSURE the following:  
: 2. Second stage reheat has been removed from service in accordance with 20P-36.
: a. The turning gear piggy back motor starts AND engages. b. Approximately 10 seconds after the piggy back motor starts, the turning gear main motor starts. 26. IF the turning gear will NOT remain engaged, THEN REMOVE lift pumps from service in accordance with Section 8.22. 27. WHEN the turbine is on the turning gear, THEN PERFORM the following actions once per hour: a. ENSURE the appropriate lift pumps are operating in accordance with Section 8.22. b. ENSURE all bearing metal temperatures, as indicated on recorder TSI-TR-642, are within 95&deg;F to 110&deg;F for turning gear operation.  
7.1.2       Procedural Steps NOTE:       Steps 7.1.2.1 through 7.1.2.5 may be performed in any order as long as they are completed prior to tripping the turbine.
: c. IF any bearing metal temperature exceeds 110&deg;F, THEN NOTIFY the Unit CRS. 28. ENSURE either Bus Duct Fan 2A-1 or 2A-2 is in-service AND PLACE Isophase Bus Heater switch in ON at the equipment cabinet on Turbine Building 38' el. 29. WHEN the turbine is operating on the turning gear, THEN CLEAN the lift pumps' Cuno filters once per shift by rotating the five Cuno filters' T-handles clockwise two complete revolutions.
CAUTION Operation at less than 33% turbine load AND less than 25" 25U Hg Vacuum (greater than 5 HGA backpressure) can cause damage to the last stage buckets and should be 5"
D D D D D D D D Rev. 116 Page 57 of 159/
avoided.
7.1.2 Procedural Steps NOTE: The Main Lube Oil System should be operated continuously except for shutdowns required for Maintenance or inspection.  
: 1. PLACE TURBINE SUPERVISORY INSTRUMENTS Trip/Disable switch to ON.
: 30. REMOVE the turbine from turning gear operation in D accordance with Section 8.1. !20P-26 Rev. 116 Page 58 of 1591 PROGRESS ENERGY CAROLINAS BRUNSWICK TRAINING SECTION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE SIMULATOR NRC Sim G LESSON TITLE: Place SULCV In Service Following a Reactor Scram LESSON NUMBER: LOT-SIM-JP-32A-07 REVISION NO: 01 Place SULCV In Service Following a Reactor Scram. SIMULATOR SETUP A. Initial Conditions  
: 2. CONFIRM TURB CV     CVFASTCLOS/S      V/RPT TRIP FAST CLOS/SV/RPT (A-OS, 6-7) is in alarm.
: 1. Recommended Initial Conditions IC 11 Rx. Pwr. 100% Core Age BOC 2. Required Plant Conditions RPV water level <170", RFP high-level trips sealed-in B. Malfunctions None C. Overrides None. D. Special Instructions  
BYPASS (A-05, NOTE:       The MN STM LEAD AFTER CV-3 ORN,           MVD-DV3, operates with the limit DRN, MVD-OV3, switch position of the CV-1/CV-2 drain valves and the position can be confirmed with the indicating light on Panel XU-3.
: 1. Trip the Main Turbine to insert a reactor scram and perform immediate actions with exception of tripping one RFP; allow RFPs to trip on high level. 2. 3. Lower RPV level to <170". Ensure RCIC is tripped and HPCI AOP is in PTL. Perform actions of the SULCV Hard card up to step 9. LOT-SIM-JP-03A2-A07 Page 2 of 9 Rev. 01 Place SULCV In Service Following a Reactor Scram. SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS:
: 3. OPEN the following drain valves located on Panel XU-3:
NONE EVALUATOR NOTES: (Do not read to trainee) 1. The applicable procedure section WILL NOT be provided to the trainee. 2. If this is the first set of the JPM set, read the JPM briefing contained in NUREG 1021, Appendix E, or similar to the trainee. Read the following to the trainee TASK CONDITIONS:  
: a.     MNSTMLNBEFORESVDRNS, MN STM LN BEFORE SV ORNS,                             D MS- V46/4 7/4 8/49 MS-V46/47/48/49
: 1. A reactor scram has occurred.  
: b.     MAINSV&CVABOVESEATDRN,MVD-CV MAIN SV & CV ABOVE SEAT ORN, MVO-CV                   D 2OP-26 120P-26                                   Rev. 116                                   159 Page 52 of 1591
: 2. RPV water level has dropped below +170" and Feedwater is required to restore RPV water level to the normal band. 3. HPCI and RCIC are not available.  
 
: 4. Feedwater Level Control Following A Reactor Scram Hard Card was started and completed up through step 8. INITIATING CUE: You are directed by the Unit CRS to: (1) restart Reactor Feed Pump A, (2) complete the actions to place the Startup Level Control. Valve in service, and (3) restore RPV water level to +170" -+200". Inform the Unit CRS when RPV water level has been restored above 170". LOT-SIM-JP-03A2-A07 Page 3 of 9 Rev. 01 Place SUlCV In Service Following a Reactor Scram. PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST NOTE: Sequence is assumed unless denoted in the Comments.
7.1.2       Procedural Steps
Step 1 -Obtain Hard Card S/1205. Hard Card SI1205 obtained.
: c.     MN STM LEAD AFTER CV-1 DRN, MVD-CV2                   D
: d.      MNSTMLEADAFTERCV-2DRN, MN STM LEAD AFTER CV-2 DRN, MVD-CV4                   LI D
: 4. PERFORM the following to align the Turbine Lube Oil System:
: a.     ROTATE the five Cuno filters filter's T-handles             D clockwise two complete revolutions to clean the lift pumps Cuno filters.
pumps'
: b.      START the motor suction pump.                          D
: c. START the turning gear oil pump AND ENSURE             D the lift pumps start by observing all six amber PRESS NORM lights come on.
CAUTION IF the bypass valve does NOT open, THEN tripping the main turbine may result in a main turbine trip without bypass valves with resultant high reactor pressure and APRM upscale alarms or trips.
: 5. PERFORM the following to test the operation of LOW CONDENSER VACUUM SWITCHES, OG-PS-110     OG-PS-1 10 and OG-PS-111, the pressure set control, and the bypass valves:
: a. DEPRESS Bypass Valve Opening Jack                       D INCREASE push button to open a bypass valve 12% to 18%.
: b. DEPRESS Bypass Valve Opening Jack                       El D
DECREASE push button to fully close the bypass valve.
: 6. MONITOR main generator megawatts using computer               D LI U2GENBO59 OR Net Unit Megawatts point U2GENB059 2-GEN-WMR-760.
20P-26 120P-26                                    Rev. 116                         Page53of159 Page 53 of 1591
 
7.1.2   Procedural Steps
: 7. DEPRESS the Emergency Trip System push button AND             D ENSURE the following:
: a.     All four main stop valves go full closed.             D
: b.     All four control valves go full closed.               D
: c.     The bypass valves throttle open to maintain           D reactor pressure constant at 928 psig.
: d.     All four intercept valves go closed.                 D
: 8. WHEN main generator MWe decrease to zero, THEN               D ENSURE both generator output breakers GENERATOR GENERA     TOR 2 TO BUS 2A 230 KV PCB 29A AND GENERATOR GENERA     TOR 2 TO BUS 2B 230 KVPCBKV PCB 29B, are open.
: 9. PLACE REGULATOR REGULA TOR MODE SELECTOR, 43 CS, in                 D MAN.
: 10. OPEN EXCITER FIELD BREAKER, 41 CS.                           D
: 11. PLACE GEN MANUAL VOL       VOLTADJ T ADJ RHEO, 70 CS, in the     D full lower position.
: 12. PLACE GEN AUTO VOL     VOLTT ADJ RHEO, 90 CS, in the full   El D
lower position.
: 13. NOTIFY System Operations Load Dispatcher that the             D unit is separated from the system.
: 14. ENSURE the following extraction nonreturn valves on Panel XU-2, are closed:
: a.     LP Turbine A 9th Stage Extraction Nonreturn           D Valves, EX-V11 and EX-V13
: b.     LP Turbine B 9th Stage Extraction Nonreturn           D Valves, EX-V12 and EX-V14
: c.     7th Stage Extraction To FW Heater 4A Nonreturn       D Valve, EX-V19 EX-.V19 20P-26 120P-26                               Rev. 116                                 159 Page 54 of 1591
 
7.1.2   Procedural Steps
: d. 7th Stage Extraction To FW Heater 48 4B Nonreturn     D LI Valve, EX-V20
: e. 4th Stage Extraction To FW Heater 5A Nonreturn       D LI Valve, EX-V23
: f. 4th Stage Extraction To FW Heater 5B Nonreturn       D Valve, EX-V24
: 15. ENSURE the following moisture removal valves, located on Panel XU-2, are open:
: a. LP Turbine A 11th Stage Extraction Moisture         D Removal Valve, LLV-262 V-262
: b. LP Turbine A 11th Stage Extraction Moisture         D Removal Valve, LLV-263 V-263
: c. LP Turbine B 11th Stage Extraction To Heater         D Drains Deaerator Moisture Removal Valve, LV-264
: d. LP Turbine B 11th Stage Extraction To Heater         D Li Drains Deaerator Moisture Removal Valve, LV-265
: e. LP Turbine A 9th Stage Extraction To Heater         D Drains Deaerator Moisture Removal Valve, MVD-L V-266 MVO-LV-266
: f. LP Turbine B 9th Stage Extraction To Heater         D Drains Deaerator Moisture Removal Valve, MVD-L V-267 MVO-LV-267
: g. 4th Stage Extraction to FW Heater 5A Moisture       D LI Removal Valve, MVO-L MVD-LV-268 V-268
: h.                                     58 Moisture 4th Stage Extraction to FW Heater 5B                 D LI Removal Valve, MVO-L MVD-LV-269 V-269
: i. FW Heater 1IAA Moisture Removal Valve to             D LI HDLV-216 Condenser, HO-L   V-216 1 220P-26 0 P -2 6                             Rev. 116                                 159 Page 55 of 1591
 
7.1.2 7.12      Procedural Steps Procedural      Steps j.j.      FW Heater FW              Moisture Removal Heater 11BB Moisture Removal Valve Valve to to          D Condenser, HD-LV-217 Condenser,    HD-L V-217
: k.                                 EXHAUST DRAIN VLVS, HP TURB 7TH STAGE EXHAUSTDRAIN                        D MVD-MO    V-CA -2/1/3/4 MVD-MOV-CA-2/1/3/4 16.
: 16. ENSURE the exhaust hood spray system maintains                 D exhaust hood temperatures less than 175&deg;F 175&deg;F on recorder TSI- TXR-638, Points 88 and 9.
TSI-TXR-638, 17.
: 17. MONITOR turbine bearing metal temperatures during             D turbine coastdown for spikes greater than 50&deg;F on TSI-TR-642.
recorder TSI-   TR-642.
18.
: 18. IF a turbine bearing metal temperature spike of greater than 50&deg;F is indicated, THEN PERFORM the following:
: a.       IF turbine speed is greater than 900 rpm, THEN       D MANUALLY start the lift pumps.
: b.       IF turbine speed is less than 900 rpm, THEN           D ENSURE the lift pump associated with the high temperature bearing is operating.
: c.       NOTIFY the Unit CRS of the condition.                 D
: 19. WHEN turbine speed decreases to less than 900 rpm,             LI D
THEN ENSURE all six turbine bearing lift pumps are running.
: 20. IF turbine bearing metal temperature spikes greater than       D 10&deg;F/minute are detected, THEN NOTIFY the System Engineer to investigate.
: 21. MONITOR vibration of turbine bearings on recorder               D TSI-XR-640 during turbine coastdown.
: 22. IF vibration greater than 10 mils is detected, THEN             D NOTIFY the System Engineer.
: 23. ADJUST TBCCW  TBCCW TO MAIN TURB OIL COOLER                     D temperature controller to maintain bearing oil inlet temperature at 90&deg;F.
20P-26 120P-26                                       116 Rev. 116                                 159 Page 56 of 159)
 
7.1.2 7.1.2        Procedural Steps Procedural   Steps NOTE:
NOTE:      Oil temperature should be Oil                        be maintained maintained at  at 80-90&deg;F. MAIN MAIN TURBINE TURBINE OIL OIL COOLER TBCCWOUTLET COOLER      TBCCW OUTLET ISOLATIONISOLATION VALVE,VALVE, TCC-V117, TCC-V1 17, may require throttling to maintain this temperature.
: 24. IF required, THEN THROTTLE MAIN TURBINE OIL                         D COOLERS TBCCW OUTLET ISOLA         ISOLATION      VALVE, TlON VAL       TCC VE, TCC-V117, to maintain oil temperature at 90&deg;F.
: 25. WHEN turbine speed decreases to zero, as indicated by the TURBINE AT ATZERO ZERO SPEED (UA-02 1-4) alarm, THEN ENSURE the following:
: a.     The turning gear piggy back motor starts AND               D engages.
: b.     Approximately 10 seconds after the piggy back               D LI motor starts, the turning gear main motor starts.
: 26. IF the turning gear will NOT remain engaged, THEN                   D REMOVE lift pumps from service in accordance with Section 8.22.
: 27. WHEN the turbine is on the turning gear, THEN PERFORM the following actions once per hour:
: a.     ENSURE the appropriate lift pumps are operating             EJ D
in accordance with Section 8.22.
: b.     ENSURE all bearing metal temperatures, as                   D indicated on recorder TSI-TSI-TR-642, TR-642, are within 95&deg;F 110&deg;F for turning gear operation.
to 110&deg;F
: c.     IF any bearing metal temperature exceeds 110&deg;F, 110&deg;F,    D THEN NOTIFY the Unit CRS.
: 28. ENSURE either Bus Duct Fan 2A-1 or 2A-2 is in-service               D AND PLACE Isophase Bus Heater switch in ON at the equipment cabinet on Turbine Building 38 equipment                                    38' el.
: 29.                               operating on the turning gear, WHEN the turbine is operating                                        D THEN CLEAN the lift       pumps' Cuno filters once per shift lift pumps filters' T-handles clockwise two by rotating the five Cuno filters by complete revolutions.
20P-26
!20P-26                                      Rev. 1116 16                          Page 57 of of 159 159/
 
7.1.2 7.1.2      Procedural Steps Procedural  Steps NOTE:
NOTE:          Main Lube The Main Lube Oil Oil System should should be be operated operated continuously except except for Maintenance or inspection.
shutdowns required for Maintenance     inspection.
: 30. REMOVE the turbine from turning gear operation in             D accordance with Section 8.1.
20P-26
!20P-26                               Rev. 116 116                        Page 58 ofof 159 1591
 
PROGRESS ENERGY CAROLINAS BRUNSWICK TRAINING SECTION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE SIMULATOR NRC Sim G LESSON TITLE: Place SULCV In Service Following a Reactor Scram LESSON NUMBER: LOT-SIM-JP-32A-07 REVISION NO:   01
 
Place SULCV In Place        In Service Following Following aa Reactor Reactor Scram.
Scram.
SIMULATOR SETUP A. Initial Conditions
: 1.     Recommended Initial Conditions IC           11 Rx. Pwr. 100%
Core Age     BOC
: 2.     Required Plant Conditions
                              <170, RFP high-level trips sealed-in RPV water level <170",
B. Malfunctions None C. Overrides None.
D. Special Instructions
: 1.     Trip the Main Turbine to insert a reactor scram and perform immediate actions with exception of tripping one RFP; allow RFPs to trip on high level.
: 2.                         <170. Ensure RCIC is tripped and HPCI AOP is in Lower RPV level to <170".
PTL.
: 3.      Perform actions of the SULCV Hard card up to step 9.
LOT-SIM-JP-03A2-A07                   Page 22 of 99                                  01 Rev. 01
 
Place SULCV In Service Following a Reactor Scram.
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS:
NONE EVALUATOR NOTES: (Do not read to trainee)
: 1.     The applicable procedure section WILL NOT be provided to the trainee.
: 2.     If this is the first set of the JPM set, read the JPM briefing contained in NUREG 1021, Appendix E, or similar to the trainee.
Read the following to the trainee TASK CONDITIONS:
: 1. A reactor scram has occurred.
: 2. RPV water level has dropped below +170"   +170 and Feedwater is required to restore RPV water level to the normal band.
: 3. HPCI and RCIC are not available.
: 4. Feedwater Level Control Following A Reactor Scram Hard Card was started and completed up through step 8.
INITIATING CUE:
You are directed by the Unit CRS to:
(1) restart Reactor Feed Pump A, (2) complete the actions to place the Startup Level Control, Control. Valve in service, and (3) restore RPV water level to +170"         +200.
                                          +170 - +200".
Inform the Unit CRS when RPV water level has been restored above 170.      170".
LOT-SIM-JP-03A2-A07                         Page 33 of 99                              Rev. 01
 
SULCV In Service Following a Reactor Scram.
Place SUlCV PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST NOTE: Sequence is assumed unless denoted in the Comments.
I - Obtain Hard Card S/1205.
Step 1 -                  S/i 205.
S/1205 obtained.
Hard Card SI1205 SAT/UNSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
TIME START _ _ _ __
NOTE:          The Operator needs to flip the hard card over to the other side for REACTOR FEED PUMP STARTUP instructions.
Step 2 - Open RFP A Recirc Valve FW-FV-V46.
RFP A Recirc Valve FW-FV-V46 indicates full open.
CRITICAL STEP **  SAT/U NSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
Step 3 - Verify open RFP A Discharge Valve FW-V3.
RFP A Discharge Valve FW-V3 indicates full open.
SAT/U NSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
Step 4 - Place RFPT A SP CTl, ASP        C32-SIC-R6OIA in MANUAL at its lower limit.
CTL, C32-SIC-R601A RFPT RFPTA ASP          C32-SIC-R6OIA indicates M with output at s:D%.
SP CTL, C32-SIC-R601A                                O%.
SAT/UNSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
TIME START ____ _ NOTE: The Operator needs to flip the hard card over to the other side for REACTOR FEED PUMP STARTUP instructions.
SATIUNSAT*
Step 2 -Open RFP A Recirc Valve FW-FV-V46.
Place MAN/DFCS Control Switch to MANUAL.
RFP A Recirc Valve FW-FV-V46 indicates full open. ** CRITICAL STEP ** SAT/UNSAT*
Step 5 -Place MAN/DFCS Control Switch in MANUAL.
Step 3 -Verify open RFP A Discharge Valve FW-V3. RFP A Discharge Valve FW-V3 indicates full open. SAT/UNSAT*
MANIDFCS
Step 4 -Place RFPT ASP CTl, C32-SIC-R601A in MANUAL at its lower limit. RFPT ASP CTL, C32-SIC-R601A indicates M with output at s:D%. SATIUNSAT*
                                                      **                ** SAT/UNSAT*
Step 5 -Place MAN/DFCS Control Switch to MANUAL. MANIDFCS Control Switch in MANUAL. ** CRITICAL STEP ** SATIUNSAT*
                                                      ** CRITICAL STEP ** SATIUNSAT*
lOT-SIM-JP-03A2-A07 Page 4 of 9 Rev. 01 Place SULCV In Service Following a Reactor Scram. NOTE: Step 14 may not be required based on plant conditions.
LOT-SIM-JP-03A2-A07 lOT-SIM-JP-03A2-A07                     Page 4 of 9                             Rev. 01
Step 6 -Reset RFP high level trip signal. At least 2 of 3 reset push buttons are depressed and amber high level trip amber lamps on P603 are extinguished.
 
SA TlU NSAT/N E* Step 7 -Depress RFP A RESET pushbutton.
Place SULCV In Service Following a Reactor Scram.
RFPT A reset pushbutton on XU-2 depressed and RFP Tripped annunciator cleared. ** CRITICAL STEP ** SAT/UNSAT*
NOTE:         Step 14 may not be required based on plant conditions.
Step 8 -Ensure RFP A LP and HP Stop Valves are open. Verifies RFPT A LP and HP Stop Valves are open on XU-2. SAT/UNSAT*
Step 6 - Reset RFP high level trip signal.
Step 9 -Depress the RFP A START Pushbutton.
At least 2 of 3 reset push buttons are depressed and amber high level trip amber lamps on P603 are extinguished.
RFP A START Pushbutton depressed and RFP speed rises to 1000 rpm. ** CRITICAL STEP ** SATIUNSAT*
SATIU          E*
Step 10-Raise RFP A speed to 2550 rpm using the LOWER/RAISE Control Switch. RFP A speed 2550 rpm. ** CRITICAL STEP ** SAT/UNSAT*
N SATIN E*
LOT-SIM-JP-03A2-A07 Page 5 of 9 Rev. 01 Place SUlCV In Service Following a Reactor Scram. Step 11 -Depress the RFPT DFCS CTRl RESET Pushbutton and place MAN/DFCS Control Switch to DFCS. MANIDFCS Control Switch in DFCS, DFCS light is ON. ** CRITICAL STEP ** SAT/UNSAT*
SATlU NSAT/N Step 7 - Depress RFP A RESET pushbutton.
Step 12 -Selects RFP DEMAND on RFPT ASP CTl, C32-SIC-R601A and raises RFP A speed, until discharge pressure is greater than or equal to 100 psig above reactor pressure.
RFPT A reset pushbutton on XU-2 depressed and RFP Tripped annunciator cleared.
NOTE: RFP A discharge pressure to :?100 psig above reactor pressure.
                                                    **                ** SATIUNSAT*
** CRITICAL STEP ** SAT/UNSAT*
                                                    ** CRITICAL STEP ** SAT/UNSAT*
The Operator needs to flip the hard card over to the other side for Feedwater Level Control Following a Reactor Scram and continue at step 10. Step 13 -Manually adjust the SUlCV, FW-LlC-3269, for desired reactor water level. SULCV is adjusted in manual to open the valve. Master controller verified to be at 187 inches. ** CRITICAL STEP ** SAT/UNSAT*
Step 8 - Ensure RFP REP A LP and HP Stop Valves are open.
Step 14 -Place SUlCV, FW-LlC-3269, in AUTO. SULCV is in AUTO. SAT/UNSAT*
Verifies RFPT A LP and HP Stop Valves are open on XU-2.
Step 15 -Inform Unit CRS that RPV water level is above +170". Unit CRS informed.
SATIU NSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
II T_I::,R'VlIN,'!ATING CUE: RPV water level has been restored to >+170"using SUlCV. Comments required for any step evaluated as UNSAT. TIME COMPLETED
Step 9 - Depress the RFP A START Pushbutton.
____ _ lOT-SIM-JP-03A2-A07 Page 6 of 9 Rev. 01 Place SULCV In Service Following a Reactor Scram. RELATED TASKS: 2592028101 Start the First Reactor Feed Pump per OP-32 KIA REFERENCE AND IMPORTANCE RATING: 295001 A4.02 3.9, 3.7 Ability to manually start/control a RFP in the control room.  
RFP A START Pushbutton depressed and RFP speed rises to 1000 rpm.
                                                    **                ** SATIUNSAT*
                                                    ** CRITICAL STEP **  SATIUNSAT*
Step 10-10 Raise RFP REP A speed to 2550 rpm using the LOWER/RAISE Control Switch.
RFP A speed 2550 rpm.
                                                                      ** SATIUNSAT*
CRITICAL STEP **  SAT/UNSAT*
LOT-SIM-JP-03A2-A07                    Page 5 of 9                            Rev. 01
 
SULCV In Service Following a Reactor Scram.
Place SUlCV Step 11 - Depress the RFPT DFCS CTRl CTRL RESET Pushbutton and place MAN/DFCS Control Switch to DFCS.
MAN/DFCS Control Switch in DFCS, DFCS light is ON.
MANIDFCS
                                                              **                    ** SATIUNSAT*
                                                              ** CRITICAL STEP **      SAT/UNSAT*
Step 12 - Selects RFP REP DEMAND on RFPT A        SP CTl, ASP  CTL, C32-SIC-R601A C32-SIC-R6OIA and raises RFP A speed, until discharge pressure is greater than or equal to 100 psig above reactor pressure.
RFP A discharge pressure to :?100 100 psig above reactor pressure.
                                                              **                    ** SAT/UNSAT*
                                                              ** CRITICAL STEP **
NOTE:               The Operator needs to flip the hard card over to the other side for Feedwater Level Control Following a Reactor Scram and continue at step 10.
Step 13 13                          SULCV, FW-LlC-3269,
              - Manually adjust the SUlCV,     EW-LIC-3269, for desired reactor water level.
SULCV is adjusted in manual to open the valve. Master controller verified to be at 187 inches.
                                                              **                    ** SATIUNSAT*
                                                              ** CRITICAL STEP **      SAT/UNSAT*
Step 14 - Place SUlCV, SULCV, FW-LlC-3269, FW-LIC-3269, in AUTO.
SULCV is in AUTO.
SATIUNSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
Step 15 15    Inform Unit CRS that RPV water level is above +170".
              -Inform                                              +170.
Unit CRS informed.
SATIU N SAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
TERMINATING CUE: RPV water level has been restored to >+170"using II T_I::,R'VlIN,'!ATING                                                                  SULCV.
                                                                        >+170 using SUlCV.
Comments required for any step evaluated as UNSAT.
TIME COMPLETED _ _ _ __
LOT-SIM-JP-03A2-A07 lOT-SIM-JP-03A2-A07                         Page 6 of 9                                   Rev. 01
 
Place SULCV In Service Following a Reactor Scram.
RELATED TASKS:
259202B101 Start the First Reactor Feed Pump per OP-32 2592028101 KIA REFERENCE AND IMPORTANCE RATING:
295001 A4.02 3.9, 3.7 Ability to manually start/control a RFP in the control room.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==


ATTACHMENT 6 of 20P-32, Rev 165 TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
ATTACHMENT 6 of 20P-32, Rev 165 TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
None SAFETY FUNCTION (from NUREG 1123, Rev. 2) Safety Function 2, Inventory Control REASON FOR REVISION:
None SAFETY FUNCTION (from NUREG 1123, Rev. 2)
Removed the steps prior to starting the feed pump .. LOT-SIM-JP-03A2-A07 Page 7 of 9 Rev. 01 Place SULCV In Service Following a Reactor Scram. Time required for Completion:
Safety Function 2, Inventory Control REASON FOR REVISION:
15 Minutes (approximate).
Removed the steps prior to starting the feed pump pump....
APPLICABLE METHOD OF TESTING Performance:
LOT-SIM-JP-03A2-A07                   Page 7 of 99                    Rev. 01
Simulate Actual X Unit 2 Setting: Control Room Simulator1 (Not applicable to In-Plant JPMs) Time Critical:
 
Yes No X Alternate Path: Yes No X EVALUATION Trainee: ---------------------------
SULCV In Place SULCV Place            In Service   Following aa Reactor Scram.
JPM: Pass __ Fail __ Remedial Training Required:
Service Following              Scram.
Yes No __ Did Trainee Verify Procedure as Authorized Copy? Yes __ No __ (Each Student should verify one JPM per evaluation set.) Comments:
Time required for Completion:
Comments Reviewed With Trainee Time Limit N/A Evaluator Signature:
Time                Completion:      15 15 Minutes (approximate).
_________________________
Minutes METHOD OF TESTING APPLICABLE METHOD Performance:         Simulate                     Actual     X                   Unit:
Date: ____ _ LOT-SIM-JP-03A2-A07 Page 8 of 9 Rev. 01 TASK CONDITIONS:  
Unit      22 Setting:     Control Room                         SimulatorX Simulator1 (Not applicable to In-Plant In-Plant JPMs)
: 1. A reactor scram has occurred.  
JPMs)
: 2. RPV water level has dropped below +170" and Feedwater is required to restore RPV water level to the normal band. 3. HPCI and RCIC are not available.  
Time Critical:             Yes                         No   X X            Time Limit      N/A Alternate Path:           Yes                         No   X EVALUATION Trainee:
: 4. Feedwater Level Control Following A Reactor Scram Hard Card was started and completed up through step 8. INITIATING CUE: You are directed by the Unit CRS to: (1) restart Reactor Feed Pump A, (2) complete the actions to place the Startup Level Control Valve in service, and (3) restore RPV water level to +170" -+200". Inform the Unit CRS when RPV water level has been restored above 170".
Trainee:_________________________________
ATTACHMENT 6 Page 1 of 2 Feedwater Level Control Following a Reactor Scram -Reactor Feed Pump Startup NOTE: This attachment is also applicable to the Simulator.
JPM:              Pass _ _            Fail _ _
NOTE: This attachment is NOT to be used for routine system operation.
Remedial Training Required: Yes                   No _ _
FEEDWATER LEVEL CONTROL FOLLOWING A REACTOR SCRAM RO 1. IF NECESSARY, THEN DISPATCH AN OPERATOR TO RFP A(B) TO RESPOND TO ANY LOCAL ANNUNCIATOR PANEL ALARMS. RO 2. CLOSE (FW-V6 AND FW-V8) OR (FW-V118 AND FW-V119).
Did Trainee Verify Procedure as Authorized Copy?
RO 3. ENSURE FW-FV-177 IS CLOSED. RO 4. OPEN FW-V10. RO 5. PLACE FEEDWATER CONTROL MODE SELECT TO 1 ELEM. RO 6. IF BOTH RFPs HAVE TRIPPED, THEN ENSURE MSTR RFPT SP/RX LVL CTL, C32-SIC-R600, IS IN M (MANUAL) AND SET TO MAINTAIN 187 INCHES. RO 7. ENSURE SULCV, FW-LlC-3269, IN M (MANUAL) AND SULCV CLOSED. RO 8. ENSURE B21-F032A AND B21-F032B ARE OPEN. \20P-32 9. IF AN RFP IS RUNNING, THEN PLACE RFPT A (B) SP CTL, C32-SIC-R601A (B), IN M (MANUAL) AND ADJUST RFP A (B) SPEED LJNTIL DISCHARGE PRESSURE IS APPROXIMATELY 100 PSI GREATER THAN REACTOR PRESSURE.  
copy? Yes _ _ No _ _
: 10. ADJUST SULCV, FW-LlC-3269, FOR DESIRED REACTOR WATER LEVEL. 11. IF DESIRED, THEN PLACE SULCV, FW-LlC-3269, IN A (AUTO). 12. ADJUST FW-FV-177 TO MAINTAIN SULCV, FW-LlC-3269, OUTPUT DEMAND SIGNAL BETWEEN 25% AND 55%. 13. IF SULCV, FW-LlC-3269, FAILS TO CONTROL LEVEL, THEN USE ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING VALVES TO AID IN LEVEL CONTROL: FW-V120, (FW-V118 AND FW-V6), (FW-V119 AND FW-V8). 2/1204 S/1205 Rev. 166 Page 292 of 301 I ATTACHMENT 6 Page 2 of 2 Feedwater Level Control Following a Reactor Scram -Reactor Feed Pump Startup NOTE: This attachment is also applicable to the Simulator.
(Each Student should verify one JPM per evaluation set.)
NOTE: This attachment is NOT to be used for routine system operation.
Comments:
RO 1. RO 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11.  
Comments Reviewed With Trainee Evaluator Signature: _________________________ Date:                 _ _ _ __
: 12.  
Date:____________
: 13. !20P-32 REACTOR FEED PUMP STARTUP IF NECESSARY, THEN DISPATCH AN OPERATOR TO RFP A(B) TO RESPOND TO ANY LOCAL ANNUNCIATOR PANEL ALARMS. ENSURE A FEEDWATER FLOW PATH IS ESTABLISHED TO THE REACTOR VESSEL. OPEN RFP A (B) RECIRC VLV, FW-FV-46 (FW-FV-47).
LOT-SIM-JP-03A2-A07                         Page 8 of 9                                   Rev. 01
ENSURE RFP A (B) DISCH VLV, FW-V3 (FW-V4) IS OPEN. PLACE RFPT A (B) SP CTL, C32-SIC-R601A (B), IN M (MANUAL) AT ITS LOWER LIMIT. PLACE RFPT A(B) MAN/DFCS CONTROL SWITCH IN MAN. ENSURE REACTOR WATER LEVEL IS LESS THAN +206 INCHES AND RFPT A&B HIGH LEVEL TRIP/RESET PUSHBUTTONS ARE RESET. DEPRESS RFPT A (B) RESET PUSHBUTTON ENSURE RFPT A (B) LP AND HP STOP VLVS ARE OPEN. ROLL RFPT A (B) TO 1000 RPM BY DEPRESSING RFP A(B) START PUSHBUTTON.
 
RAISE RFPT A(B) SPEED TO APPROXIMATELY 2550 RPM USING THE LOWER/RAISE CONTROL SWITCH. DEPRESS RFPT A(B) DFCS CTRL RESET AND PLACE MANIDFCS CONTROL SWITCH TO DFCS. RAISE RFPT A (B) SPEED WITH RFPT A (B) SP CTL, C32-SIC-R601A (B), UNTIL DISCHARGE PRESSURE IS GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 100 PSIG ABOVE REACTOR PRESSURE.
TASK CONDITIONS:
Rev. 166 2/1204 S/1205 Page 293 of 301 !
: 1. A reactor scram has occurred.
PROGRESS ENERGY CAROLINAS BRUNSWICK TRAINING SECTION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE SIMULATOR NRC Sim H LESSON TITLE: Restart CRD Following CRD Pump Trip LESSON NUMBER: LOT-SIM-JP-008-B01 REVISION NO: 1 Restart CRD Following CRD Pump Trip SIMULATOR SETUP Initial Conditions  
: 2.                                         +170 and Feedwater is required to restore RPV water level has dropped below +170" RPV water level to the normal band.
: 1. Recommended Initial Conditions IC 11 Rx. Pwr. 100% Core Age BOC 2. Required Plant Conditions No CRD pumps in operation.
: 3. HPCI and RCIC are not available.
Special Instructions Turn off the operating CRD pump. Isolate Seal Purge to the Recirc Pumps LOT-OJT-JP-002-A01 Page 2 REV. 0 Restart CRD Following CRD Pump Trip SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS:
: 4. Feedwater Level Control Following A Reactor Scram Hard Card was started and completed up through step 8.
NONE EVALUATOR NOTES: (Do not read to trainee) 1. The applicable procedure section WILL NOT be provided to the trainee. When the trainee has identified the proper procedure and section to be used a working copy of the procedure WILL be given to the trainee. 2. If this is the first set of the JPM set, read the JPM briefing contained in NUREG 1021, Appendix E, or similar to the trainee. Read the following to the trainee TASK CONDITIONS:  
INITIATING CUE:
: 1. The operating CRD Pump tripped on low suction pressure.  
You are directed by the Unit CRS to:
: 2. OAOP-02.0 has been entered due to Control Rod Malfunction/Misposition.  
(1) restart Reactor Feed Pump A, (2) complete the actions to place the Startup Level Control Valve in service, and (3) restore RPV water level to +170"
: 3. The standby CRD Suction Filter has been placed in service. 4. Recirculation Pump seal purge has been isolated, and another operator has been assigned to perform 20P-02 actions for seal purge restoration.
                                    +170 - +200".
INITIATING CUE: You are directed by the Unit CRS to restart the CRD system per 20P-08, and inform him when CRD has been returned to service. LOT -OJT -J P-002-A01 Page 3 REV. 0 Restart CRD Following CRD Pump Trip PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST NOTE: Sequence is assumed unless denoted in the Comments.
                                          - +200.
Step 1 -Obtain current revision of 20P-08 section 8.17. Current revision of 20P-OB, Section B. 17 obtained.
Inform the Unit CRS when RPV water level has been restored above 170". 170.
 
ATTACHMENT 6 Page 1 1 of 2 Feedwater Level Control Following a Reactor Scram - Reactor Feed Pump Startup F NOTE:
NOTE:
This attachment is also applicable to the Simulator.
This attachment is NOT to be used for routine system operation.
FEEDWATER LEVEL CONTROL FOLLOWING A REACTOR SCRAM RO   1. IF NECESSARY, THEN DISPATCH AN OPERATOR TO RFP A(B) TO RESPOND TO ANY LOCAL ANNUNCIATOR PANEL ALARMS.
RO   2. CLOSE (FW-V6 AND FW-V8) OR (FW-V118             FW-V1 19).
(FW-V1 18 AND FW-V119).
RO RO    3. ENSURE FW-FV-177 IS CLOSED.
RO   4. OPEN FW-V10.
RO   5. PLACE FEEDWATER CONTROL MODE SELECT TO 1             I ELEM.
RO   6. IF BOTH RFPs REPs HAVE TRIPPED, THEN ENSURE MSTR RFPT SP/RX LVL CTL, C32-SIC-R600, IS IN MM (MANUAL) AND SET TO MAINTAIN 187 INCHES.
RO   7. ENSURE SULCV, FW-LlC-3269, FW-LIC-3269, IN M M (MANUAL) AND SULCV CLOSED.
RO   8. ENSURE B21-F032A AND B21-F032B ARE OPEN.
: 9. IF AN RFP IS RUNNING, THEN PLACE RFPT A (B) SP CTL, C32-SIC-R6OIA (B), IN M C32-SIC-R601A          M (MANUAL) AND ADJUST RFP A (B) SPEED LJNTIL UNTIL DISCHARGE PRESSURE IS APPROXIMATELY 100 PSI GREATER THAN REACTOR PRESSURE.
: 10. ADJUST SULCV, FW-LlC-3269, FW-LIC.-3269, FOR DESIRED REACTOR WATER LEVEL.
: 11.                                       FW-LIC-3269, IN A (AUTO).
IF DESIRED, THEN PLACE SULCV, FW-LlC-3269,
: 12.                                               FW-LIC-3269, OUTPUT ADJUST FW-FV-177 TO MAINTAIN SULCV, FW-LlC-3269, DEMAND SIGNAL BETWEEN 25% AND 55%.
: 13. IF SULCV, FW-LlC-3269, FW-LIC-3269, FAILS TO CONTROL LEVEL, THEN USE ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING VALVES TO AID IN LEVEL CONTROL:
FW-V120, FW-V1 20, (FW-V118                 (FW-V1 19 AND FW-V8).
(EW-VI 18 AND FW-V6), (FW-V119 2/1204 2/1 204 S/1205 20P-32
\20P-32                                Rev. 166                         Page 292 of 301 I
 
ATTACHMENT 6 Page 2 of 2 Feedwater Level Control Following a Reactor Scram - Reactor Feed Pump Startup NOTE:   This attachment is also applicable to the Simulator.
NOTE:   This attachment is NOT to be used for routine system operation.
REACTOR FEED PUMP STARTUP RO    1. IF NECESSARY, THEN DISPATCH AN OPERATOR TO RFP A(B) TO RESPOND TO ANY LOCAL ANNUNCIATOR PANEL ALARMS.
RO   2. ENSURE A FEEDWATER FLOW PATH IS ESTABLISHED TO THE REACTOR VESSEL.
: 3. OPEN RFP A (B) RECIRC VLV, FW-FV-46 (FW-FV-47).
: 4. ENSURE RFP A (B) DISCH VLV, FW-V3 (FW-V4) IS OPEN.
: 5.                                C32-SIC-R6OIA (B), IN M PLACE RFPT A (B) SP CTL, C32-SIC-R601A           M (MANUAL) AT ITS LOWER LIMIT.
: 6. PLACE RFPT A(B) MAN/DFCS CONTROL SWITCH IN MAN.
: 7. ENSURE REACTOR WATER LEVEL IS LESS THAN +206 INCHES AND RFPT A&B HIGH LEVEL TRIP/RESET PUSHBUTTONS ARE RESET.
: 8. DEPRESS RFPT A (B) RESET PUSHBUTTON
: 9. ENSURE RFPT A (B) LP AND HP STOP VLVS ARE OPEN.
: 10. ROLL RFPT A (B) TO 1000 RPM BY DEPRESSING RFP   REP A(B) START PUSHBUTTON.
: 11. RAISE RFPT A(B) SPEED TO APPROXIMATELY 2550 RPM USING THE LOWER/RAISE CONTROL SWITCH.
: 12. DEPRESS RFPT A(B) DFCS CTRL RESET AND PLACE MANIDFCS MAN/DFCS CONTROL SWITCH TO DFCS.
: 13.                                                      C32-SIC-R6OIA (B),
RAISE RFPT A (B) SPEED WITH RFPT A (B) SP CTL, C32-SIC-R601A UNTIL DISCHARGE PRESSURE IS GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 100 PSIG ABOVE REACTOR PRESSURE.
2/1204 S/1205 Sf1205 2OP-32
!20P-32                                Rev. 166                      Page 293 of 301 !
 
PROGRESS ENERGY PROGRESS     ENERGY CAROLINAS BRUNSWICK TRAINING BRUNSWICK    TRAINING SECTION SECTION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE SIMULATOR SIMULATOR NRC Sim H  H LESSON TITLE: Restart CRD Following CRD Pump Trip LESSON NUMBER: LOT-SIM-JP-008-B01 LOT-SIM-JP-008--BO1 REVISION NO:   1 1
 
Restart CRD Following CRD Pump Trip SIMULATOR SETUP Initial Conditions
: 1. Recommended Initial Conditions IC           11 Rx. Pwr.     100%
Core Age     BOC
: 2. Required Plant Conditions No CRD pumps in operation.
Special Instructions Turn off the operating CRD pump.
Isolate Seal Purge to the Recirc Pumps LOT-OJT-JP-002-AO1 LOT-OJT-JP-002-A01                           Page 2 2          REV. 0
 
Restart CRD Following CRD Pump Trip SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS:
NONE EVALUATOR NOTES: (Do not read to trainee)
: 1. The applicable procedure section WILL NOT be provided to the trainee.
When the trainee has identified the proper procedure and section to be used a working copy of the procedure WILL be given to the trainee.
: 2. If this is the first set of the JPM set, read the JPM briefing contained in NUREG 1021, Appendix E, or similar to the trainee.
Read the following to the trainee TASK CONDITIONS:
: 1. The operating CRD Pump tripped on low suction pressure.
: 2. OAOP-02.0 has been entered due to Control Rod Malfunction/Misposition.
: 3. The standby CRD Suction Filter has been placed in service.
: 4. Recirculation Pump seal purge has been isolated, and another operator has been assigned to perform 20P-02 actions for seal purge restoration.
INITIATING CUE:
You are directed by the Unit CRS to restart the CRD system per 20P-08, and inform him when CRD has been returned to service.
LOT-OJT-JP-002-AO1 LOT -OJT-J P-002-A01                             Page 3                                   REV. 0
 
Restart CRD Following CRD Pump Trip PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST NOTE: Sequence is assumed unless denoted in the Comments.
Step 11 - Obtain current revision of 20P-08 section 8.17.
20P-08, Section B.
Current revision of 20P-OB,               17 obtained.
8.17 SATIUNSAT*
TIME START: _ _ _ _ __
TIME  START:
2-- Place CRD Flow Control, C12-FC-R600, in MAN and reduce potentiometer to Step 2 minimum setting.
C12-FC-R600 in MAN, manual output meter on controller indicates O. 0.
                                                        **                ** SATIUNSAT*
                                                        ** CRITICAL STEP **  SAT/UNSAT*
Step 3 - Open Drive Pressure control valve C12-PCV-F003.
C12-PCV-F003 indicates full open on P603.
SATIU NSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
PROMPT:          If requested as AO, report cooling water valves to CRD pumps are'"    ,..
are open.
Step 4 - Ensure RBCCW in operation to supply cooling water to CRD pumps.
RBCCW checked in operation as indicated by pumps running and RBCCW discharge header pressure is normal as indicated on RCC-Pl RCC-PI-671-1 onXU-2.
on XU-2.
NSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
SATIU NOTE:      After starting the pump, alarms A-5 (6-1) CRD PUMP INLET FILTER.6P FILTER LP HIGH will come in and clear and alarm A-05 (2-1) CRD CHARGING WTR PRESS HI will come in until the flow control valve is opened. This may be reviewed prior to starting the pump and announced as expected alarms.
LOT-OJT-JP-002-AO1 LOT-OJT-JP-002-A01                              Page 44                                    REV. 00
 
Restart CRD Following CRD Pump Trip PROMPT:          If requested as AO, report prestart checks completed SAT.
Step 5 - Start non operating CRD Pump.
CRD Pump A or 8  B started and indicates running by red light on P603.
                                                      **                  ** SATIUNSAT*
                                                      ** CRITICAL STEP **    SAT/UNSAT*
Step 6 - Raise CRD flow rate to 30-60 GPM using manual potentiometer on CRD FLOW CONTROL, C12-FC-R600.
CRD flow raised using manual potentiometer and indicates between 30 and 60 GPM on flow controller C12-FC-R600.
SAT/UNSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
SIM OP:        When asked to restore recirc pump seal purge perform the followin~r following:
: 1. Open SEAL INJECTION VALVE, 832-V22,B32-V22, for Recirc Pump A.
: 2. Open SEAL INJECTION VAL        VE, 832-VALVE,        V30, for Recirc Pump B.
B32-V30, PROMPT:        When the Sim Op has opened the recirc seal purge valves, Inform exam inee that recirc pump seal purge has been restored.
examinee Step 7 - Null CRD FLOW CONTROL, C12-FC-R600, using the setpoint tape.
C12-FC-R600 setpoint tape adjusted to bring red needle within green band of setpoint tape.
SATIU NSAT*
SATIUNSAT*
SATIUNSAT*
TIME START: _____ _ Step 2 -Place CRD Flow Control, C12-FC-R600, in MAN and reduce potentiometer to minimum setting. C12-FC-R600 in MAN, manual output meter on controller indicates O. ** CRITICAL STEP ** SAT/UNSAT*
Step 8 - Shift CRD FLOW CONTROL, C12-FC-R600 to Auto.
Step 3 -Open Drive Pressure control valve C12-PCV-F003.
Select switch on C12-FC-R600 is placed to AUTO.
C12-PCV-F003 indicates full open on P603. SAT/UNSAT*
                                                                            ** SAT!UNSAT*
PROMPT: If requested as AO, report cooling water valves to CRD pumps are'" ,.. Step 4 -Ensure RBCCW in operation to supply cooling water to CRD pumps. RBCCW checked in operation as indicated by pumps running and RBCCW discharge header pressure is normal as indicated on RCC-PI-671-1 on XU-2. SAT/UNSAT*
CRITICAL STEP **     SATlUNSAT*
NOTE: After starting the pump, alarms A-5 (6-1) CRD PUMP INLET FILTER.6P HIGH will come in and clear and alarm A-05 (2-1) CRD CHARGING WTR PRESS HI will come in until the flow control valve is opened. This may be reviewed prior to starting the pump and announced as expected alarms. LOT-OJT-JP-002-A01 Page 4 REV. 0 Restart CRD Following CRD Pump Trip PROMPT: If requested as AO, report prestart checks completed SAT. Step 5 -Start non operating CRD Pump. CRD Pump A or 8 started and indicates running by red light on P603. ** CRITICAL STEP ** SAT/UNSAT*
LOT-OJT-JP-002-AO1 LOT -OJT-JP-002-A01                                 5 Page 5                                      REV. 0 0
Step 6 -Raise CRD flow rate to 30-60 GPM using manual potentiometer on CRD FLOW CONTROL, C12-FC-R600.
 
SIM OP: PROMPT: CRD flow raised using manual potentiometer and indicates between 30 and 60 GPM on flow controller C12-FC-R600.
Restart Restart CRD   Following CRD CRD Following  CRD PumpPump Trip Trip Step      Adjust setpoint Step 99 - Adjust
        -                       on CRD setpoint tape on   CRD FLOW FLOW CONTROL, CONTROL, C12-FC-R600, to      to maintain maintain cooling water  differential pressure water differential pressure betweenl0-26 between 10-26 psid psid as as read on on C12-PDI-C12-PDI-on Panel R603 on R603      Panel P603.
P603.
Cooling Water dp reads between 10  10 and 26 psid on C12-PDI-R603 on Panel P603.
CRITICAL STEP **
                                                        ** CRITICAL          ** SATIUNSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
When asked to restore recirc pump seal purge perform the
10- Ensure CRD flow rate is between 30 and 60 gpm.
: 1. Open SEAL INJECTION VALVE, 832-V22, for Recirc Pump A. 2. Open SEAL INJECTION VAL VE, 832-V30, for Recirc Pump B. When the Sim Op has opened the recirc seal purge valves, Inform examinee that recirc pump seal purge has been restored.
Step 10 C12-FC-R600 flow meter reads between 30-60 GPM.
Step 7 -Null CRD FLOW CONTROL, C12-FC-R600, using the setpoint tape. C12-FC-R600 setpoint tape adjusted to bring red needle within green band of setpoint tape. SATIUNSAT*
SATIUNSAT*
Step 8 -Shift CRD FLOW CONTROL, C12-FC-R600 to Auto. Select switch on C12-FC-R600 is placed to AUTO. ** CRITICAL STEP ** SA TlUNSAT* LOT -OJT -JP-002-A01 Page 5 REV. 0 Restart CRD Following CRD Pump Trip Step 9 -Adjust setpoint tape on CRD FLOW CONTROL, C12-FC-R600, to maintain cooling water differential pressure between 1 0-26 psid as read on R603 on Panel P603. Cooling Water dp reads between 10 and 26 psid on C12-PDI-R603 on Panel P603. ** CRITICAL STEP ** SAT/UNSAT*
SATIUNSAT*
Step 10-Ensure CRD flow rate is between 30 and 60 gpm. C12-FC-R600 flow meter reads between 30-60 GPM. SATIUNSAT*
Step 11 - Establish drive water header differential pressure between 260 and 275 psid as read on C12-PDI-R602 on Panel P603 by throttling closed DRIVE PRESS VLV, C12-PCV-F003.
Step 11 -Establish drive water header differential pressure between 260 and 275 psid as read on C12-PDI-R602 on Panel P603 by throttling closed DRIVE PRESS VLV, C12-PCV-F003.
Drive water dp indicates 260-275 psid as indicated on C12-PDI-R602 on panel P603.
Drive water dp indicates 260-275 psid as indicated on C12-PDI-R602 on panel P603. ** CRITICAL STEP ** SATIUNSAT*
                                                        **                   ** SATIUNSAT*
Step 12 -Monitor operation of CRD Hydraulic System in accordance with section 6.0. 20P-08, Section 6.0 referred to for proper operational parameters.
                                                        **  CRITICAL STEP **   SATIUNSAT*
Step 12 - Monitor operation of CRD Hydraulic System in accordance with section 6.0.
20P-08, Section 6.0 referred to for proper operational parameters.
SATIU NSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
Step 13 -Inform Unit CRS that CRD has been returned to service per 20P-OS. Unit CRS informed.
Step 13 13 - Inform Unit CRS that CRD has been returned to service per 20P-OS.20P-08.
Unit CRS informed.
SATIU NSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
TERMINATING CUE: CRD has been returned to service per 20P-OS. Comments required for any step evaluated as UNSAT. TIME STOP: _____ _ LOT -OJT -JP-002-A01 Page 6 REV. 0 Restart CRD Following CRD Pump Trip RELATED TASKS: 2010238101 Restart the CRD Hydraulic System Following a Loss of a CRD Pump Per OP-OB. KIA REFERENCE AND IMPORTANCE RATING: 201001 A2.01 3.2/3.2 Ability to predict the impact of a CRD pump trip on the CRD Hydraulic System and use procedures to correct, control or mitigate the consequences.  
TERMINATING CUE:   CUE CRD has been returned to service per 20P-OS.20P-08 Comments required for any step evaluated as UNSAT.
TIME STOP: _ _ _ _ __
TIME  STOP:
LOT-OJT-JP-002-AO1 LOT -OJT -JP-002-A01                           Page Page 66                                      REV. 00 REV.
 
Restart CRD Following CRD Pump Trip RELATED TASKS:
201023B101 2010238101 Restart the CRD Hydraulic System Following a Loss of a CRD Pump Per OP-08.
OP-OB.
K/A REFERENCE AND IMPORTANCE RATING:
KIA 201001 A2.01 3.2/3.2 Ability to predict the impact of a CRD pump trip on the CRD Hydraulic System and use procedures to correct, control or mitigate the consequences.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==


20P-OB, Section B.17, Rev. 7B TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
20P-OB,           8.17, Rev. 7B 20P-08, Section B.17,          78 TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
None SAFETY FUNCTION (from NUREG 1123, Rev. 2) Safety Function 1, Reactivity Control REASON FOR REVISION:
None SAFETY FUNCTION (from NUREG 1123, Rev. 2)
LOT-OJT-JP-002-A01 Page 7 REV. 0 Restart CRD Following CRD Pump Trip Time required for Completion:
Safety Function 1, Reactivity Control REASON FOR REVISION:
10 Minutes (approximate).
LOT-OJT-JP-002-AO1 LOT-OJT-JP-002-A01                             Page 7 7                                  REV. 0
APPLICABLE METHOD OF TESTING Performance:
 
Simulate Actual X Unit: 2 Setting: Control Room Simulator  
Restart CRD Following CRD Pump Trip Time required for Completion:       10     Minutes (approximate).
-.X. (Not applicable to In-Plant JPMs) Time Critical:
APPLICABLE METHOD OF TESTING Performance:       Simulate                       Actual     X                     Unit:     2 Setting:     Control Room                     SimulatorX Simulator -.X. (Not applicable to In-Plant JPMs)
Yes No X Alternate Path: Yes No X EVALUATION Trainee: --------------
Time Critical:           Yes                         No   X X             Time Limit        N/A Alternate Path:           Yes                         No   X X
JPM: Pass __ __ Fail __ Remedial Training Required:
EVALUATION Trainee:_________________________________
Yes No __ Did Trainee Verify Procedure as Authorized Copy? Yes __ (Each Student should verify one JPM per evaluation set.) Comments:
Trainee:
Comments Reviewed With Trainee Time Limit N/A No __ _ Evaluator Signature:
JPM:             Pass ____          Fail _ _
____________
Remedial Training Required: Yes                   No _ _
Date: ____ _ LOT -OJT -J P-002-AO 1 Page 8 REV. 0 TASK CONDITIONS:  
Did Trainee Verify Procedure as Authorized Copy? Yes _ _ No _ __
: 1. The operating CRD Pump tripped on low suction pressure.  
(Each Student should verify one JPM per evaluation set.)
: 2. OAOP-02.0 has been entered due to Control Rod Malfunction/Misposition.  
Comments:
: 3. The standby CRD Suction Filter has been placed in service. 4. Recirculation Pump seal purge has been isolated, and another operator has been assigned to perform 20P-02 actions for seal purge restoration.
Comments Reviewed With Trainee Evaluator Signature: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Date:                   _ _ _ __
INITIATING CUE: You are directed by the Unit CRS to restart the CRD system per the Operating Procedure, and inform him when CRD has been returned to service.
Date:____________
8.17 Restarting CRD Hydraulic System Following Loss of CRD Pump 8.17.1 1. 2. 8.17.2 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Initial Conditions CRD System was in operation in accordance with Section 5.1. Operating CRD pump has stopped. Procedural Steps CLOSE SEAL INJECTION VALVE, 832-V22, for Recirc Pump A. CLOSE SEAL INJECTION VALVE, 832-V30, for Recirc Pump B. PLACE CRD FLOW CONTROL, C12-FC-R600, in MAN AND REDUCE potentiometer to minimum setting. ENSURE DRIVE PRESS VL V, C12-PCV-F003, is fully open. ENSURE RBCCW is in operation to supply cooling water to CRD pumps. START non-operating (desired)
LOT-OJT-JP-002-AO1 LOT -OJT-J P-002-AO 1                               Page 8                                             0 REV. 0
CRD Pump A or B. NOTE: Following startup of the non-operating CRD pump, CRD accumulator recharge may momentarily delay the ability to perform CRD flow rate adjustments.
 
NOTE: IF a reactor scram is sealed in, THEN the following steps can NOT be performed until the scram is reset. D D D D 7. RAISE CRD flow rate to between 30 and 60 gpm, by D adjusting manual potentiometer on CRD FLOW CONTROL, C12-FC-R600.  
TASK CONDITIONS:
: 8. RESTORE recirc pump seal purge in accordance with D 20P-02 concurrently with performance of this section. 120P-08 Rev. 78 Page 79 of 3351 R Reference Use 8.17.2 Procedural Steps 9. NULL CRD FLOW CONTROL, C12-FC-R600, by D adjusting the setpoint tape. 10. SHIFT CRD FLOW CONTROL, C12-FC-R600, to AUTO. D 11. ADJUST setpoint tape on CRD FLOW CONTROL, D C12-FC-R600, to maintain cooling water differential pressure between 10 and 26 psid on C12-PDI-R603 on Panel P603. 12. ENSURE CRD flow rate is between 30 and 60 gpm. D 13. ESTABLISH drive water header differential pressure D between 260 and 275 psid on C12-PDI-R602 on Panel P603, by throttling closed DRIVE PRESS VL \I, C12-PCV-FOO3.  
: 1. The operating CRD Pump tripped on low suction pressure.
: 14. MONITOR operation of CRD System in accordance with D Section 6.0. 120P-08 Rev. 78 Page 80 of 3351 6.0 SYSTEM OPERATION 6.1 During normal operation of the Control Rod Drive Hydraulic System, the following parameters should be routinely monitored:
: 2. OAOP-02.O has been entered due to Control Rod Malfunction/Misposition.
CRD flow rate C12-FC-R600 PanelP603 Drive water differential pressure C12-POI-R602 PanelP603 Cooling water differential pressure C12-POI-R603 PanelP603 Charging water pressure C12-PI-R601 PanelP603 Drive water flow rate C12-FI-R604 PanelP603 Cooling water flow rate C12-FI-R605 PanelP603 CRD temperature C12-TR-R018 Panel H21-P007 Pressure control valve CO-PCV-4105 (outlet pressure)
OAOP-02.0
CO-PI-4106 Radwaste Bldg. -23' EI. -Southwest 30 to 60 gpm during normal power operations; up to 199 gpm (max flow) during various other applications, such as vessel fill, accumulator charging, etc 260 to 275 psid 10 to 26 psid (may be less than 10 psid if reactor vessel temperature is less than 250&deg;F) Less than 1510 psig Approximately 0 gpm (flow rate < 5.0 gpm during rod movement) 30 to 60 gpm (flow rates above 50 gpm must be obtained from C12-FC-R600 on Panel P603) Less than 250&deg;F 15 to 35 psig Information Use 1 2 0 P-08 Rev. 78 Page 15 of 335 )
: 3.                                                     service, The standby CRD Suction Filter has been placed in service.
LESSON TITLE: CAROLINA POWER & LIGHT COMPANY BRUNSWICK TRAINING SECTION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE IN PLANT NRC In-Plant I LEP-01; Alternate Coolant Injection
: 4. Recirculation Pump seal purge has been isolated, and another operator has been assigned to perform 20P-02 actions for seal purge restoration.
-SLC Pumps Using Fire Protection Water LESSON NUMBER: AOT-OJT-JP-300-J11 REVISION NO: 03 LEP-01; Alternate Coolant Injection  
INITIATING CUE:
-SLC Pumps Using Fire Protection Water SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS
You are directed by the Unit CRS to restart the CRD system per the Operating Procedure, and inform him when CRD has been returned to service.
: 1. Boron is a caustic substance.
 
Avoid contact with SLC solutions and precipitated sodium pentaborate salts. A portable eyewash station is present in the area and should be verified as being ready for use PRIOR to allowing trainee to potentially contact boron. 2. Radiation levels in this area are subject to rapid changes, especially during refuel outages. 3. Some areas may be inaccessible during CRD Rebuild evolutions.  
8.17     Restarting CRD Hydraulic Hydraulic System System Following Loss of CRD Pump                   R R
: 4. Hearing protection may be required to access and then egress the plant locations associated with this JPM. EVALUATOR NOTES: (Do not read to trainee) 1. The applicable procedure section WILL be provided to the trainee. The trainee should be given a current copy of EOP-01-LEP-01, Section 1, with the applicable steps marked off as complete.  
Reference Reference Use Use 8.17.1 8.17.1              Conditions Initial Conditions 1.
: 2. If this is the first JPM of the JPM set, read the JPM briefing contained in NUREG 1021, Appendix E, or similar to the trainee. 3. The trainee may desire to open the LEP Toolbox on the Reactor Building 80' elevation, near the RWCU Panel. To open this toolbox the trainee must obtain an LSV key, obtainable from the SRO or the Work Control Center, or normally carried by the duty Auxiliary Operator.
: 1. CRD System was in operation in accordance with Section 5.1.
If this toolbox is opened, Operations may require the toolbox to be inventoried.  
: 2. Operating CRD pump has stopped.
: 4. All operations are conducted on the Reactor Building 80' elevation unless otherwise noted. AOT-OJT-JP-300-J11 Page 2 of 10 Rev. 03 LEP-01; Alternate Coolant Injection  
8.17.2      Procedural Steps 1.
-SLC Pumps Using Fire Protection Water Read the following to the trainee TASK CONDITIONS:  
: 1. CLOSE SEAL INJECTION VALVE, B32-V22,832-V22, for Recirc Pump A.
: 1. This task is to be performed on Unit __ . 2. The Reactor Vessel Control Procedure, EOP-01-RVCP, has been entered and is directing the crew to perform OEOP-01-LEP-01; Alternate Coolant Injection, (LEP-01) in order to maintain RPV water level above TAF. 3. ALL control rods are fully inserted.  
: 2. CLOSE SEAL INJECTION VALVE, B32-V30,832-V30, for Recirc Pump B.
: 4. The Fire Protection System is OPERABLE.  
: 3. PLACE CRD FLOW CONTROL, C12-FC-R600, in MAN                   D AND REDUCE potentiometer to minimum setting.
: 5. SLC Pumps are available to support LEP-01 activities.
: 4. ENSURE DRIVE PRESS VL     VLV, V, C12-PCV-F003, is fully       D open.
: 6. The Demineralized Water System is damaged and is NOT available for use. INITIATING CUE: The Unit __ RO has directed you to perform the AO actions associated with lining up the SLC System to inject with Fire Protection Water per LEP-01 , Section 1, Coolant Injection With SLC Pumps. You are to notify the Control Room when the required steps of the procedure have been completed to allow the starting of the SLC Pumps. AOT-OJT-JP-300-J11 Page 3 of 10 Rev. 03 LEP-01; Alternate Coolant Injection  
: 5. ENSURE RBCCW is in operation to supply cooling water         D to CRD pumps.
-SLC Pumps Using Fire Protection Water PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST NOTE: Sequence is assumed unless denoted in the Comments.
: 6. START non-operating (desired) CRD Pump A or B.               D NOTE:     Following startup of the non-operating CRD pump, CRD accumulator recharge may momentarily delay the ability to perform CRD flow rate adjustments.
A marked up copy of LEP-01, Section 1, is to be provided to the trainee. Step 1 -Obtain marked up copy of LEP-01, Section 1 from Control Operator.
NOTE:     IF a reactor scram is sealed in, THEN the following steps can NOT be performed until the scram is reset.
LEP-01, Section 1 obtained from the Control Operator.
: 7. RAISE CRD flow rate to between 30 and 60 gpm, by             D adjusting manual potentiometer on CRD FLOW CONTROL, C12-FC-R600.
SATIUNSAT*
: 8. RESTORE recirc pump seal purge in accordance with             D LI 20P-02 concurrently with performance of this section.
TIME START: _______ _ PROMPT: IF asked, as the RO, inform the trainee that demineralized water is NOT available and fire protection water is available.
20P-08 120P-08                                   Rev. 78                                   335 Page 79 of 3351
Step 2 -UNLOCK and CLOSE SLC Storage Tank Outlet Isolation Valve, C41-F001.
 
SLC Storage Tank Outlet Isolation Valve, C41-F001, is UNLOCKED and CLOSED. SAT/UNSAT*
8.17.2   Procedural Steps
NOTE: The procedure hasa note that informs the trainee of the location of Fire Hose Stations on the Reactor Building 80'elv. One station ison the south wall and the other station is on the north wall of the CRD Rebuild Room. NOTE: The trainee does not need to OPEN the LEP Toolbox, they should however explain what equipment is needed. IF THIS TOOLBOX IS OPENED, an inventory of the toolbox may be required by Operations.
: 9. NULL CRD FLOW CONTROL, C12-FC-R600, by                     D adjusting the setpoint tape.
The trainee will need an "LSV" Key for opening the toolbox which is normally carried by the duty Auxiliary Operator or is obtained from the SRO or the Work Control Center. No equipment should be removed from the toolbox for the performance of this JPM. PROMPT: A picture of the Fire Hose to SLC Connector is provided once obtained from the LEP toolbox Step 4 -Trainee determines which fire hose station to use. Fire hose station is selected for use. SAT/UNSAT*
: 10. SHIFT CRD FLOW CONTROL, C12-FC-R600, to AUTO.             D
AOT-OJT-JP-300-J11 Page 4 of 10 Rev. 03 LEP-01; Alternate Coolant Injection  
: 11. ADJUST setpoint tape on CRD FLOW CONTROL,                 D C12-FC-R600, to maintain cooling water differential pressure between 10 and 26 psid on C12-PDI-R603 on Panel P603.
-SLC Pumps Using Fire Protection Water Step 5 -REMOVE the fire hose nozzle for the fire hose to be used. Fire hose nozzle removed. ** CRITICAL STEP ** SAT/UNSAT*
: 12. ENSURE CRD flow rate is between 30 and 60 gpm.             D
Step 6 -CONNECT the Fire Hose to SLC Connector to the threaded connection upstream of SLC TEST TANK OUTLET DEMINERALIZED WATER SUPPL Y ISOLATION VALVE, C41-F014.
: 13. ESTABLISH drive water header differential pressure         D between 260 and 275 psid on C12-PDI-R602 on Panel VLV, P603, by throttling closed DRIVE PRESS VL   \I, C12-PCV-F003.
Fire Hose to SLC Connector connected to the piping. ** CRITICAL STEP ** SAT/UNSAT*
C12-PCV-FOO3.
Step 7 -CONNECT the Fire Hose to SLC Connector to the selected fire hose. Fire hose connected to the Fire Hose to SLC Connector.  
: 14. MONITOR operation of CRD System in accordance with         D Section 6.0.
** CRITICAL STEP ** SA TlUNSAT* Step 8 -OPEN the hose reel angle valve for the fire hose. Opens angle valve counterclockwise (to the left). ** CRITICAL STEP ** SAT/UNSAT*
20P-08 120P-08                               Rev. 78                                 335 Page 80 of 3351
Step 9 -UNLOCK AND OPEN SLC TEST TANK OUTLET DEMINERALIZED WATER SUPPL Y ISOLA TlON VALVE, C41-F014.
 
C41-F014 is open. ** CRITICAL STEP ** SAT/UNSAT*
6.0 6.0    SYSTEM OPERATION SYSTEM    OPERATION Information Information Use Use 6.1 6.1   During normal During normal operation operation ofof the the Control Rod Drive Control Rod  Drive Hydraulic Hydraulic System, the System,  the following   parameters should following parameters            be routinely should be routinely monitored:
PROMPT: IF asked, air sparging is not in progress.
monitored:
Or the examinee may ask the status of SLC STORAGE TANK SERVICE AIR STOP VALVE, C41-F012, at which time indicate that it is closed (or indicate that it looks as is if closed). AOT-OJT-JP-300-J11 Page 5 of 10 Rev. 03 LEP-01; Alternate Coolant Injection  
          -    CRD flow CRD   flow rate rate                            30 to 30  to 60  gpm during 60 gpm    during normal normal C12-FC-R600 Cl 2-FC-R600                                power operations; up to power    operations;  up  to 199 199 gpm gpm PanelP603 Panel  P603                                (max (max flow)  during various flow) during  various other other applications, such applications,        as vessel fill, such as accumulator    charging, etc accumulator charging,      etc
-SLC Pumps Using Fire Protection Water Step 10 -Notify the Control Room that the required AO actions per LEP-01, Section 1, are complete and that the SLC Pumps may be started. Control Room notified that AO steps of LEP-01 are complete and the SLC. Pumps can be started. ** CRITICAL STEP ** SAT/UNSAT*
          -     Drive water differential Drive          differential                  260      275 psid 260 to 275    psid pressure C12-POI-R602 Cl 2-PD1-R602 PanelP603 Panel  P603
TERMINATING CUE: When the Auxiliary Operator actions are complete per LEP-01, Section 1 to allow the Control Operator to start the SLC Pumps, this JPM is complete.
          -     Cooling water differential                  10 to 26 psid (may be less 10 pressure                                          10 psid if reactor than 10 C12-POI-R603 Cl 2-PDI-R603                                vessel temperature is less PanelP603 Panel P603                                  than 250&deg;F)
TIME STOP: _______ _ Comments required for any step evaluated as UNSAT. AOT-OJT-JP-300-J11 Page 6 of 10 Rev. 03 LEP-01; Alternate Coolant Injection  
          -    Charging water pressure                      Less than 1510 psig C12-PI-R601 Cl 2-PI-R60 I PanelP603 Panel P603
-SLC Pumps Using Fire Protection Water RELATED TASK: 211 00685 Perform Alternate Coolant Injection With SLC Pumps Per EOP-LEP-01 KIA REFERENCE AND IMPORTANCE RATING: 295031 EA1.08 3.8/3.9 Ability To Operate/Monitor Alternate Coolant Injection Systems  
            -    Drive water flow rate                        Approximately 0 gpm (flow C12-FI-R604 Cl 2-FI-R604                                rate < 5.0 gpm during rod PanelP603 Panel P603                                  movement)
            -    Cooling water flow rate                      30 to 60 gpm (flow rates C12-FI-R605 Cl 2-FI-R605                                above 50 gpm must be PanelP603 Panel P603                                  obtained from C12-FC-R600 on Panel P603)
            -    CRD temperature                              Less than 250&deg;F C12-TR-R018 C12-TR-R018 Panel Panel H21-P007 H21-P007
            -    Pressure Pressure control valve                      15        psig 15 to 35 psig CO-PCV-4105 CO-PC V-4 105 (outlet (outlet pressure) pressure)
CO-PI-4106 CO-PI-4 106 Radwaste Radwaste Bldg.Bldg. - 23'
                                    - 23 EI. Southwest El. - Southwest 12 0 P -08 20P-08                                        Rev. 78 Rev. 78                            Page 15 Page      of 335 15 of  335 )
 
CAROLINA POWER & LIGHT COMPANY BRUNSWICK TRAINING SECTION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE IN PLANT NRC In-Plant II LESSON TITLE: LEP-Ol; Alternate Coolant Injection - SLC Pumps Using Fire LEP-01;                            -
Protection Water AOT-OJT-JP-300-J111 LESSON NUMBER: AOT-OJT-JP-300-J1 REVISION NO:  03
 
LEP-01; Alternate Coolant Injection - SLC Pumps Using Fire Protection Water SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS
: 1. Boron is a caustic substance. Avoid contact with SLC solutions and precipitated sodium pentaborate salts. A portable eyewash station is present in the area and should be verified as being ready for use PRIOR to allowing trainee to potentially contact boron.
: 2. Radiation levels in this area are subject to rapid changes, especially during refuel outages.
: 3. Some areas may be inaccessible during CRD Rebuild evolutions.
: 4. Hearing protection may be required to access and then egress the plant locations associated with this JPM.
EVALUATOR NOTES: (Do not read to trainee)
: 1. The applicable procedure section WILL be provided to the trainee. The EOP-O1-LEP-01, Section 1, with trainee should be given a current copy of EOP-01-LEP-01, the applicable steps marked off as complete.
: 2. If this is the first JPM of the JPM set, read the JPM briefing contained in NUREG 1021, Appendix E, or similar to the trainee.
: 3. The trainee may desire to open the LEP Toolbox on the Reactor Building 80' 80 elevation, near the RWCU Panel. To open this toolbox the trainee must obtain an LSV key, obtainable from the SRO or the Work Control Center, or normally carried by the duty Auxiliary Operator. If this toolbox is opened, Operations may require the toolbox to be inventoried.
: 4. All operations are conducted on the Reactor Building 80'80 elevation unless otherwise noted.
AOT-OJT-JP-300-J11                     Page 2 of 10                             Rev. 03
 
LEP-Ol; Alternate Coolant Injection - SLC LEP-01;                              - SLC_Pumps Pumps Using Fire Protection Water Read the following to the trainee TASK CONDITIONS:
: 1.     This task is to be performed on Unit __ .
: 2.                                               EOP-O1-RVCP, has been entered The Reactor Vessel Control Procedure, EOP-01-RVCP, OEOP-O1-LEP-O1; Alternate Coolant and is directing the crew to perform OEOP-01-LEP-01; (LEP-Ol) in order to maintain RPV water level above TAF.
Injection, (LEP-01)
: 3.     ALL control rods are fully inserted.
: 4.     The Fire Protection System is OPERABLE.
: 5.                                             LEP-Ol activities.
SLC Pumps are available to support LEP-01
: 6.     The Demineralized Water System is damaged and is NOT available for use.
INITIATING CUE:
The Unit __ RO   RD has directed you to perform the AOAD actions associated with lining up the SLC System to inject with Fire Protection Water per LEP-01 LEP-Ol,,
Section 1, Coolant Injection With SLC Pumps.
You are to notify the Control Room when the required steps of the procedure have been completed to allow the starting of the SLC Pumps.
AOT-OJT-JP-300-J11                     Page 3 3 of 10                             Rev. 03
 
LEP-Ol; Alternate Coolant Injection LEP-01;                      Injection - SLC Pumps
                                            -      Pumps Using Using Fire Fire Protection Protection Water PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST PERFORMANCE          CHECKLIST NOTE: Sequence is assumed unless denoted in the Comments.
NOTE:                                LEP-Ol, Section 1, is to be provided to the trainee.
A marked up copy of LEP-01, Step 11 - Obtain marked up copy of LEP-01,
        -                              LEP-Ol, Section 11 from Control Operator.
LEP-Ol, Section 11 obtained from the Control Operator.
LEP-01, SATIUNSAT*
TIME START: _ _ _ _ _ _ __
PROMPT:       IF asked, as the RO, inform the trainee that demineralized water is NOT available and fire protection water is available.
Step 22-- UNLOCK and CLOSE SLC Storage Tank Outlet Isolation Valve, C41-F001. C41-FOO1.
SLC Storage Tank Outlet Isolation Valve, C41-F001, C41-FOO1, is UNLOCKED and CLOSED.
SATIU NSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
NOTE:     The procedure hasa has a note that informs the trainee trainee of the location of Fire Hose Stations on the Reactor Building 80'elv.
80elv. One One station ison is on the south wall and the other station is on the north wall of the CRD Rebuild Room.
NOTE:     The trainee does not need to OPEN the LEP    LEP Toolbox, they should however explain what equipment is needed. IF    IF THIS TOOLBOX IS OPENED, an inventory of the toolbox may be required by Operations. The trainee will need an "LSV" LSV Key for opening the toolbox which is normally carried by the duty Auxiliary Operator or is obtained from the SRO or the Work Control Center. No equipment should be removed from the toolbox for the performance of this JPM.
PROMPT:       A picture of the Fire Hose to SLC Connector is provided once obtained from the LEP toolbox Step 44 - Trainee determines
        -          determines which fire hose station to useuse.
Fire hose station is selected for use.
SATIU  NSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
AOT-OJT-JP-300-J1 AOT-OJT-JP-300-J111                      Page 44 of of 10 10                                Rev. 03
 
LEP-Ol; Alternate Coolant LEP-01;             Coolant Injection Injection - SLC
                                            - SLC Pumps Pumps Using Using Fire Fire Protection Protection Water Step 5 - REMOVE Step  -  REMOVE the fire hose hose nozzle nozzle for the fire hose hose to be be used.
used.
Fire hose nozzle removed.
                                                        **                     ** SAT/UNSAT*
                                                        ** CRITICAL STEP **
Step 6 - CONNECT the Fire Hose to SLC Connector to the threaded connection upstream of SLC TEST TANK OUTLET DEMINERALIZED WATER SUPPL                 SUPPLY Y ISOLATION VALVE, C41-F014.
Fire Hose to SLC Connector connected to the piping.
                                                        **                    ** SATIUNSAT*
                                                        ** CRITICAL STEP **       SAT/UNSAT*
Step 7 - CONNECT the Fire Hose to SLC Connector to the selected fire hose.
Fire hose connected to the Fire Hose to SLC Connector.
                                                        **                    ** SAT/UNSAT*
                                                        ** CRITICAL STEP **       SATlUNSAT*
Step 8 - OPEN the hose reel angle valve for the fire hose.
Opens angle valve counterclockwise (to the left).
                                                        ** CRITICAL STEP **      SATIUNSAT*
                                                                              ** SAT/UNSAT*
9-UNLOCK Step 9 - UNLOCK AND OPEN SLC TEST TANK OUTLET DEMINERALIZED WATER SUPPLY SUPPL     ISOLATION Y ISOLA TlON VALVE, C41-F014.
C41-F014 is open.
                                                        ** CRITICAL STEP **    ** SAT/UNSAT*
PROMPT:       IF asked, air sparging is not in progress. Or the examinee may ask the status of SLC STORAGE TANK SERVICE AIR STOP VALVE, C41-F012, at which time indicate that it is closed (or indicate that it looks as is if closed).
AOT-OJT-JP-300-J1 AOT-OJT-JP-300-J111                    Page 55 of 10 10                                Rev. 03 03
 
LEP-Ol; Alternate Coolant Injection - SLC Pumps Using Fire Protection Water LEP-01;                              -
Step 10 - Notify the Control Room that the required AO actions per LEP-01,
        -                                                            LEP-Ol, Section 1, are complete and that the SLC Pumps may be started.
Control Room notified that AO steps of LEP-01 LEP-Ol are complete and the SLC SLC. Pumps   can be started.
                                                    **                   ** SAT/UNSAT*
                                                    ** CRITICAL STEP **
TERMINATING CUE: When the Auxiliary Operator actions are complete per LEP-01,LEP-Ol, Section 11 to allow the Control Operator to start the SLC Pumps, this JPM is complete.
TIME STOP: _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Comments required for any step evaluated as UNSAT.
AOT-OJT-JP-300-J11                   Page 66 of 10 10                              Rev. 03
 
LEP-01; Alternate Coolant Injection - SLC Pumps Using Fire Protection Water LEP-Ol;                            -
RELATED TASK:
211 00685 211006B5 Perform Alternate Coolant Injection With SLC Pumps Per EOP-LEP-01 KIA REFERENCE AND IMPORTANCE RATING:
295031 EA1.08         3.8/3.9 Ability To Operate/Monitor Alternate Coolant Injection Systems


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==


20P-05, Standby liquid Control System operating Procedure SO-05, Standby Liquid Control System Description OEOP-01-LEP-01, Alternate Coolant Injection  
2OP-05, Standby liquid Control System operating Procedure 20P-05, SO-05, SD-05, Standby Liquid Control System Description OEOP-01-LEP-01, Alternate Coolant Injection - Rev. 23 P&IO 9527-D-25047, Unit 1 P&ID 9527-0-25047,         1 SLC System P&IO 9527-D-2547, Unit 2 SLC System P&ID 9527-0-2547, TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
-Rev. 23 P&IO 9527-0-25047, Unit 1 SLC System P&IO 9527-0-2547, Unit 2 SLC System TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
None SAFETY FUNCTION (from NUREG 1123, Rev. 2)
None SAFETY FUNCTION (from NUREG 1123, Rev. 2) Safety Function 2, Reactor Water Inventory Control REASON FOR REVISION:
Safety Function 2, Reactor Water Inventory Control REASON FOR REVISION:
Modified this JPM for use of the new connection piece. AOT-OJT-JP-300-J11 Page 7 of 10 Rev. 03 LEP-01; Alternate Coolant Injection  
Modified this JPM for use of the new connection piece.
-SLC Pumps Using Fire Protection Water Time required for Completion:
AOT-OJT-JP-300-J11                   Page 7 of 10                           Rev. 03
15 Minutes (approximate).
 
APPLICABLE METHOD OF TESTING Performance:
LEP-Ol; Alternate Coolant Injection - SLC Pumps Using Fire Protection Water LEP-01;                            -
Simulate X Actual Unit: Setting: Control Room Simulator_ (Not applicable to In-Plant JPMs ) Time Critical:
Time required for Completion:   15 Minutes (approximate).
Yes No X Alternate Path: Yes No X EVALUATION Trainee: ________________
APPLICABLE METHOD OF TESTING Performance:     Simulate     X             Actual                       Unit:
_ JPM: Pass Fail --Remedial Training Required:
Setting:     Control Room                   Simulator Simulator_   (Not applicable to In-Plant JPMs JPMs))
Yes No __ Did Trainee Verify Procedure?
Time Critical:         Yes                     No   X X             Time Limit      N/A Alternate Path:       Yes                     No   X EVALUATION Trainee: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Yes __ No -:--__ (Each Student should verify one JPM per evaluation set.) Comments:
Trainee:_______________________________________
Comments Reviewed With Trainee Time Limit N/A Evaluator Signature:
JPM:             Pass             Fail - -
_________________
Remedial Training Required: Yes             No _ _
Date: ____ _ AOT-OJT-JP-300-J11 Page 8 of 10 Rev. 03 Fire Hose to SLC Connector TASK CONDITIONS:  
Did Trainee Verify Procedure? Yes _ _ No -:--__
: 1. This task is to be performed on Unit __ . 2. The Reactor Vessel Control Procedure, EOP-01-RVCP, has been entered and is directing the crew to perform OEOP-01-LEP-01; Alternate Coolant Injection, (LEP-01) in order to maintain RPV water level above TAF. 3. ALL control rods are fully inserted.  
(Each Student should verify one JPM per evaluation set.)
: 4. The Fire Protection System is OPERABLE.  
Comments:
: 5. SLC Pumps are available to support LEP-01 activities.
Comments Reviewed With Trainee Evaluator Signature: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Date:                _ _ _ __
: 6. The Demineralized Water System is damaged and is NOT available for use. INITIATING CUE: The Unit __ RO has directed you to perform the AO actions associated with lining up the SLC System to inject with Fire Protection Water per LEP-01 , Section 1, Coolant Injection With SLC Pumps. You are to notify the Control Room when the required steps of the procedure have been completed to allow the starting of the SLC Pumps.
Date:____________
Section 1 Coolant Injection with SLC Pumps NOTE: Manpower:
AOT-OJT-JP-300-J1 1 AOT-OJT-JP-300-J11                     Page 8 of 10                               Rev. 03
1 Reactor Operator 1 Auxiliary Operator RO: RO: RO: AO: AO: AO: 1 Independent Verifier Special equipment:
 
1 LEP toolbox key 1. 2. 3. 4. 80' Rx Bldg LEP Toolbox 3 locking tabs 1 pipewrench 1 Demineralized Water to SLC Jumper Hose 1 Fire Hose to SLC Connector INFORM the Unit CRS of the performance of this section. [@ IF directed by the Unit CRS to inject with SLC pumps [iA while aligned to the SLC storage tank, THEN GO TO Step 6, on page 7. IF it has been determined the reactor will remain [ffiJ shutdown under all conditions without boron, THEN CONTINUE in this procedure.
Fire Hose to SLC Connector TASK CONDITIONS:
IF directed to inject demineralized water, THEN PERFORM the following steps: a. UNLOCK AND CLOSE SLC STORAGE TANK [ffi\ OUTLET ISOLATION VALVE, C41-FOO1.  
1.
: b. CONNECT one end of the DEMINERALIZED WATER TO SLC JUMPER HOSE to the threaded connection at SLC DEMINERALIZED WATER SUPPL Y ISOLA TlON VALVE, C41-V5000.  
: 1.                 is to be This task is     be performed on Unit Unit __ .
: c. CONNECT the other end of the DEMINERALIZED  
: 2.                                                 EOP-O1-RVCP, has been entered The Reactor Vessel Control Procedure, EOP-01-RVCP, and is directing the crew to perform OEOP-01-LEP-01; OEOP-O1-LEP-O1; Alternate Coolant (LEP-Ol) in order to maintain RPV water level above TAF.
[f;IA WATER TO SLC JUMPER HOSE to the threaded connection upstream of SLC TEST TANK OUTLET DEMINERALIZED WATER SUPPL Y ISOLA TlON VALVE, C41-F014.
Injection, (LEP-01)
IOEOP-01-LEP-01 Rev. 30 Page 5 of 381 Section 1 (Continued)
: 3.     ALL control rods are fully inserted.
AO: AO: AO: d. OPEN SLC DEMINERALIZED WATER SUPPL Y ISOLA TlON VALVE, C41-V5000.  
: 4.     The Fire Protection System is OPERABLE.
: e. UNLOCK AND OPEN SLC TEST TANK OUTLET DEMINERALIZED WATER SUPPL Y ISOLA TlON VALVE, C41-F014.  
: 5.                                             LEP-Ol activities.
: 5. IF demineralized water is NOT available AND fire protection water is available, THEN PERFORM the following:  
SLC Pumps are available to support LEP-01
: a. UNLOCK AND CLOSE SLC STORAGE TANK OUTLET ISOLA TlON VALVE, C41-F001.
: 6.     The Demineralized Water System is damaged and is NOT available for use.
D NOTE: Fire hose stations are located on the north wall of the CRD rebuild room and the south wall of the SO' elevation.
INITIATING CUE:
AO: b. DISCONNECT the nozzle from the fire hose D selected for supplying SLC. AO: c. CONNECT one end of the FIRE HOSE TO SLC D CONNECTOR to the threaded connection upstream of SLC TEST TANK OUTLET DEMINERALIZED WATER SUPPLY ISOLATION VALVE, C41-F014.
The Unit __ RO has directed you to perform the AO actions associated with lining up the SLC System to inject with Fire Protection Water per LEP-01 LEP-Ol,,
AO: d. CONNECT the other end of the FIRE HOSE TO D SLC CONNECTOR to the fire hose selected in Step 5.b above. AO: e. ENSURE the temporary valve on the FIRE HOSE D TO SLC CONNECTOR is closed. AO: f. OPEN the hose reel angle valve for the fire hose D selected in Step 5.b above. AO: g. OPEN the temporary valve on the FIRE HOSE TO D SLC CONNECTOR until a stream of water issues from the valve, THEN CLOSE the temporary valve. AO: h. UNLOCK AND OPEN SLC TEST TANK OUTLET D DEMINERALIZED WATER SUPPL Y ISOLA TlON VALVE, C41-F014.
Section 1, Coolant Injection With SLC Pumps.
I OEOP-01-LEP-01 Rev. 30 Page 6 of 3s1 Section 1 (Continued)
You are to notify the Control Room when the required steps of the procedure have been completed to allow the starting of the SLC Pumps.
AO: 6. IF sparging of the SLC tank is in progress, THEN CLOSE 0 SLC STORAGE TANK SERVICE AIR STOP VALVE, C41-F012.
 
RO: 7. START SLC Pumps A and B from the RTGB. 0 Initials 8. WHEN SLC pumps are NOT required for coolant injection, THEN PERFORM the following:
Section 11                Injection with SLC Pumps Coolant Injection NOTE:     Manpower:                           11 Reactor Operator 11 Auxiliary Operator 11 Independent Verifier Special equipment:                   1I LEP toolbox key 80 Rx Bldg LEP Toolbox 80' 3 locking tabs 11 pipewrench 11 Demineralized Water to SLC Jumper Hose 11 Fire Hose to SLC Connector RO:          1. INFORM the Unit CRS of the performance of this section.         [@
RO: a. PLACE SLC PUMPS A & B, C41-CS-S1, to STOP. AO: b. SECURE the fire protection water supply to SLC, if necessary.  
RO:          2. IF directed by the Unit CRS to inject with SLC pumps           [iA while aligned to the SLC storage tank, THEN GO TO Step 6, on page 7.
RO:          3. IF it has been determined the reactor will remain               [ffiJ shutdown under all conditions without boron, THEN CONTINUE in this procedure.
: 4. IF directed to inject demineralized water, THEN PERFORM the following steps:
AO:              a. UNLOCK AND CLOSE SLC STORAGE TANK                       [ffi\
OUTLET ISOLATION VALVE, C41-FOO1.
AO:               b. CONNECT one end of the DEMINERALIZED WATER TO SLC JUMPER HOSE to the threaded connection at SLC DEMINERALIZED WATER SUPPLY SUPPL Y ISOLATION ISOLA TlON VALVE, C41-V5000.
AC:
AO:              c. CONNECT the other end of the DEMINERALIZED               [f;IA WATER TO SLC JUMPER HOSE to the threaded connection upstream of SLC TEST TANK OUTLET DEMINERALIZED WATER SUPPLY  SUPPL Y ISOLATION ISOLA TlON VALVE, C41-F014.
OEOP-01-LEP-01 IOEOP-01-LEP-01                           Rev. 30                           Page 5 of 38 381
 
1 (Continued)
Section 1 AO:               d. OPEN SLC DEMINERALIZED WATER SUPPL       SUPPLYY ISOLATION ISOLA   TlON VALVE, C41-V5000.
AO:               e. UNLOCK AND OPEN SLC TEST TANK OUTLET DEMINERALIZED WATER SUPPL   SUPPLY  Y ISOLA TlON ISOLATION VALVE, C41-F014.
: 5. IF demineralized water is NOT available AND fire protection water is available, THEN PERFORM the following:
AO:               a. UNLOCK AND CLOSE SLC STORAGE TANK                         D OUTLET ISOLA TlONTION VALVE, C41-F001.
C41-FOO1.
NOTE:     Fire hose stations are located on the north wall of the CRD rebuild room and the south wall of the SO' 80 elevation.
AO:               b. DISCONNECT the nozzle from the fire hose                   D LI selected for supplying SLC.
AO:               c. CONNECT one end of the FIRE HOSE TO SLC                   D LI CONNECTOR to the threaded connection upstream of SLC TEST TANK OUTLET DEMINERALIZED WATER SUPPLY ISOLATION VALVE, C41-F014.
AO:               d. CONNECT the other end of the FIRE HOSE TO                 D SLC CONNECTOR to the fire hose selected in Step 5.b above.
AO:               e. ENSURE the temporary valve on the FIRE HOSE               D TO SLC CONNECTOR is closed.
AO:               f. OPEN the hose reel angle valve for the fire hose           D selected in Step 5.b above.
AO:               g. OPEN the temporary valve on the FIRE HOSE TO               D El SLC CONNECTOR until a stream of water issues from the valve, THEN CLOSE the temporary valve.
AO:               h. UNLOCK AND OPEN SLC TEST TANK OUTLET                       D DEMINERALIZED WATER SUPPLY  SUPPL Y ISOLATION ISOLA TlON VALVE, C41-F014.
IOEOP-01-LEP-01                           Rev. 30                         Page 6 of 38 3s1
 
Section 11 (Continued)
Section     (Continued)
AO:
AO:            6.
: 6. IF sparging IF sparging of of the the SLC SLC tank tank isis inin progress, progress, THEN THEN CLOSE CLOSE          0 SLC STORAGE SLC  STORAGE TANK      TANK SERVICE SERVICE AIR    AIR STOP STOP VALVE, VALVE, C41-F012.
C41-F012.
RO:
RO:            7.
: 7. START SLC START            Pumps AA and SLC Pumps          and BB from from thethe RTGB.
RTGB.                       0 Initials Initials 8.
: 8. WHEN SLC SLC pumps pumps are are NOT    required for NOT required         for coolant coolant injection, injection, THEN PERFORM THEN     PERFORM the      the following:
following:
RO:                 a. PLACE SLC PUMPS A & B, C41-CS-S1, to STOP.
STOP.
AO:                 b. SECURE the fire protection water supply to SLC, if necessary.
: c. PERFORM the following for all valves that were operated:
: c. PERFORM the following for all valves that were operated:
AO: (1 ) ENSURE SLC STORAGE TANK SERVICE / AIR STOP VALVE, C41-F012, is locked Ind.ver. closed. AO: (2) CLOSE AND LOCK SLC TEST TANK / OUTLET DEMINERALIZED WATER Ind.ver. SUPPL Y ISOLA TlON VALVE, C41-F014.
AO:                         (1))
AO: (3) CLOSE SLC DEMINERALIZED WATER / SUPPL Y ISOLA TlON VALVE, C41-V5000.
(1      ENSURE SLC STORAGE TANK SERVICE               SER VICE                  /I AIR STOP VALVE, C41-F012, is locked                                 Ind.ver.
Ind.ver. AO: (4) OPEN AND LOCK SLC STORAGE TANK / OUTLET ISOLATION VALVE, C41-FOO1.
lnd.Ver.
Ind.ver. AO: d. IF installed, THEN REMOVE the FIRE HOSE TO SLC CONNECTOR from the fire hose selected in Step 5.b above. AO: e. IF installed, THEN REMOVE the FIRE HOSE TO / SLC CONNECTOR from the threaded connection Ind.ver. upstream of SLC TEST TANK OUTLET DEMINERALIZED WA TER SUPPL Y ISOLA TlON VALVE, C41-F014, AND INSTALL the pipe cap. IOEOP-01-LEP-01 Rev. 30 Page 7 of 381 Section 1 (Continued)
closed.
Initials AO: f. AO: g. AO: h. AO: i. RO: j. AO: k. RO: I. 1 OEOP-01-LEP-01 IF removed, THEN INSTALL the fire hose nozzle removed in Step S.b on the fire hose used for supplying SLC. IF Step S.b was performed, THEN COORDINATE with Fire Protection personnel to perform an inspection of the fire hose station used for supplying SLC. IF installed, THEN REMOVE the DEMINERALIZED WATER TO SLC JUMPER HOSE and connections, AND INSTALL the pipe caps. RETURN any LEP tool box equipment to storage AND PERFORM inventory of LEP tool boxes. COORDINATE with E&RC to sample the SLC tank for proper concentration OR to refill the SLC tank in accordance with 1 (2)OP-OS.
AO:                         (2)     CLOSEAND CLOSE AND LOCKSLCT LOCK SLC TEST     ESTTANKTANK                        /
INITIATE a WO to replace both squib valves. EXIT this section AND CONTINUE in this procedure at Step 2.1 on page 3. DatelTime Completed Performed By (Print) Reviewed By: ______ _ Unit CRS/SRO / IndVer. / IndVer. Initials Rev. 30 Page 8 of 381 PROGRESS ENERGY -CAROLINAS BRUNSWICK TRAINING SECTION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE IN-PLANT NRC In-Plant J LESSON TITLE: Manually transferring the Electric Fire Pump power supply. LESSON NUMBER: AOT-OJT-JP-041-A07 REVISION NO: 02 Manually transferring the Electric Fire Pump power supply. SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS:
OUTLET DEMINERALIZED DEMINERALIZED WATER         WA TER                      Ind.ver.
Ind.Ver.
SUPPLY SUPPL Y ISOLATION ISOLA TlON VALVE, C41-F014.
AO:                         (3)     CLOSE SLC DEMINERADEMINERALIZED    LIZED WATER WA TER                      /
SUPPLY SUPPL Y ISOLATION ISOLA TlON VALVE, C41-V5000.                            Ind.ver.
Ind.Ver.
AO:                         (4)     OPENANDL OPEN AND LOCK     OCKSLCST SLC STORAGEORAGETAN    TANK K                  /
OUTLET OUTLET ISOLATION VALVE, C41-FOO1.                                   Ind.ver.
IncI.Ver.
AO:                  d.
: d. IF IF installed, installed, THEN REMOVEREMOVE the FIRE     FIRE HOSE HOSE TO TO SLC SLC CONNECTO CONNECTOR       R from the    the fire fire hose hose selected    in selected in Step Step 5.b5.b above.
AO:
AO:                  e.
: e. IF IF installed, installed, THEN THEN REMOVE REMOVE the      the FIRE FIRE HOSE HOSE TO  TO               //
SLC CONNECTO SLC    CONNECTOR       R from from the the threaded threaded connection connection            Ind.ver.
Ind.Ver.
upstream upstream of  of SLC SLC TEST TANK   TANK OUTLETOUTLET DEMINERA        LIZED DEMINERALIZED WATER        WA TER SUPPLY SUPPL Y ISOLATION ISOLA TlON VALVE, VALVE, C41-F014, C41-F014, AND AND INSTALL INSTALL the  the pipe pipe cap.
cap.
OEOP-O1-LEP-O1 IOEOP-01-LEP-01                                   Rev.
Rev. 3030                                    Page Page 77 of of 38381
 
1 (Continued)
Section 1                                                                      Initials AO:               f. IF removed, THEN INSTALL the fire hose nozzle                 /
5.b on the fire hose used for removed in Step S.b                                      IndVer.
ind.Ver.
supplying SLC.
AO:              g.            5.b was performed, THEN COORDINATE IF Step S.b with Fire Protection personnel to perform an inspection of the fire hose station used for supplying SLC.
AO:                h. IF installed, THEN REMOVE the                                 /I DEMINERALIZED WATER TO SLC JUMPER                         IndVer.
Ind.Ver.
HOSE and connections, AND INSTALL the pipe caps.
AO:              i. RETURN any LEP tool box equipment to storage AND PERFORM inventory of LEP tool boxes.
RO:              j. COORDINATE with E&RC to sample the SLC tank for proper concentration OR to refill the SLC tank in accordance with 1 1 (2)OP-OS.
(2)OP-05.
AO:              k. INITIATE a WO to replace both squib valves.
RO:              I. EXIT this section AND CONTINUE in this procedure at Step 2.1 on page 3.
Date/Time Completed DatelTime Performed By (Print)       Initials Reviewed By: _ _ _ _ _ __
Reviewed  By:
Unit CRS/SRO OEOP-O1-LEP-O1 1OEOP-01-LEP-01                        Rev. 30                               8 of 381 Page 8      38
 
PROGRESS ENERGY - CAROLINAS BRUNSWICK TRAINING SECTION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE IN-PLANT NRC In-Plant J LESSON TITLE: Manually transferring the Electric Fire Pump power supply.
LESSON NUMBER: AOT-OJT-JP-041-A07 REVISION NO:   02
 
Manually transferring the Electric Fire Pump power supply.
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS:
Use caution in the vicinity of operating equipment.
Use caution in the vicinity of operating equipment.
Use caution in vicinity of energized electrical equipment.
Use caution in vicinity of energized electrical equipment.
EVALUATOR NOTES: (Do not read to trainee) 1. The applicable procedure section WILL be provided to the trainee. 2. If this is the first JPM of the JPM set, read the JPM briefing contained NUREG 1021, Appendix E, or similar to the trainee. Read the following to trainee. TASK CONDITIONS:  
EVALUATOR NOTES: (Do not read to trainee)
: 1. Off-Site Power is unavailable to either unit. DG2 is tripped, and Bus E2 is energized, and cannot be energized by cross-tie.  
: 1. The applicable procedure section WILL be provided to the trainee.
: 2. Buses E1, E3, and E4 are energized by their respective DGs. Buses E5 and E6 have been cross-tied.  
: 2. If this is the first JPM of the JPM set, read the JPM briefing contained NUREG 1021, Appendix E, or similar to the trainee.
: 3. The Diesel Driven Fire Pump is unavailable.  
Read the following to trainee.
TASK CONDITIONS:
: 1. Off-Site Power is unavailable to either unit. DG2 is tripped, and Bus E2 is de-de energized, and cannot be energized by cross-tie.
: 2. Buses E1, El, E3, and E4 are energized by their respective DGs. Buses E5 and E6 have been cross-tied.
: 3. The Diesel Driven Fire Pump is unavailable.
: 4. RVCP directs aligning all available alternate coolant injection per EOP-01-LEP-01.
: 4. RVCP directs aligning all available alternate coolant injection per EOP-01-LEP-01.
Reactor pressure is 10 psig. 5. The Electric Fire Pump is aligned to its normal power supply. The Electric Fire Pump cannot be started from the control room. 6. The Electric Fire Pump Normal and Alternate Feed Breakers are open and indicate off on the XU-69 panel. 7. All applicable prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 of OP-41 are met. INITIATING CUE: You are directed by the Unit CO to transfer the Electric Fire Pump to its alternate power supply in accordance with OP-41 and inform the CO when your actions are complete.
EOP-Ol-LEP-0l.
AOT -OJT -J P-041-A07 Page 2 of 7 REV. 02 Manually transferring the Electric Fire Pump power supply. PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST NOTE: Sequence is assumed unless denoted in the Comments.
Reactor pressure is 10 psig.
Step 1 -Obtain a current revision of OP-41 , Section 8.58. Current Revision of OP-41, Section 8.58. SATIUNSAT*
: 5. The Electric Fire Pump is aligned to its normal power supply. The Electric Fire Pump cannot be started from the control room.
PROMPT: Inform the examinee that the switches on XU-69 are tripped and breakers indicate OFF. Step 2 -Shift the Electric Fire Pump to the alternate supply at the 2-FP-P2-XFER-SW cabinet as follows: a. Confirm normal transfer switch operating oil level. Oil level is normal. SAT/UNSAT*  
: 6. The Electric Fire Pump Normal and Alternate Feed Breakers are open and indicate off on the XU-69 panel.
: b. Remove the transfer switch locking device. Locking device removed. ** CRITICAL STEP ** SATIUNSAT*  
: 7. All applicable prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 of OP-41 OP-4l are met.
: c. Disengage position pin from position plate. Position pin is disengaged.  
INITIATING CUE:
** CRITICAL STEP ** SAT/UNSAT*
You are directed by the Unit CO to transfer the Electric Fire Pump to its alternate power supply in accordance with OP-41 and inform the CO when your actions are complete.
: d. Place Transfer switch located on front of cabinet in position A. Transfer switch located on front of cabinet placed in position A. ** CRITICAL STEP ** SAT/UNSAT*
AOT -OJT-J P-041-A07 AOT-OJT-JP-041-A07                          Page 2 of 7                                 REV. 02
AOT -OJT -J P-041-A07 Page 3 of 7 REV. 02 Manually transferring the Electric Fire Pump power supply. e. Ensure position pin engages position plate. Position pin engaged. SAT/UNSAT*
 
: f. Install the transfer switch locking device. Locking device installed.
Manually transferring the Electric Fire Pump power supply.
PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST CHECKLIST NOTE: Sequence is assumed unless denoted in the Comments.
Step 11 - Obtain a current revision of OP-41
        -                                OP-41,, Section 8.58.
OP-4 1, Section 8.58.
Current Revision of OP-41, SATIU NSAT*
SATIUNSAT*
PROMPT:         Inform the examinee that the switches on XU-69 are tripped and breakers indicate OFF.
Step 2 - Shift the Electric Fire Pump to the alternate supply at the 2-FP-P2-XFER-SW cabinet as follows:
: a. Confirm normal transfer switch operating oil level.
Oil level is normal.
SATIUNSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
: b. Remove the transfer switch locking device.
Locking device removed.
                                                            **                    ** SAT!UNSAT*
                                                            ** CRITICAL STEP **     SATIUNSAT*
: c. Disengage position pin from position plate.
Position pin is disengaged.
                                                            ** CRITICAL STEP **   ** SATIUNSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
PROMPT: When requested, Inform the examinee that the switches on XU-69 are closed and breakers indicate ON. PROMPT: As theSCO inform the examinee that another operator will perform Attachment
: d. Place Transfer switch located on front of cabinet in position A.
: 47. Step 3 -Inform CO that Fire Pump has been transferred to alternate power. CO informed actions for fire pump are complete.
Transfer switch located on front of cabinet placed in position A.
                                                            ** CRITICAL STEP **  ** SATIUNSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
I TERMINATING CUE: Fire pump has been transferred to alternate power per OP-41.
AOT-OJT-JP-041-A07 AOT -OJT-J P-041-A07                          Page 33 of 77                              REV. 02
* Comments required for any step evaluated as UNSAT. AOT -OJT -JP-041-A07 Page 4 of 7 REV. 02 Manually transferring the Electric Fire Pump power supply. RELATED TASKS: 2000758504, Perform Alternate Coolant Injection With Fire Water Per LEP-01 KIA REFERENCE AND IMPORTANCE RATING: 286000 A1.05 3.2/
 
Manually transferring the Electric Fire Pump power supply.
: e. Ensure position pin engages position plate.
Position pin engaged.
SATIU N SAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
: f. Install the transfer switch locking device.
Locking device installed.
SATIU NSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
PROMPT:                            Inform the examinee that the switches on XU-69 are closed When requested, Inform and breakers indicate ON.
PROMPT:            the SCO inform the examinee that another operator will perform Attachment As theSCO 47.
Step 3 - Inform CO that Fire Pump has been transferred to alternate power.
CO informed actions for fire pump are complete.
SATIUNSAT*
SAT/UNSAT*
IIi TERMINATING CUE:   CUE Fire pump has been transferred to alternate power per OP-41.
OP-41          ii
    ** Comments required for any step evaluated as UNSAT.
AOT-OJT-JP-041-A07 AOT-OJT-JP-041-A07                             Page 4 of 77                              REV. 02
 
Manually transferring the Electric Fire Pump power supply.
RELATED TASKS:
200075B504, Perform Alternate Coolant Injection With Fire Water Per LEP-01 2000758504,                                                            LEP-Ol KIA REFERENCE AND IMPORTANCE RATING:
286000     A1.05   3.2/


==3.2 REFERENCES==
==3.2 REFERENCES==
:
OP-41 TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
OP-41 TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
None. SAFETY FUNCTION (from NUREG 1123, Rev 2.): 8 -Fire Protection AOT-OJT-JP-041-A07 Page 5 of 7 REV. 02 Manually transferring the Electric Fire Pump power supply. Time Required for Completion: Minutes (approximate).
None.
APPLICABLE METHOD OF TESTING Performance:
SAFETY FUNCTION (from NUREG 1123, Rev 2.):
Simulate X Actual Unit: _0_ Setting: Control Room Simulator
8 - Fire Protection AOT-OJT-JP-041-A07                         Page 55 of 77                          REV. 02
__ ( Not applicable to In-Plant JPMs ) Time Critical:
 
Yes No X Time Limit N/A Alternate Path: Yes No X EVALUATION Trainee: ----------------------------------------
Manually transferring the Electric Fire Pump power supply.
JPM: Pass --Fail __ Remedial Training Required:
Time Required for Completion:     ~ 15    Minutes (approximate).
Yes No __ Comments:
APPLICABLE METHOD OF TESTING Performance:     Simulate   X             Actual                           Unit:   _0_0 Setting:     Control Room                   Simulator____
Comments reviewed with Student Evaluator Signature:
Simulator __ (( Not applicable to In-Plant JPMs JPMs))
______________________________
Time Critical:       Yes                       No     X X            Time Limit       N/A Alternate Path:       Yes                       No     X X
_ Date: -----AOT -OJT -JP-041-A07 Page 6 of 7 REV. 02 TASK CONDITIONS:  
EVALUATION Trainee:_________________________________________________
: 1. Off-Site Power is unavailable to either unit. DG2 is tripped, and Bus E2 is energized, and cannot be energized by cross-tie.  
Trainee: ----------------------------------------
: 2. Buses E1, E3, and E4 are energized by their respective DGs. Buses E5 and E5 have been cross-tied.  
JPM:           Pass - -           Fail _ _
: 3. The Diesel Driven Fire Pump is unavailable.  
Remedial Training Required: Yes             No _ _
Comments:
Comments reviewed with Student Evaluator Signature: _______________________________                    Date:_____________
Date: -----
AOT  -OJT-JP-041-A07 AOT-OJT-JP-041-A07                         Page 6 of 7                                       REV. 02
 
TASK CONDITIONS:
: 1. Off-Site Power is unavailable to either unit. DG2 is tripped, and Bus E2 is de-de energized, and cannot be energized by cross-tie.
: 2. Buses E1, El, E3, and E4 are energized by their respective DGs.
DG5. Buses E5 and E5 E6 have been cross-tied.
: 3. The Diesel Driven Fire Pump is unavailable.
: 4. RVCP directs aligning all available alternate coolant injection per EOP-01-LEP-01.
: 4. RVCP directs aligning all available alternate coolant injection per EOP-01-LEP-01.
Reactor pressure is 10 psig. 5. The Electric Fire Pump is aligned to its normal power supply. The Electric Fire Pump cannot be started from the control room. 5. The Electric Fire Pump Normal and Alternate Feed Breakers are open and indicate off on the XU-59 panel. 7. All applicable prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 of OP-41 are met. INITIATING CUE: You are directed by the Unit CO to transfer the Electric Fire Pump to its alternate power supply in accordance with OP-41 and inform the CO when your actions are complete.
EOP-0l-LEP-0l.
8.58 Transferring the Electric Fire Pump P2 Power Supply 8.58.1 1. 2. 8.58.2 Initial Conditions All applicable prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 are met. The Unit SCO has determined the Electric Fire Pump power supply should be transferred.
Reactor pressure is 10 psig.
Procedural Steps D D NOTE: Switch position B is the normal power supply source from Bus E2, Compt AH7. Switch position A is the alternate power supply source from Bus E4, Compt AL3. NOTE: IF plant conditions require the transfer switch to remain in alternate power supply position A, THEN an EC tag should be used for tracking until the transfer switch is restored to normal power supply position B. NOTE: Steps in this section will be performed at the 2-FP-P2-XFER-SW cabinet unless otherwise noted. NOTE: Performance of the followings steps will inop the Electric Fire Pump. 1. IF desired to transfer Electric Fire Pump power supply to the alternate source, THEN PERFORM the following:  
: 5. The Electric Fire Pump is aligned to its normal power supply. The Electric Fire Pump cannot be started from the control room.
: a. At Control Panel XU-69, MOMENTARILY PLACE the following switches to TRIP AND ENSURE the breaker indicates OFF: ELECTRIC FIRE PUMP P2 AL TERNA TE D FEED BREAKER CONTROL SWITCH (E4) ELECTRIC FIRE PUMP P2 NORMAL FEED D BREAKER CONTROL SWITCH (E2) b. CONFIRM normal transfer switch operating oil D level. c. REMOVE transfer switch locking device. D R Reference Use IOOP-41 Rev. 102 Page 133 of 271 I 8.58.2 Procedural Steps d. DISENGAGE position pin from position plate. D NOTE: The position pin should be released prior to the switch reaching position A to allow the pin to engage automatically.  
: 6. The Electric Fire Pump Normal and Alternate Feed Breakers are open and indicate off 5.
: e. PLACE transfer switch on front of cabinet in D position A. f. ENSURE position pin engages position plate. D g. INSTALL transfer switch locking device. D h. At Control Panel XU-59, MOMENTARILY PLACE the following switches to CLOSE AND ENSURE breaker indicates ON: ELECTRIC FIRE PUMP P2 AL TERNA TE D FEED BREAKER CONTROL SWITCH (E4) ELECTRIC FIRE PUMP P2 NORMAL FEED D BREAKER CONTROL SWITCH (E2) 2. IF desired to transfer Electric Fire Pump power supply to the normal source, THEN PERFORM the following:  
on the XU-69 XU-59 panel.
: a. At Control Panel XU-59, MOMENTARILY PLACE the following switches to TRIP AND ENSURE the breaker indicates OFF: ELECTRIC FIRE PUMP P2 NORMAL FEED D BREAKER CONTROL SWITCH (E2) ELECTRIC FIRE PUMP P2 AL TERNA TE D FEED BREAKER CONTROL SWITCH (E4) b. CONFIRM normal transfer switch operating oil D level. c. REMOVE transfer switch locking device. D IOOP-41 Rev. 102 Page 134 of 271 I 8.58.2 Procedural Steps d. DISENGAGE position pin from position plate. D NOTE: The position pin should be released prior to the switch reaching position B to allow the pin to engage automatically.  
: 7. All applicable prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 of OP-41 are met.
: e. PLACE transfer switch on front of cabinet in D position B. f. ENSURE position pin engages position plate. D g. INSTALL transfer switch locking device. D h. At Control Panel XU-69, MOMENTARILY PLACE the following switches to CLOSE AND ENSURE the breaker indicates ON: ELECTRIC FIRE PUMP P2 NORMAL FEED D BREAKER CONTROL SWITCH (E2) ELECTRIC FIRE PUMP P2 AL TERNA TE D FEED BREAKER CONTROL SWITCH (E4) 3. COMPLETE Attachment  
INITIATING CUE:
: 47. D \OOP-41 Rev. 102 Page 135 of 271 I LESSON TITLE: PROGRESS ENERGY CAROLINAS BRUNSWICK TRAINING SECTION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE IN-PLANT NRC In-Plant K Dual Unit Station Blackout:
You are directed by the Unit CO to transfer the Electric Fire Pump to its alternate power supply in accordance with OP-41 and inform the CO when your actions are complete.
Energizing 2B-1/2B-2 Battery Chargers with SAMA Diesels (Unit 2) LESSON NUMBER: AOT-OJT-JP-303-13 REVISION NO: 0 Station Blackout: Energizing 2B-1/2B-2 Battery Chargers with SAMA Diesels SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS:  
 
: 1. Standard electrical precautions when working around energized electrical equipment.  
8.58   Transferring the Electric Fire Pump P2 Power Supply                               R R
: 2. Hard Hat, safety glasses, gloves and ear protection where posted. EVALUATOR NOTES: (Do not read to trainee) 1. The applicable procedure section WILL be provided to the trainee. 2. If this is the first JPM of the JPM set, read the JPM briefing contained in NUREG 1021, Appendix E, or similar to the trainee. Read the following to trainee. TASK CONDITIONS:  
Reference Use 8.58.1     Initial Conditions
: 1. A complete Loss of Offsite Power has occurred in both Unit 1 and Unit 2. 2. Diesel Generators 1, 2, 3 and 4 cannot be started. 3. OAOP-36.2 section 3.2.24 has been entered and performed up to step 5. INITIATING CUE: You are directed by the Control Operator to complete the actions associated with aligning 2-SAMA-DIESEL-2 to Battery Chargers 2B-1/2B-2 in accordance with Section 3.2.24 steps 5 through 12. AOT -OJT -JP-303-012 Page 2 of 9 Rev.O Station Blackout:
: 1. All applicable prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 are met.      D
Energizing 2B-1/2B-2 Battery Chargers with SAMA Diesels PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST NOTE: Sequence is assumed unless denoted in the Comments.
: 2. The Unit SCO has determined the Electric Fire Pump               D power supply should be transferred.
Step 1 -Obtain marked up copy of OAOP-36.2 Section 3.2.24. Current revision of OAOP-36.2 Section 3.2.24 obtained.
8.58.2    Procedural Steps NOTE:     Switch position B is the normal power supply source from Bus E2, Compt AH7. Switch position A is the alternate power supply source from Bus E4, Compt AL3.
SAT/UNSAT TIME START ____ _ Step 2 -Ensure TRANSFER SWITCH 2-SAMA-DG2-XFER-SW is in MCC 2CB. 2CB selected **Critical Step** SAT / UNSAT PROMPT: Perform the following at 2-SAMA-OIESEL-2.
NOTE:     IF plant conditions require the transfer switch to remain in alternate power supply position A, THEN an EC tag should be used for tracking until the transfer switch is restored to normal power supply position B.
If asked, inform examinee that oil level is in the STOP ranae of the dinstick.
NOTE:     Steps in this section will be performed at the 2-FP-P2-XFER-SW 2-FP-P2-XFER-S W cabinet unless otherwise noted.
Step 3 -Check engine oil level is in the STOP range on the dip stick. Oil level verified in the stop region. SAT/UNSAT PROMPT: Perform the following at 2-SAMA-OIESEL-2.
NOTE:                                               mop the Electric Fire Pump.
Inform the examinee that OIESEL-2-52 is "as you see it". Step 4 -Ensure SAMA DIESEL GENERATOR 1 OUTPUT BREAKER, 2-SAMA-DIESEL-2-52, is OFF. 2-SAMA-O/ESEL-2-52 Output breaker off SAT/UNSAT PROMPT: Perform the following at 2-SAMA-OIESEL-2.
Performance of the followings steps will inop
Inform the examinee that you hear noise from the diesel after "RUN" is depressed.
: 1. IF desired to transfer Electric Fire Pump power supply to the alternate source, THEN PERFORM the following:
Step 5 -Press RUN to start the engine. Engine is running. **Critical Step** SAT / UNSAT AOT-OJT-JP-303-012 Page 3 of 9 Rev.O Station Blackout:
: a.     At Control Panel XU-69, MOMENTARILY PLACE the following switches to TRIP AND ENSURE the breaker indicates OFF:
Energizing 2B-1/2B-2 Battery Chargers with SAMA Diesels Step 6 -Close SAMA DIESEL GENERATOR 1 OUTPUT BREAKER, 2-SAMA-DIESEL-2-52.
                          -      ELECTRIC FIRE PUMP P2 ALTERNATE AL TERNA TE           D FEED BREAKER CONTROL SWITCH (E4)
2-SAMA-DIESEL-2-52 Output breaker closed (up position).  
                          -      ELECTRIC FIRE PUMP P2 NORMAL FEED                 D BREAKER CONTROL SWITCH (E2)
**Critical Step** SAT I UNSAT Step 7 -Close SAMA DIESEL GENERATOR  
: b.     CONFIRM normal transfer switch operating oil             D level.
#2 SUPPLY, located on MCC 2CB, Compt. C60. MGG 2GB, Gompt. G60 closed. **Critical Step** SAT I UNSAT Step 8 -Close BATT CHARGER 2B-1 AC INPUT NORM FEED, located on MCC 2CB, Compt. C57. MGG 2GB, compt G57 closed **Critical Step** SAT I UNSAT Step 9 -Close BATT CHARGER 2B-2 AC INPUT NORM FEED, located on MCC 2CB, Compt. C56. MGG 2GB, compt G56 closed **Critical Step** SAT / UNSAT NOTE: Ensure that examinee adheres to all rules regarding fire doors when performing next step. Battery room to cable spread room door 2-CTB-DR-EL023-113 should be simulated tied open. Materials are located inSAMGtool box. Step 10 -Tie open the door between 2B Battery Room and Cable Spread, 2-CTB-DR-EL023-113. 2-GTB-DR-EL023-113 simulated tied open. SAT/UNSAT AOT -OJT -J P-303-0 12 Page 4 of 9 Rev.O Station Blackout:
: c.     REMOVE transfer switch locking device.                   D OOP-41 IOOP-41                                   Rev. 102                         Page 133 of 271 I
Energizing 2B-1/2B-2 Battery Chargers with SAMA Diesels PROMPT: The following steps are performed in the battery rooms (28-1). Inform the examinee that the D.C. amperes on BAT-AM-6002 indicate 30 amps. Step 11 -Confirm the following for Battery Chargers 2B-1, D.C. AMPERES, BAT-AM-6002, indicates between 10 and 50 amps Verified to be between 10 -50 amps. SAT/UNSAT PROMPT: The following steps are performed in the battery rooms (28-2). Inform the examinee that the D.C. amperes on BAT-AM-6003 indicate 20 amps. Step 12 -Confirm the following for Battery Chargers (28-2), D.C. AMPERES, BAT-AM-6003, indicates between 10 and 50 amps Verified to be between 10 -50 amps SAT/UNSAT PROMPT: The following steps are performed in the battery rooms (28-1). Inform the examinee that the D.C. VOLTS,BAT-VM-6011, indicates 135.volts.
 
Step 13 -Confirm the following for Battery Chargers 2B-1, D.C. VOLTS, BAT-VM-6011, indicates between 130 and 140 volts Verified to be between 130 -140 volts SAT/UNSAT PROMPT: The following steps are performed in the battery rooms (28-2). Inform the examinee that the D.C. VOLTS, BAT-VM-6012, indicates 135 volts. Step 14 -Confirm the following for Battery Chargers 2B-2, D.C. VOLTS, BAT-VM-6012, indicates between 130 and 140 volts Verified to be between 130 -140 volts SAT/UNSAT AOT -OJT -J P-303-0 12 Page 5 of 9 Rev.O Station Blackout:
8.5&2 8.58.2       Procedural Steps Procedural     Steps d.
Energizing 2B-1/2B-2 Battery Chargers with SAMA Diesels Step 15 -Notify the TSC station batteries are charging using Battery Chargers 2B-1/2B-2 without battery room ventilation.
: d.        DISENGAGE position DISENGAGE       position pin pin from from position  plate.
position plate.           D NOTE:
NOTE:    The  position pin The position       should be pin should   be released released prior prior to to the the switch switch reaching position A to reaching position    to allow the  pin allow the pin   to engage  automatically.
engage automatically.
e.
: e.       PLACE transfer PLACE   transfer switch  on front switch on front of of cabinet cabinet in in            D position A.
: f.       ENSURE position pin engages position ENSURE                              position plate.           D
: g.       INSTALL transfer switch locking device.                       D
: h.                           XU-69, MOMENTARILY PLACE At Control Panel XU-59, the following switches to CLOSE AND ENSURE breaker indicates ON:
                          -      ELECTRIC FIRE PUMP P2 AL           TERNA TE ALTERNATE              D FEED BREAKER CONTROL SWITCH (E4)
                          -      ELECTRIC FIRE PUMP P2 NORMAL FEED                       D BREAKER CONTROL SWITCH (E2)
: 2. IF desired to transfer Electric Fire Pump power supply to the normal source, THEN PERFORM the following:
: a.                         XU-69, MOMENTARILY PLACE At Control Panel XU-59, the following switches to TRIP AND ENSURE the breaker indicates OFF:
                          -      ELECTRIC FIRE PUMP P2 NORMAL FEED                       D BREAKER CONTROL SWITCH (E2)
                          -      ELECTRIC FIRE PUMP P2 ALTERNATE AL TERNA TE             D FEED BREAKER CONTROL SWITCH (E4)
: b.       CONFIRM normal transfer switch operating oil                   D level.
level.
: c.      REMOVE REMOVE transfer switch locking locking device.                   D OOP-41 IOOP-41                                     Rev.
Rev. 102 102                            Page Page 134 134 of of 271 271  I
 
8.5&2 8.58.2     Procedural Steps Procedural     Steps d.
: d.      DISENGAGE position DISENGAGE     position pin pin from position position plate.
plate.         D NOTE:     The position pin should be released prior to the switch reaching position B to allow the pin to engage automatically.
: e.       PLACE transfer switch on front of cabinet in             D position B.
: f.     ENSURE position pin engages position plate.               D
: g.     INSTALL transfer switch locking device.                   D
: h.     At Control Panel XU-69, MOMENTARILY PLACE the following switches to CLOSE AND ENSURE the breaker indicates ON:
                          -    ELECTRIC FIRE PUMP P2 NORMAL FEED                   D BREAKER CONTROL SWITCH (E2)
                          -    ELECTRIC FIRE PUMP P2 ALTERNATE AL TERNA TE           D FEED BREAKER CONTROL SWITCH (E4)
: 3. COMPLETE Attachment 47.                                           D OOP-41
\OOP-41                                 Rev.
Rev. 102 102                        Page Page 135 135 of of 271 271 I
 
PROGRESS ENERGY PROGRESS       ENERGY CAROLINAS CAROLINAS BRUNSWICK      TRAINING SECTION BRUNSWICK TRAINING         SECTION JOB  PERFORMANCE MEASURE JOB PERFORMANCE         MEASURE IN-PLANT IN-PLANT NRC In-Plant K LESSON TITLE:  Dual Unit Station Blackout: Energizing 2B-1/2B-2 Battery Chargers with SAMA Diesels (Unit 2)
LESSON NUMBER: AOT-OJT-JP-303-13 REVISION NO:   0
 
Station Blackout: Energizing 2B-1/2B-2 Battery Chargers with SAMA Diesels SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS:
: 1. Standard electrical precautions when working around energized electrical equipment.
: 2. Hard Hat, safety glasses, gloves and ear protection where posted.
EVALUATOR NOTES: (Do not read to trainee)
: 1. The applicable procedure section WILL be provided to the thetrainee.
trainee.
: 2. If this is the first JPM of the JPM set, read the JPM briefing contained in NUREG 1021, Appendix E, or similar to the trainee.
Read the following to trainee.
TASK CONDITIONS:
: 1. A complete Loss of Offsite Power has occurred in both Unit 1    1 and Unit 2.
: 2. Diesel Generators 1, 2, 3 and 4 cannot be started.
: 3. OAOP-36.2 section 3.2.24 has been entered and performed up to step 5.
INITIATING CUE:
You are directed by the Control Operator to complete the actions associated with aligning 2-SAMA-DIESEL2 2-SAMA-DIESEL-2 to Battery Chargers 2B-1/2B-2 in accordance with Section 3.2.24 steps 55 through 12.
AOT-OJT-JP-303-012 AOT-OJT-JP-303-012                           Page 22 of 99                              Rev.O Rev.0
 
2B1I2B-2 Battery Chargers with SAMA Diesels Station Blackout: Energizing 2B-1/2B-2 PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST NOTE: Sequence is assumed unless denoted in the Comments.
1 - Obtain marked up copy of OAOP-36.2 Section 3.2.24.
Step 1 -
Current revision of OAOP-36.2 Section 3.2.24 obtained.
SAT/UNSAT TIME START _ _ _ __
TIME  START Step 2 - Ensure TRANSFER SWITCH 2-SAMA-DG2-XFER-SW is in MCC 2CB.
2CB selected
                                                                  **Critical Step**
                                                                  **Critical Step** SAT I/ UNSAT PROMPT:     Perform the following at 2-SAMA-OIESEL-2.
2-SAMA-DIESEL-2. If asked, inform examinee that oil level is in the STOP ranae rnae of the dinstick.
distick Step 3 - Check engine oil level is in the STOP range on the dip stick.
Oil level verified in the stop region.
SAT I UNSAT SAT/UNSAT 2-SAMA-DIESEL-2. Inform the examinee that 2-SAMA-PROMPT: Perform the following at 2-SAMA-OIESEL-2.
DIESEL-2-52 is "as OIESEL-2-52      as you see it".
it.
Step 4 - Ensure SAMA DIESEL GENERATOR 1
      -                                              1 OUTPUT BREAKER, 2-SAMA-DIESEL-2-52, is OFF.
2-SAMA-DIESEL-2-52 Output breaker off 2-SAMA-O/ESEL-2-52 SAT I UNSAT SAT/UNSAT PROMPT:       Perform the following at 2-SAMA-OIESEL-2.
2-SAMA-DIESEL-2. Inform the examinee that you hear RUN is depressed.
noise from the diesel after "RUN" Step 5 - Press RUN to start the engine.
Engine is running.
                                                                  **Critical Step** SAT I/ UNSAT AOT-OJT-JP-303-012                               Page 3 of 9                                   Rev.O
 
2B-112B-2 Battery Chargers with Station Blackout: Energizing 2B-1/2B-2                       with SAMA Diesels 6-- Close SAMA DIESEL GENERATOR 1 Step 6                                            I OUTPUT BREAKER, 2-SAMA-DIESEL-2-52.
2-SAMA-DIESEL-2-52 Output breaker closed (up position).
                                                                  **Critjcal Step**
                                                                  **Critical Step** SAT I UNSAT Step 7 - Close SAMA DIESEL GENERATOR #2 SUPPLY, located on MCC 2CB, Compt. C60.
MCC 2GB, MGG   2CB, Gompt.
Compt. G60 C60 closed.
                                                                  **Critjcal Step**
                                                                  **Critical Step** SAT I UNSAT Step 8 - Close BATT CHARGER 2B-1 AC INPUT
      -                                      IN PUT NORM FEED, located on MCC 2CB,  2C8, Compt.
C57.
MCC 2GB, MGG  2CB, compt G57 C57 closed Step** SAT I UNSAT
                                                                  **Critjcal Step**
                                                                  **Critical 9-- Close BATT CHARGER 2B-2 AC INPUT NORM FEED, located on MCC 2CB, Compt.
Step 9 C56.
MCC 2GB, MGG 2CB, compt G56C56 closed
                                                                  **Critical Step**
                                                                  **Critical Step** SAT I/ UNSAT NOTE: Ensure that examinee adheres to all rules regarding fire doors when performing next step.
room to cable spread room door 2-CTB-DR-EL023-113 Battery room                            2-CTB-DR-EL023-1 13 should should be simulated tied in SAMG tool box.
open. Materials are located inSAMGtool Step 10 - Tie open the door between 2B Battery Room and Cable Spread, 2-CTB-DR-EL023-113.
2-CTB-DR-EL023-1 13 simulated tied open.
2-GTB-DR-EL023-113 SATIUNSAT SAT/UNSAT
    -OJT-J P-303-0 12 AOT-OJT-JP-303-012 AOT                                        Page 4 of 9                                       Rev.O Rev.0
 
Station Blackout: Energizing 2B-1/2B-2 Battery Chargers with SAMA Diesels PROMPT: The The following steps are performed in the battery rooms (28-1). Inform the examinee that the D.C. amperes on BAT-AM-6002 indicate 30 amps.
Step 11 - Confirm the following for Battery Chargers 2B-1, D.C. AMPERES, BAT-AM-6002, indicates between 10 and 50 amps Verified to be between 10 10-- 50 amps.
SAT/UNSAT SAT! UNSAT PROMPT:     The following steps are performed in the battery rooms (28-2). Inform the examinee that the D.C. amperes on BAT-AM-6003 indicate 20 amps.
(2B-2), D.C. AMPERES, BAT-AM-6003, Step 12 - Confirm the following for Battery Chargers (28-2),
indicates between 10 and 50 amps Verified to be between 10 10-- 50 amps SAT/UNSAT SAT I UNSAT PROMPT: The following steps are performed in the battery rooms (28-1). Inform the examinee that the D.C. VOLTS,   BAT-VM-601 1, indicates 135.volts.
VOLTS,BAT-VM-6011,                135 volts.
Step 13 - Confirm the following for Battery Chargers 2B-1, D.C. VOLTS, BAT-VM-6011,
        -                                                                      BAT-VM-601 1, indicates between 130 and 140 volts Verified to be between 130 - 140 volts SAT/UNSAT SAT! UNSAT PROMPT: The following steps are performed in the battery rooms (28-2). Inform the examinee that the D.C. VOLTS, BAT-VM-6012, indicates 135 volts.
that Step 14 - Confirm the following for Battery Chargers 2B-2, D.C. VOLTS, BAT-VM-6012, indicates between 130 and 140 volts Verified to be between 130 - 140 volts SAT/UNSAT SAT I UNSAT AOT-OJT-JP-303-012 AOT -OJT-J P-303-0 12                       Page 5 of 9                                       Rev.0 Rev.O
 
2B-112B-2 Battery Chargers with SAMA Diesels Station Blackout: Energizing 2B-1/2B-2 15 - Notify the TSC station batteries are charging using Battery Chargers 2B-1/2B-2 Step 15 -                                                                          2B-112B-2 without battery room ventilation.
TSC notified (control room acceptable with comments)
TSC notified (control room acceptable with comments)
SAT/UNSAT Termination Cue: When the TSC has been notified that the batterychargers have been enerQized from theSAMA Diesels this JPM may be terminated.
SAT/UNSAT SAT I UNSAT Termination Cue:
Time completed:
Cue              TSC has been notified that the batterychargers When the TSC                              battery chargers have been from theSAMA enerqized from enerQized      the SAMA Diesels this this JPM may be terminated.
_____ _
terminated Time completed: _ _ _ _ __
* Comments required for any step evaluated as UNSAT. AOT-OJT-JP-303-012 Page 6 of 9 Rev.O Station Blackout:
** Comments required for any step evaluated as UNSAT.
Energizing 2B-1/2B-2 Battery Chargers with SAMA Diesels LIST OF REFERENCES RELATED TASKS: 200104B404 Perform AO actions to align diesel power to the battery chargers per OAOP-36.2.
AOT-OJT-JP-303-012                         Page 66 of 99                                    Rev.O
KIA REFERENCE AND IMPORTANCE RATING: 295003 AA 1.02 4.2/4.3 Ability to Operate and/or Monitor Emergency Generators as it applies to a Station Blackout  
 
Station Blackout: Energizing 2B-1/2B-2 2B-112B-2 Battery Chargers with SAMA Diesels LIST OF REFERENCES RELATED TASKS:
200104B404 Perform AO   AD actions to align diesel power to the battery chargers per OAOP-36.2.
KIA REFERENCE AND IMPORTANCE RATING:
295003 AA AAI1.02
                    .02 4.2/4.3 Ability to Operate and/or Monitor Emergency Generators as it applies to a Station Blackout


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==


OAOP-36.2, Section 3.2.21 TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:  
OAOP-36.2, Section 3.2.21 TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
: 1. Plant page (or) 2. Radio 3. SAMG tool box SAFETY FUNCTION (from NUREG 1123, Rev 2): 6 (Electrical Distribution)
: 1. Plant page (or)
: 2. Radio
: 3. SAMG tool box SAFETY FUNCTION (from NUREG 1123,    I 123, Rev 2):
6 (Electrical Distribution)
REASON FOR REVISION:
REASON FOR REVISION:
New for SAMA Diesels. AOT -OJT -J P-303-0 12 Page 7 of 9 Rev.O Station Blackout:
New for SAMA Diesels.
Energizing 2B-1/2B-2 Battery Chargers with SAMA Diesels Time Required for Completion:
AOT-OJT-JP-303-012 AOT-OJT-J P-303-0 12                       Page 77 of 99                                  Rev.O Rev.0
18 Minutes (approximate).
 
APPLICABLE METHOD OF TESTING Performance:
2B-lI2B2 Battery Chargers with SAMA Diesels Station Blackout: Energizing 2B-1/2B-2 Time Required for Completion:             18   Minutes (approximate).
Simulate Actual Unit: 2 Setting: Control Room Simulator
APPLICABLE METHOD OF TESTING Performance:       Simulate                       Actual                         Unit:     2 Setting:     Control Room                         Simulator____
__ (Not applicable to In-Plant JPMs) Time Critical:
Simulator __ (Not applicable to In-Plant JPMs)
Yes No X Time Limit Alternate Path: Yes No X EVALUATION Trainee: ________________
Time Critical:           Yes                           No   X             Time Limit Alternate Path:           Yes                           No   X EVALUATION Trainee: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
_ JPM: Pass --Fail __ Remedial Training Required:
Trainee:_______________________________________
Yes No Did Trainee Verify Procedure Revision?:
JPM:             Pass - -             Fail _ _
Yes No __ _ (Each Student should verify one JPM per evaluation set.) Comments:
Remedial Training Required: Yes                   No Did Trainee Verify Procedure Revision?: Yes                     No _ __
Comments reviewed with Student Evaluator Signature:
(Each Student should verify one JPM per evaluation set.)
_______________
Comments:
_ Date: _____ _ AOT -OJT -J P-303-0 12 Page 8 of 9 Rev.O TASK CONDITIONS:  
Comments reviewed with Student Evaluator Signature: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __                        Date: _ _ _ _ __
: 1. A complete Loss of Offsite Power has occurred in both Unit 1 and Unit 2. 2. Diesel Generators 1, 2, 3 and 4 cannot be started. 3. OAOP-36.2 section 3.2.24 has been entered and performed up to step 5. INITIATING CUE: You are directed by the Control Operator to complete the actions associated with aligning 2-SAMA-DIESEL-2 to Battery Chargers 2B-1/2B-2 in accordance with Section 3.2.24 steps 5 through 12.
Date:______________
3.2.24 1. Alignment of 2-SAMA-Diesel-2 to Battery Chargers 2B-1/2B-2 OBTAIN the SAMG Diesel Toolbox from the equipment gangbox located 23' Control Building stairwell, Unit 1. NOTE: Cross-tying E buses is the preferred method to energize battery chargers.
AOT-OJT-JP-303-012 AOT -OJT-J P-303-0 12                           Page 8 of 9                                       Rev.O
If cross-tying E buses is NOT possible, this section aligns the SAMA diesels to energize the battery chargers.  
 
: 2. CONTACT the Control Room to determine if continuing with this section is desirable.  
TASK CONDITIONS:
: 3. OPEN MCC 2CB, Compt A09, located on 480V Sub E8. W 4. ENSURE all breakers on MCC 2CB are off. W 5. ENSURE TRANSFER SWITCH 2-SAMA-DG2-XFER-SW D is in MCC 2CB. 6. PERFORM the following at 2-SAMA-DIESEL-2:  
: 1. A complete Loss of Offsite Power has occurred in both Unit 11 and Unit 2.
: a. CHECK engine oil level is in the STOP range on the D dip stick. b. ENSURE SAMA DIESEL GENERA TOR 2 OUTPUT D BREAKER, 2-SAMA-DIESEL-2-52, is OFF. c. PRESS RUN to start the engine. D d. CLOSE SAMA DIESEL GENERA TOR 2 OUTPUT D BREAKER, 2-SAMA-DIESEL-2-52.  
: 2. Diesel Generators 1, 2, 3 and 4 cannot be started.
: 7. CLOSE SAMA DIESEL GENERA TOR #2 SUPPL Y, D located on MCC 2CB, Compt. C60. 8. CLOSE BATT CHARGER 2B-1 AC INPUT NORM FEED, D located on MCC 2CB, Compt. C57. 9. CLOSE BA TT CHARGER 2B-2 AC INPUT NORM FEED, D located on MCC 2CB, Compt. C56. 10. TIE OPEN the door between 2B Battery Room and Cable D Spread, 2-CTB-DR-EL023-113.
: 3. OAOP-36.2 section 3.2.24 has been entered and performed up to step 5.
IOAOP-36.2 Rev. 41 Page 128 of 1961 3.2.24 Alignment of 2-SAMA-Diesel-2 to Battery Chargers 2B-1/2B-2  
INITIATING CUE:
: 11. CONFIRM the following for BA TTERY CHARGERS 2B-1 (2B-2): a. D. C. AMPERES, BA T-AM-6002, indicates between D 10 and 50 amps b. D. C. AMPERES, BA T-AM-6003, indicates between D 10 and 50 amps c. D.C. VOLTS, BAT-VM-6011, indicates between 130 D and 140 volts d. D.C. VOLTS, BAT-VM-6012, indicates between 130 D and 140 volts CAUTION Batteries generate hydrogen gas when being charged. IOAOP-36.2
You are directed by the Control Operator to complete the actions associated with aligning 2B-112B-2 in accordance with Section 3.2.24 steps 5 2-SAMA-DIESEL-2 to Battery Chargers 2B-1/2B-2 through 12.
: 12. NOTIFY the TSC station batteries are charging using D Battery Chargers 2B-112B-2 without battery room ventilation.  
 
: 13. MONITOR SAMA diesel fuel level AND REQUEST D Maintenance to refuel as necessary.
3.2.24       Alignment of 2-SAMA-Diesel-2 to Battery Chargers 2B-1/2B-2
END OF SECTION Rev. 41 Page 129 of 1961}}
: 1. OBTAIN the SAMG Diesel Toolbox from the equipment gangbox located 23'23 Control Building stairwell, Unit 1.
NOTE:     Cross-tying E buses is the preferred method to energize battery chargers. If cross-tying E buses is NOT possible, this section aligns the SAMA diesels to energize the battery chargers.
: 2. CONTACT the Control Room to determine if continuing with this section is desirable.
: 3. OPEN MCC 2CB, Compt A09, located on 480V Sub E8.                   W
: 4. ENSURE all breakers on MCC 2CB are off.                           W
: 5. ENSURE TRANSFER SWITCH 2-SAMA-DG2-XFER-SW                         D is in MCC 2CB.
: 6. PERFORM the following at 2-SAMA-DIESEL-2:
: a. CHECK engine oil level is in the STOP range on the           D dip stick.
: b. ENSURE SAMA DIESEL GENERA   GENERATORTOR 2 OUTPUT           D BREAKER, 2-SAMA-DIESEL-2-52, is OFF.
: c. PRESS RUN to start the engine.                               D
: d. CLOSE SAMA DIESEL GENERA GENERATORTOR 2 OUTPUT             D BREAKER, 2-SAMA-DIESEL-2-52.
: 7. CLOSE SAMA DIESEL GENERA GENERATOR TOR #2 SUPPLY, SUPPL Y,             D located on MCC 2CB, Compt. C60.
: 8. CLOSE BATT CHARGER 2B-1 AC INPUT NORM FEED,                       D located on MCC 2CB, Compt. C57.           -
: 9. CLOSE BA BATTTT CHARGER 2B-2 AC INPUT NORM FEED,                 D LI located on MCC 2CB, Compt. C56.
10.
: 10. TIE OPEN the door between 2B Battery Room and Cable               D Spread, 2-CTB-DR-EL023-1 2-CTB-DR-EL023-113. 13.
OAOP-36.2 IOAOP-36.2                               Rev. 41                           Page 128 128 of 196 1961
 
3.2.24   Alignment of 2-SAMA-Diesel-2 to Battery Chargers 2B-1/2B-2 11.
: 11.                               BATTERY CONFIRM the following for BA TTERY CHARGERS 28-1 (2B-2):
2B-1 (2B-2).
: a. D.C.
D. C. AMPERES, BABAT-AM-6002, T-AM-6002, indicates between       D El 10 and 50 amps
: b. D.C.
D. C. AMPERES, BABAT-AM-6003, T-AM-6003, indicates between       D El 10 and 50 amps
: c. D.C. VOLTS, BAT-VM-6011, indicates between 130         D El and 140 volts
: d. D.C. VOLTS, BAT-VM-6012, indicates between 130         D El and 140 volts CAUTION Batteries generate hydrogen gas when being charged.
: 12. NOTIFY the TSC station batteries are charging using         D 28-1/28-2 without battery room Battery Chargers 2B-112B-2 ventilation.
: 13. MONITOR SAMA diesel fuel level AND REQUEST                 D Maintenance to refuel as necessary.
END OF SECTION OAOP-36.2 IOAOP-36.2                              Rev. 41                       Page 129 of 1961 196}}

Latest revision as of 22:36, 11 March 2020

Initial Exam 2010-301 Draft Sim/IN-Plant JPMs
ML101590081
Person / Time
Site: Brunswick  Duke Energy icon.png
Issue date: 05/03/2010
From:
NRC/RGN-II
To:
Progress Energy Carolinas
References
50-324/10-301, 50-325/10-301
Download: ML101590081 (147)
v • d • e


Text

PROGRESS ENERGY CAROLINAS BRUNSWICK TRAINING SECTION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE IN PLANT NRC Sim A LESSON TITLE: Bypass a LPRM LESSON NUMBER: LOT-SIM-JP-215-D07 LOT-SIM-JP-215-007 REVISION NO: 2

Bypassing a LPRM SIMULATOR SETUP:

Recommended Initial Conditions IC-lI, 100% Power, BOC IC-11, Required Plant Conditions Triggers Malfunctions Overrides Remotes IMPORTANT NOTE:

Resetting the simulator does not reset the PPC. The Scanning Enabled will have to be performed on PPC screen 861. This must be done after each performance of the JPM and prior to the next examinee starting this JPM. .

To reset the PPC:

Select the 861 screen.

Select LPRM 04-21A and hit Control Point 10ID Select Scanning Disabled Type E Press Enter Verify value returns (changes from cyan to green)

Place PPC on the Main Menu LOT-SIM-JP-215-007 LOT-SIM-JP-215-D07 Page 2 of 10 Rev. 2

Bypassing Bypassing aa LPRM LPRM SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS:

SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS:

None None EVALUATOR NOTES:

EVALUATOR NOTES: (Do(Do not not read read to to performer) performer)

1. The applicable procedure section WILL be provided to the performer.

1.

2. IfIf this is is the first JPM of the JPM set, read read the JPM briefing briefing contained contained in in NUREG NUREG 1021, 1021 Appendix E, E,

or similar to the performer.

Read the following to the JPM performer.

TASK CONDITIONS:

1.LPRM 04-21A (APRM 1) operation has been erratic causing numerous upscale alarms but is currently reading normal.

INITIATING CUE:

You are directed by the Unit CRS to bypassLPRM 04-21A per 20P-09. Inform the CRS when all required actions have been completed.

LOT-SIM-JP-215-D07 of 10 Page 33 of Page 10 Rev. 22 Rev.

Bypassing a LPRM PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST NOTE: Sequence is assumed unless denoted in the Comments.

1 - Obtain current revision of 20P-09, Section 8.4.

Step 1 -

8.4 obtained.

Current revision of 20P-09, Section B.4 SATIU NSAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

TIMESTART TIME START _ _ __

Step 2 - Identify the number of LPRMs in average.

P608 or the The number of LPRMs is identified using the APRM Bar graph on panel P60B PPC.

SATIUNSAT **

SAT/UNSAT PROMPT: Unit CRS that the minimum number of LPRM If asked Inform the examinee as the UnitCRS LPRM inputs for the affected APRM and OPRM.

will be maintained Jor Step 3 - Confirm that the minimum number of LPRM inputs can be maintained.

The minimum number of LPRM inputs is verified.

SATIU NSAT*

SATIUNSAT*

IPROMPT:

PROMPT CRS to Bypass APRM 1.

If asked provide guidance as the Unit CRSto I 4

Step 4 - Place APRM 1 1 in BYPASS.

APRM 1I is placed in BYPASS.

SATIUNSAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

BYP is indicated for APRM 1.

Step 5 - Confirm 'BYP' APRM 1I BYP heading in inverse video is verified.

SATIU NSAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

LOT-SIM-JP-215-007 LOT-SIM-JP-215-D07 Page 4 of 10 Rev. 2

Bypassing a LPRM INOTE: The ETC soft key will be toggledto toggled to display the BYPASS SELECTIONS soft key.

Step 6 - Press ETC soft key to obtain BYPASS SELECTIONS soft key.

Bypass Selections soft key is obtained.

SAT/U NSAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

7 Step 7 - Press BYPASS SELECTIONS soft key.

Bypass Selections soft key is pressed.

    • CRITICAL STEP**SAT/UNSAT*
    • CRITICAL STEP**SATIUNSAT*

NOTE: If ten (10) seconds expires before the password is accepted (ENT is pressed on the numeric keypad) the screen will revert to the Main APRM Bar Graph display. The examinee must repeat steps to access the correct screen.

Step 8 - Enter password "1 2 3 4 and press ENT.

1 234" Password is entered.

    • CRITICAL STEP**SAT/UNSAT*
    • CRITICAL STEP**SATIUNSAT*

NOTE: The right arrow key must be pressed repeatedly to obtain the correct LPRM. The down arrow key will not work.

work.

9 Step 9 - Select LPRM 04-21A AND PRESS BYPASS/HV OFF soft key.

04-2 IA is selected and bypassed.LPRM 04-21A

    • CRITICAL STEP**SAT/UNSAT*
    • CRITICAL STEP**SATIUNSAT*

10 Step 10 - Confirm LPRM status changes to BYPASS/HV OFF.

Bypass/H V Off.

04-2 IA status is verified as BypasslHV LPRM 04-21A Off SATIU NSAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

Step 11 - Press EXIT soft key.

Exit soft key is pressed.

SAT/U NSAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

LOT-SIM-JP-215-007 LOT-SIM-JP-215-D07 Page 5 of 10 Rev. 2

Bypassing aa LPRM Step 12 Step 12 - Verify that APRM GAFs are less than or or equal to 1.

1.

GAF's are less than 1.

GAFs SAT!U NSAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

PROMPT:

PROMPT If notified, respond as the Reactor Engineer and/or Unit CRS as necessary necessary. I Step 13 13 - Notify the Reactor Engineer that the LPRM is bypassed.

Reactor Engineer is notified.

SATIU NSAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

Step 14 - Ensure computer point for the bypassed LPRM has its scanning disabled AND a zero value inserted as follows.

follows SAT UNSAT a Move the curser to the poke point for the LPRM to be bypassed b Press the trackball <SELECT> button c Confirm the point 10 ID for the LPRM appears in the message area at the bottom of the window d Press the <CONTROL POINT 10> ID> hardkey e Confirm the DATA POINT display appears showing data associated with the desired point 10.ID.

f ENABLED text and click Place the curser on the green scanning "ENABLED" g D to disable Type "0" h ENTER key Press keypad "ENTER" i DISABLED Confirm scanning text changes to "DISABLED" jj Click on the value in the upper right hand area of the screen k 0 for the substitute value Type "0" I ENTER key Press keypad "ENTER" mrn Confirm the point value entered appears in cyan Screen 861 indicates 04-21 value of zero and scanning diabled.

SAT/U NSAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

LOT-SIM-JP-215-007 LOT-SIM-JP-215-D07 Page 6 of 10 Rev. 2

Bypassing a LPRM 13 - Ensure APRM 11 is removed from BYPASS.

Step 13 APRM Bypass Joystick is returned to the center TE position.

center, OPERA TE, SATIU NSAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

PROMPT: Notify the Performer that another Operator will make the log entry and initiate the Work Request.

Step 14 - Notify the Unit CRS that LPRM 04-21A is bypassed.

Unit CRS is notified.

SATIU NSAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

TERMINATING CUE: When LPRM 04-21A is bypassed and the Unit CRS notified, this JPM is I complete.

TIME COMPLETED _ _ _ __

LOT-SIM-JP-215-007 LOT-SIM-JP-215-D07 Page 7 of 10 Rev. 2

Bypassing a LPRM LIST OF REFERENCES RELATED TASKS:

21 5203B401 2152038401 Respond To A LPRM Failure Per APP A-06 1-7 or 1-8.

K!A REFERENCE AND IMPORTANCE RATING:

KIA 215005 A2.02 (3.6/3.7).

Ability To Predict Impacts On APRM And Use Procedures To Correct, Control Or Mitigate Consequences

REFERENCES:

2APP A-06 1-8 20P-09 TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:

None SAFETY FUNCTION (from NUREG 1123, Rev. 2)

Safety Function 7, Instrumentation, APRM/LPRM REASON FOR REVISION:

Added steps for PPC.

LOT-SIM-JP-215-007 LOT-SIM-JP-215-D07 Page 8 of 10 Rev. 2

Bypassing a LPRM Time Required for Completion: ~ 15 Minutes (approximate).

APPLICABLE METHOD OF TESTING Performance: Simulate Actual X Unit: 2 Setting: Control Room Simulator X In-Plant:

Time Critical: Yes No X Time Limit Alternate Path: Yes No X EVALUATION Performer:____________________________________

Performer:

JPM: Pass - - Fail - -

Remedial Training Required: Yes No _ _

Did Performer Verify Procedure? Yes No _ _

(Each Student should verify one JPM per evaluation set)

Comments:

Comments reviewed with Student Evaluator Signature: Date: _ _ _ __

Date:_____________

LOT-SIM-JP-215-D07 Page 9 of 10 Rev. 2

TASK CONDITIONS:

04-21A

1. LPRM 04-21 A (APRM 1) operation has been erratic causing numerous upscale alarms but is currently reading normal.

INITIATING CUE:

You are directed by the Unit CRS to bypassLPRM 04-21A per 20P-09. Inform the CRS when all required actions have been completed.

8.4 Bypassing a LPRM C Continuous Use 8.4.1 Initial Conditions Initials Date/Time Started DatelTime Started_______________

1. LPRM is required to be bypassed (indication invalid, erratic, etc.).

8.4.2 Procedural Steps NOTE: Bypassing an LPRM may cause an APRM, RBM, or OPRM Channel to be inoperable from too few inputs if additional LPRMs have been previously bypassed. The minimum number of inputs to APRM and OPRM can be identified using numerous PPC Displays - Displays 863 (864, 865, 866),

LPRM BAR CHART - APRM 1 - 3, 4) and Displays 888 (889, 890,891) 1 (2, 3,4)

OPRM 1 1 (2, 3,4) 3, 4) STATUS/DATA, are examples.

1. IDENTIFY the number of LPRMs in average to APRM using the APRM BARGRAPH on Panel P608, or applicable PPC Display.
2. CONFIRM the LPRM can be bypassed and minimum number of LPRM inputs maintained to the affected APRM and OPRM.
3. PLACE applicable APRM in BYPASS.
4. PERFORM the following to bypass an LPRM at Panel P608:

LPRM _ __

a. CONFIRM BYP is indicated for the selected APRM channel.
b. PRESS ETC soft key to obtain BYPASS SELECTIONS soft key.
c. PRESS BYPASS SELECTIONS soft key.

20P-09

!20P-09 Rev. 28 39 Page 19 of 39/

8.4.2 Procedural Steps d.

d. ENTER password 1 "1 22 34 34" AND PRESS ENT.
e. Using the cursor keys, SELECT the LPRM Using AND PRESS BYPASS/HV OFF soft key.
f. CONFIRM LPRM status changes to BYPASS/HV OFF.
g. PRESS EXIT soft key.
5. ENSURE APRM GAF is less than or equal to 1.00, 1.00, by performing Section 8.1 to adjust APRM GAFs, if required.
6. NOTIFY Reactor Engineer LPRM is bypassed.
7. ENSURE the computer point for the bypassed LPRM, on PPC Screen 861, has its scanning disabled AND a zero value inserted as follows:
a. MOVE the curser to the poke point for the LPRM to be bypassed.
b. PRESS the trackball <SELECT> button.
c. CONFIRM the point 10 ID for the LPRM appears in the message area at the bottom of the window.
d. PRESS the <CONTROL POINT 10> ID> hardkey.
e. CONFIRM the DATA POINT display appears showing data associated with the desired point 10.

ID.

f. PLACE the curser on the green scanning "ENABLED" ENABLED text AND CLICK.
g. D to disable.

TYPE "0"

h. ENTER key.

PRESS keypad "ENTER" 120P-09 2OP-09 Rev. 28 39 Page 20 of 39/

8.4.2 Procedural Steps

i. CONFIRM scanning text changes to DISABLED.

"DISABLED".

j. CLICK on the value in the upper right hand area of the screen.
k. 0 for the substitute value.

TYPE "0" I. ENTER key.

PRESS keypad "ENTER"

m. CONFIRM the point value entered appears in cyan.
8. ENSURE applicable APRM is removed from BYPASS.
9. ENSURE the Unit Status Database, LPRM Status, is updated to reflect the bypassed LPRM.
10. ENSURE a W/R is initiated for the bypassed LPRM.
11. SCO the LPRM has been bypassed.

NOTIFY Unit SCQ Date/Time Completed _ _ _ _ _ __

DatelTime Performed By (Print) Initials Reviewed By: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

SCO Unit SCQ 20P-09 12QP-09 Rev. 28 Page 21 of 39/

39

PROGRESS ENERGY PROGRESS ENERGY - CAROLINAS BRUNSWICK TRAINING SECTION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE CONTROL ROOM NRC Sim B LESSON TITLE: SEP Restart RB HVAC with Failure to Isolate LESSON PLAN: LOT-SIM-JP-300-K1 LOT-SIM-JP-300-K11I REVISION NO: 01

SEP Restart RB HVAC with Failure to Isolate SIMULATOR SETUP:

A. Initial Conditions:

1. Recommended Initial Conditions IC 11 Rx. Pwr. 100%

Core Age BOC B. Required Plant Conditions A Secondary Containment leak that results in tripping the 012-R609A1B D12-R6O9AJB monitors on high radiation, which isolates RB HVAC. RPV water level is below LL2 or OW DW pressure is

>1.7 psig and the Rx Bldg Rad Monitors are tripped.

C. Malfunctions Event System Tag Title Value Activate Deactivate (ramp Time Time (sec) rate) (sec)

A RW RHO13F RH013F RWCU Break in Triangle 100%/4 00 NA Room mins A NB NB0O6F NB006F MSL DD Break before flow 1%/0 1%/U 00 NA restrictor mins D.

O. Overrides Event Panel Tag Title Value Activate Deactivate (ramp Time Time (sec) rate) (sec)

LOT-SIM-JP-300-K1 LOT-SIM-JP-300-K111 Page 22 of 11 REV. 1 1

SEP Restart RB HVAC with Failure to Isolate El: Q5625BRG (RB Supply Fan Red Light) G5B25G1 E1: G5B25G1G G to 0.7 over 11 minute Set up the RB Supply Fan A Red light ON to cause the following:

RB Rad Monitor A indication (g5b25glg )) to start rising to 0.7 over a 11 minute time frame.

(g5b25g1g RB Rad Monitor B indication (g5b25g2g )) to start rising to 0.7 over a 11 minute time frame.

PROCESS RX BLDG VENT RAD HI Annunciator (ZUA345) to actuate after 50 sec.

PROCESS RX BLDG VENT RAD HI-HI Annunciator (ZUA335) to actuate after 55 sec.

trc:2,aod:g5b25glg E2: trc:2,aod:g5b25g1 9 Set up the RB Rad Monitor A meter override to be deleted on depressing the RB Isolation (K56O8JCV close is true).

Dampers close switch (K5608JCV E3: trc:3,aod:g5b25g2g Set up the RB Rad Monitor B meter override to be deleted on depressing the RB Isolation (K56O8JCV close is true).

Dampers close switch (K5608JCV E. Special Instructions

1. Place simulator in RUN and activate malfunctions.
2. When drywell pressure rises to cause a reactor scram, carry out the RO immediate actions.

Make sure level set is at 187 inches (this will go back to 170 inches after coming out of freeze)

Make sure that SEP-04 is cleaned.

LOT-SIM-JP-300-K111 LOT-SIM-JP-300-Kl Page 33 of 11 11 REV. 11

SEP Restart RB HVAC with Failure to Isolate SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS:

NONE.

EVALUATOR NOTES: (Do not read to examinee)

1. The applicable procedure section WILL NOT be provided to the examinee.
2. If this is the first JPM of the JPM set, read the JPM briefing contained NUREG 1021, Appendix E, or similar to the examinee.

Read the following to trainee.

TASK CONDITIONS:

1. EOP-03-SCCP has been entered.
2. A high-radiation condition sensed by the RB Vent Radiation Monitors (D12-R6O9AIB) resulted in the isolation of Reactor Building HVAC.

R609NB)

3. Reactor Building Exhaust temperature has not exceeded 135°F.
4. The leak has been isolated and EOP-03-SCCP directs restoring RB HVAC.
5. Instrument air pressure to the latch actuators for the reactor building ventilation isolation valves was never lost.

INITIATING CUE:

The Unit SCO directs you to restart Reactor Building HVAC per SEP-04 and inform him when your actions are complete.

LOT-SIM-JP-300-K1 I LOT-SIM-JP-300-K11 Page 4 of 11 1 REV. 1

SEP Restart RB HVAC with Failure to Isolate PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST NOTE: Sequence is assumed unless denoted in the Comments.

1 - Obtain current revision of OEOP-SEP-04.

Step 1 -

Current revision of OEOP-SEP-04 obtained.

SAT/U NSAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

TIME START: _ _ _ __

PROMPT: If asked, indicate the peak radiation levels on D12-RR-R605 at 4mr/hr and the Exhaust temperature has not exceeded 135°F Reactor Building Exhaust 135°F..

2Verifies Step 2 - Verifies RB vent rad monitors have not been off-scale high as indicated on D12-RR-605 and that Reactor Building Exhaust temperature has not exceeded 135°F Peak radiation levels determined on D12-RR-R605 to be onscale. Verifies UA- UA 03, 6-2 not in alarm.

SAT/U NSAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

PROMPT: When requested, install jumpers by modifying Remote Function EP EP_IAEOPJP6

_IAEOPJP6 to ON and inform examinee that jumpers have been installed to bypass the examinee.that reactor low water level and Drywell high pressure isolation interlocks.

Step 3 - Request jumpers be installed to bypass the low reactor level and high drywell pressure interlocks.

Jumpers are installed to bypass the interlocks.

    • ** SAT/UNSAT*
    • CRITICAL STEP ** SATIUNSAT*

4-- Place the CAC PURGE VENT ISOL OVRD, CAC-CS-5519 switch to OVERRIDE.

Step 4 CAC-CS-5519 switch in OVERRIDE.

    • ** SATIUNSAT*
    • CRITICAL STEP ** SAT/UNSAT*

LOT-SIM-JP-300-K1 1 LOT-SIM-JP-300-K11 Page 5 of 11 1 REV. 1

Restart RB HVAC with Failure to Isolate SEP Restart Isolate NOTE: When both Process RB Vent Exhaust Rad Monitors are reset, reset, annunciators UA-03 3-5 (PROCESS RX BLDG VENT RAD HI-HI) clears and annunciators UA-033-5 UA-05 3-5 (SBGT SYS B FAILURE) and 4-6 (SBGT SYS A FAILURE) alarm.

Step 5 - Reset the Process Reactor Building Vent Exhaust Rad Monitors at Panel H12-P606.

D12-RM-K609A and o D12-RM-K609B 12-RM-K609B are reset at Panel H12-P606.

    • CRITICAL STEP ** ** SATIUNSAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

Step 6 - Reset the PCIS Group 6 Isolation on RTGB Panel P601.

PCIS Group 6 Isolation reset by depressing pushbuttons S32 and S33 on P601.

    • CRITICAL STEP ** ** SATIUNSAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

PROMPT: If asked, inform examinee that instrument air pressure to the Reactor Building ventilation isolation valve latch actuators was never lost, OR:

PROMPT: If requested, inform the examinee as Reactor Building Auxiliary Operator that the latches for the Reactor Building Ventilation Isolation Dampers are in the unlatched position.

Step 7 - Open RB Vent Isol Vlvs:

a. C-BFIV-RB and A-BFIV-RB C-BFIV-RB, A-BFIV-RB are open.
    • CRITICAL STEP ** SATIUNSAT*
    • SAT/UNSAT*
b. D-BFIV-RB and B-BFIV-RB D-BFIV-RB, B-BFIV-RB are open.
    • CRITICAL STEP ** ** SATIUNSAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

LOT-SIM-JP-300-K1 LOT-SIM-JP-300-K111 Page 66 of 11 11 REV. 11

SEP Restart RB HVAC with Failure to Isolate PROMPT: When RB HVAC Supply Fan A has been started (Red lamp on the fan) verify Event Trigger E1 El actuates to cause REACTOR BLDG VENT RAD Monitor to start to rise and go above 4 mr/hr.

Step 8 - Start as many Reactor Building Exhaust and Supply Fans as possible to provide maximum ventilation.

At least one Reactor Building Supply and Exhaust Fan Running.

CRITICAL STEP **** SATIUNSAT*

Step 9 - Recognizes Reactor Building Vent Rad Monitor increasing.

Radiation monitor readings are rising.

SATIU N SAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

NOTE: fans to Closing the BFIV-RBs will cause the Reactor Building Vent and Supply fansto automatically trip.

Step 10 - Manually stop the Reactor Building Supply and Exhaust Fans.

All Reactor Building Supply and Exhaust Fans are stopped.

SATIU NSAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

NOTE: Closing the BFIV-RBs will cause the RB VentVent Rad Monitors Monitors overrides to be deleted and go to normal readings.

LOT-SIM-JP-300-Kl I LOT-SIM-JP-300-K11 Page 7 of 11 REV. 1 1

SEP Restart RB HVAC with Failure to Isolate VIvs:

Step 11 - Manually close RB Vent Isol Vlvs:

a. C-BFIV-RB and A-BFIV-RB C-BFI V-RB, A-BFIV-RB are closed.

C-BFIV-RB, CRITICAL STEP ** SATIUNSAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

b. D-BFIV-RB and B-BFIV-RB O-BFIV-RB B-BFI V-RB are closed.

D-BFIV-RB, B-BFIV-RB CRITICAL STEP ** SATIUNSAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

Step 12 - Ensure initiated SBGT system.

Both SBGT trains are operating.

SATIU N SAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

13 Step 13 SCO informed that SEP-04, RB HVAC Restart procedure cannot be performed

- Unit SCQ at this time.

Unit SCQ SCO informed.

SATIU NSAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

I IITERMINATING CUE TERMINATING CUE: RB HVAC has been isolated and SBGT has been verified running.

running

  • Comments required for any step evaluated as UNSAT.

STOP TIME: _ _ _ __

STOP TIME:

LOT-SIM-JP-300-K1 LQT-SIM-JP-300-K111 Page 88 of 11 REV. 11

SEP Restart RB HVAC with Failure to Isolate LIST OF REFERENCES RELATED TASKS:

288205B50 I 288205B501 EOP-0l-SEP-04 Restart Reactor Building HVAC per EOP-01-SEP-04 KIA REFERENCE AND IMPORTANCE RATING:

288000 A3.01 3.8, 3.8 Ability to monitor Plant Ventilation System automatic isolation/initiation signals in the control room

REFERENCES:

OEOP-SEP-04 Rev. 11 TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:

Plant Page SAFETY FUNCTION (from NUREG 1123, Rev 2):

9 - Radioactivity Release REASON FOR REVISION:

Changed to rad signal vs high temperature for the alternate path.

LOT-SIM-JP-300-K1 1 LOT-SIM-JP-300-K11 Page 9 of 11 1 REV. 1

SEP Restart RB HVAC with Failure to Isolate Time Required for Completion: 20 Minutes (approximate).

APPLICABLE METHOD OF TESTING Performance: Simulate Actual X Unit: 2 Setting: Control Room Simulator X (Not applicable to In-Plant JPMs)

Simulator--L Time Critical: Yes No X X Time Limit N/A Alternate Path: Yes X No EVALUATION Trainee: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Trainee:_______________________________

JPM: Pass -- Fail Remedial Training Required: Yes No _ _

Did Trainee Verify Procedure as Authorized Copy?: Yes No _ __

(Each Student should verify one JPM per evaluation set)

Comments:

Comments reviewed with Student Evaluator Signature: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Oate: _ _ _ __

Date:___________

LOT-SIM-JP-300-K1 1 LOT-SIM-JP-300-K11 Page 10 of 11 I REV. 1

TASK CONDITIONS:

1. EOP-03-SCCP has been entered.

EQP-03-SCCP

2. A high-radiation condition sensed by the RB Vent Radiation Monitors (012- (D12-R609A1B) resulted in the isolation of Reactor Building HVAC.
3. Reactor Building Exhaust temperature has not exceeded 135°F.
4. EOP-03-SCCP directs restoring RB HVAC.

The leak has been isolated and EQP-03-SCCP

5. Instrument air pressure to the latch actuators for the reactor building ventilation isolation valves was never lost.

INITIATING CUE:

SCO directs you to restart Reactor Building HVAC per SEP-04 and inform him The Unit SCQ when your actions are complete.

~ Projress Progress Energy BRUNSWICK NUCLEAR PLANT BRUNSWICK NUCLEAR PLANT PLANT OPERATING MANUAL MANUAL VOLUME VI EMERGENCY OPERATING PROCEDURE UNIT 0o OEOP-01 -SEP-04 OEOP-01-SEP-04 REACTOR BUILDING HVAC RESTART PROCEDURE REVISION 12 I OEOP-01-SEP-04 OEOP-01 -SEP-04 12 Rev. 12 61 Page 11 of 6

REACTOR BUILDING HVAC HVAC RESTART 1.0 1.0 ENTRY CONDITIONS

- As directed by Secondary Containment Control Procedure, EOP-03-SCCP OR

- As directed by Containment and Radioactivity Release Control, SAMG-02 2.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS NOTE: Manpower: I Control Operator 1

I Auxiliary Operator 1

1 Independent Verifier 1

Special equipment: 2 jumpers (10 and 11)

CO:

CC: 2.1. IF the reactor building ventilation radiation monitors have been D off scale high as indicated on D12-RR-R605 OR the reactor building exhaust temperature has exceeded 135°F (UA-03, 6-2),

THEN EXIT this procedure.

CAUTION Installation of the following jumpers will also inhibit the automatic start of SBGT on reactor low water level and on high drywell pressure.

2.2 INSTALL the following jumpers to bypass the reactor low water level and drywell high pressure interlocks:

CC:

CO: - Jumper 10 in Panel XU-27, Terminal Board E, from the D right side of Terminal 28 to the right side of Terminal 30 CO:

CC: - Jumper 11 in Panel XU-28, Terminal Board E, from the D right side of Terminal 28 to the right side of Terminal 30 I OEOP-01-SEP-04 OEOP-01 -SEP-04 Rev. 12 6 Page 2 of 61

2.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS GO:

CO: 2.3 unit's CAC PURGE VENT ISOL OVRD, PLACE the affected units D CAC-CS-5519, switch to OVERRIDE.

2.4 IF necessary, THEN RESET the following reactor building ventilation radiation monitors at Panel H12-P606:

GO:

CO: - PROCESS REACTOR BLDG VENTILA VENTILATION TlON RADIATION RADIA TlON D MONITOR A, D12-RM-K609A GO:

CO: - PROCESS REACTOR BLDG VENTILA VENTILATION RADIATION TlON RADIA TlON D MONITOR B, D12-RM-K609B CO: 2.5 RESET the Group 6 isolation from the RTGB. D NOTE: IF the green indicator tab is against the yellow bar, THEN the valve is unlatched and valve operation is permitted.

CAUTION Attempting to open reactor building ventilation isolation valves when the latches are engaged will damage the latch/damper assemblies.

2.6 IF instrument air pressure to the latch actuators for the reactor building ventilation isolation valves has been lost and restored, THEN DISPATCH an AO AC to ensure the latches for the following valves are in the unlatched position prior to performing Step 2.7:

AO: - RB VENT INBD SUPPLY ISOL VLV, A-BFIV-RBA-BFI V-RB D AO: - RB VENT OTBD SUPPL SUPPLYISOL VLV, Y ISOL VL B-BFI V-RB V, B-BFIV-RB D AO: - RB VENT INBD EXHAUST ISOL VL VLV, C-BFI V-RB V, C-BFIV-RB D AC:

AO: - RB VENT OTBD EXHAUST ISOL VL VLV, D-BFI V-RB V, D-BFIV-RB D I OEOP-01-SEP-04 OEOP-01 -SEP-04 Rev. 12 6 Page 3 of 61

2.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS 2.7 OPEN the following valves:

CO: - RB VENT INBD ISOL VALVES, EXHAUST C-BFIV-RB, C-BFI V-RB, o SUPPLY SUPPL Y A-BFIV-RB GO:

CO: - RB VENT OTBD ISOL VALVES, EXHAUST SUPPLY SUPPL B-BFI V-RB Y B-BFIV-RB EXHAUSTD-BFI V-RB, D-BFIV-RB, oLI NOTE: In order to start a reactor building supply or exhaust fan, the control switch should be held in START until the discharge damper is full open.

GO:

CO: 2.8 START as many reactor building exhaust and supply fans as 0 possible to provide maximum ventilation (OP-37.1).

2.9 IF PROCESS RX BLDG VENT RAD HI-HI annunciator (UA-03 3-5) (alarm setpoint at 4 mR/hr) OR RX BLDG VENT TEMP HIGH annunciator (UA-03 6-2) (alarm setpoint at 135°F) is received, THEN:

GO:

CO: a. ENSURE reactor building exhaust and supply fans are off. 0

b. ENSURE the following valves are closed:

GO:

CO: - RB VENT INBD ISOL VALVES, EXHAUST 0 SUPPLY C-BFI V-RB, SUPPL C-BFIV-RB, Y A-BFIV-RB GO:

CO: - RB VENT OTBD ISOL VALVES, EXHAUST 0 D-BFI V-RB, SUPPL D-BFIV-RB, SUPPLY B-BFI V-RB Y B-BFIV-RB GO:

CO: c. (OP-b).

ENSURE the SBGT System has initiated (OP-10). 0 I OEOP-01-SEP-04 OEOP-O1-SEP-04 Rev. 12 6 Page 4 of 61

2.0 2.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS OPERATOR ACTIONS Initials Initials 2.10 WHEN reactor low low water level and drywell drywell high high pressure conditions have cleared, THEN REMOVE the following jumpers:

CO: - Jumper 10 10 in Panel XU-27, Terminal Board E, from the /

right side of Terminals 28 and 30 Ind.Ver.

Ind.ver.

CO: - Jumper 11 11 in Panel XU-28, Terminal Board E, from the /

right side of Terminals 28 and 30 Ind.Ver.

Ind.ver.

CO: 2.11 WHEN PROCESS OG VENT VENTPIPE RAO HI-HI annunciator PIPE RAD /

(UA-03 5-4) clears, THEN PLACE CAC PURGE VENT ISOL Ind.Ver.

Ind.ver.

OVRO, CAC-CS-5519, switch to OFF.

OVRD, CO: 2.12 OPERATE the Reactor Building Ventilation System and the SBGT System as directed by the Unit SCO (OP-37.1 and OP-i OP-10).

0).

CO: 2.13 EXIT this procedure AND CONTINUE in the procedure(s) in effect.

Completed______________

Date/Time Completed Performed By (Print) Initials Reviewed By: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Reviewed By:

Unit SCO I OEOP-01-SEP-04 12 Rev. 12 Page 5 of 6 61

REVISION REVISION

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

upgrades procedure format. Added 12 converts the document and upgrades Revision 12 independent verifier to manpower requirements.

independent Revision 11 incorporates changes required to support implementation of Severe 11 incorporates Accident Management Guidelines.

Guidelines. Entry conditions have been revised to reflect possible entry from Containment and Radioactivity Release Control, OSAMG-02.

135°F has been exceeded have been deleted Allowances to restart ventilation when 135°F due to Reactor Building EQ concerns.

I OEOP-01-SEP-04 OEOP-O1-SEP-04 12 Rev. 12 6 61 Page 6 of 6

PROGRESS ENERGY CAROLINAS BRUNSWICK TRAINING SECTION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE SIMULATOR NRC Sim C LESSON TITLE: Place BLoop Card B Loop RHR in Suppression Pool Cooling lAW Hard Card-NSW Header Failure LESSON NUMBER: LOT-SIM-JP-017-A10 LOT-SIM-JP-017-A1O REVISION NO: 7

B Loop RHR in Suppression Pool Cooling lAW Hard Card - NSW Header Failure Place BLoop A. Initial Conditions:

1. Recommended Initial Conditions IC 11 Rx. Pwr. 100%

Core Age BOC

2. Required Plant Conditions Suppression Pool Temperature> 95°.

B. Malfunctions None required C. Overrides Switches Event Pane Tag Title Value Activate Deactivate II (ramp rate) Time (sec) Time (sec)

As Is NA P601 K1705A RHR SW Pmps BID Nu SW-V105 0 0 0

D. Remote Function Event Panel Tag Title Value Activate Deactivate (ramp rate) Time (sec) Time (sec)

Off NA P601 ZVSW1 05M ZVSW105M SW-V1 05 NSW to RHRSW SW-V105 0 0 0

E. Special Instructions 1.Open

1. Open SRV(s) as necessary to raise Suppression Pool temperature above 95°.
2. Ensure Suppression Pool High Temperature alarm on Panel UA-12 is annunciated.
3. Place red caps on RHR Pump 2A and 2C.

LOT-SIM-JP-017-A10 LOT-SIM-JP-017-A 10 Page 2 of 9 Rev.7

Place BLoop Place B Loop RHR RHR in in Suppression Suppression Pool Pool Cooling Cooling lAW lAW Hard Hard Card Card - NSW NSW Header Header Failure Failure SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS:

NONE NONE EVALUATOR NOTES: (Do not read to examinee)

1. The applicable procedure section WILL be provided to the examinee, once it is demonstrated he/she knows the correct procedure.
2. If this is the first JPM of the JPM set, read the JPM briefing contained in NUREG 1021, Appendix E, or similar to the examinee.

Read the following to examinee.

TASK CONDITIONS:

1. Torus temperatures is >95°F due to SRV B
1. B failure.
2. SRV B B fuses have been pulled which closed the valve.
3. Primary Containment Control Procedure requires Suppression Pool Cooling to be placed in service.
4. The standby NSW pump has been started.
5. RHR Loop A is is under under clearance.

INITIATING CUE:

The Unit CRS has has directed you to place BB RHR Loop Loop in suppression pool cooling per per the Emergency Emergency Suppression Suppression Pool Cooling Hard Pool Cooling Hard Card Card (One (One RHRSW pump pump and and one one RHR pump).

pump).

LOT-SIM-JP-017-A10 LOT-SIM-JP-017 -A 10 Page Page 33 of of 99 Rev.7 Rev.7

B Loop RHR in Suppression Pool Cooling lAW Hard Card - NSW Header Failure Place BLoop PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST NOTE: Sequence is assumed unless denoted in the Comments.

IPROMPT PROMPT: asked, another RO is not available to perform peer checks / IVs.

If asked IVs I 1 -Obtain current revision of Emergency Suppression Pool Cooling hard card for Loop B.

Step 1 Current revision of Emergency Suppression Pool Cooling hard card obtained.

SATIU NSAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

TIME START: _ _ _ __

Step 2 - Attempt to open suction valve to RHR SW pump from NSW SW-V105.

SW-V105 Recognize SW- V1 05 will not open.

SATIUNSAT*

. SAT/UNSAT*

PROMPT: If requested to manually open SW-V105, report valve is mechanically bound and not open by handwheel. If requested to turn breaker OFF for SW-V105, will not activate REMOTE FUNCTION, ZVSW105M,ZVSWIO5M, SW-V105 NSW toRHRSW,to RHRSW, OFF.

PROMPT.

PROMPT: If. informs Unit CRS RHR cannot be placed into service using NSW, If Examinee informs direct the examinee that EOP flowcharts require RHR Loop B to be placed in Suppression Pool Cooling now.

If asked, give permission to place B B Loop in service using CSW header.

Step 3 - Open CSW SW-V1

- SW-ViOl,01, Conventional Service Water to RHRSW Pumps.

V1 01 opened.

SW-ViOl CSW SW-

    • ** SATIUNSAT*
    • CRITICAL STEP ** SAT/UNSAT*

Step 4 - Close SW-V143, RHR SW Well Water Supply Valve.

SW-V143 SW- V143 Closed.

SAT/U NSAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

LOT-SIM-JP-017-A1O LOT-SIM-JP-017-A 10 Page 4 of 9 Rev.7

Place BLoop B Loop RHR in Suppression Pool Cooling lAW Hard Card - NSW Header Failure Step 5 - Open SW-V102, Conventional-Nuclear Header Cross-tie valve.

Crosstie valve SW-V102, opened.

    • ** SATIUNSAT*
    • CRITICAL STEP ** SATIUNSAT*

Step 6 - If LOCA signal is present PLACE RHR SW Booster Pumps B & 0

- D LOCA Override Switch to Manual Override Recognize no LOCA signal is present and override is not required.

SATIU NSAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

Step 7 - Start 2B or 20

- 2D RHR SW pumps.

2D RHR SW pumps started.

2B or 20

CRITICAL STEP ** SATlUNSAT*

El 1-PDV-F0688 to obtain desired RHR SW flow.

Step 8 - Adjust RHR HX 2B SW Discharge Valve, E11-PDV-F068B F068B to obtain 2000 - 4000 gpm.

Flow is adjusted using F06BB -

    • SAT1UNSAT*

CRITICAL STEP ** SAT/UNSAT*

Step 9 - Supply cooling water to the Vital Header.

SW-V111 SW-VI SW-Vl 11 or SW- 17 opened to supply cooling water to the Vital Header.

V117 SATIUNSAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

10 Step 10 - If LOCA signal is present, Verify Spray Logic is made up.

Recognize Spray Logic not required.

SATIU NSAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

Step 11 -If If EII-F015B E1l-FO17B.

Ell-FO15B is open, then close E11-F017B.

Recognize El 1-FOI5B is not open and El E11-F015B 1-FOl 78 closure is not required.

E11-F017B SATIU NSAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

LOT-SIM-JP-017-A10 LOT-SIM-JP-01 ?-A1 0 Page 55 of 99 Rev.?

Rev.7

B Loop RHR in Suppression Pool Cooling lAW Hard Card - NSW Header Failure Place BLoop Step 12 - Start RHR Pump 2B or 2D.

RHR pump 2B 28 or 20 2D started.

    • ** SAT1UNSAT*
    • CRITICAL STEP ** SAT/UNSAT*

13 Step 13 - Open E11-F028B, Torus Discharge Isolation Valve.

E11-F028B opened.

    • SATIUNSAT*
    • CRITICAL STEP ** SAT/UNSAT*

14Throttle Step 14 -Throttle open E11-F024B, Torus Cooling Isolation Valve, to establish desired flow.

El l-F024B throttled open to obtain 6000-10,000 gpm (1 pump).

E11-F024B

    • ** SAT/UNSAT*
    • CRITICAL STEP ** SAT/UNSAT*

15Throttle Step 15 E11-F048B,

- Throttle closed E 11-F048B, HX Bypass Valve.

El l-F048B throttled fully closed.

E11-F048B SAT!U NSAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

B Loop RHR Suppression Pool Cooling is in service with one Step 16 - Inform Unit CRS that BLoop pump operation and cooling is aligned to the Conventional Service Water header.

Unit CRS notified.

SATIU NSAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

TERMINATING CUE: When the E11-F024B has been opened and 6,000 to 10,000 gpm flow has I been established this JPM can be terminated.

    • Comments required for any step evaluated as UNSAT.

TIME STOP: _ _ _ __

TIME STOP:

LOT-SIM-JP-017-A10 LOT-SIM-JP-01 ?-A1 0 Page 6 of 99 Rev.?

Rev.7

Place BLoop Place B Loop RHRRHR in in Suppression Suppression Pool Pool Cooling lAW lAW Hard Hard Card Card - NSW NSW Header Header Failure Failure LIST OF REFERENCES LIST REFERENCES RELATED TASKS:

205 014 B1 205014 Si 01 Start Up RHR In Suppression Pool Cooling Mode Per OP-17 KIA REFERENCE AND IMPORTANCE RATING:

219000 A4.12 4.1,4.1 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room suppression pool temperature.

REFERENCES:

Emergency Suppression Pool Cooling hard card, S/1064.

S/I 064.

TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:

None SAFETY FUNCTION (from NUREG 1123, Rev 2):

Safety Function 5, Containment Integrity REASON FOR REVISION:

Changed to one pump vs. maximizing due to PU&A concerns.

LOT-SIM-JP-017-A10 Page 77 of 99 Rev.7

B Loop RHR Place BLoop RHR in Suppression Pool Pool Cooling lAW Hard Card - NSW NSW Header Header Failure Failure Time Required for Completion:~

Completion: 15 Minutes (approximate).

APPLICABLE METHOD OF TESTING Performance: Simulate Actual X Unit: 2 Setting: Control Room Simulator LX (Not applicable to In-Plant JPMs)

Time Critical: Yes No X X Time Limit N/A Alternate Path: Yes X No EVALUATION Examinee:_______________________________

Examinee:

JPM: Pass _ _ Fail _ _

Remedial Training Required: Yes No _ _

Did Examinee Verify Procedure? Yes ____ No ____

(Each Student should verify one JPM per evaluation set)

Comments:

Comments: ____________________________________________________

Comments reviewed with Student Evaluator Signature: Date:

Date:___________

LOT-SIM-JP-017-A1O LOT-SIM-JP-01?-A10 Page 88 of 99 Rev.?

Rev.7

TASK CONDITIONS:

1. Torus temperatures is >95°F due to SRV B failure.
2. SRV B fuses have been pulled which closed the valve.
3. Primary Containment Control Procedure requires Suppression Pool Cooling to be placed in service.
4. The standby NSW pump has been started.
5. RHR Loop A is under clearance.

INITIATING CUE:

The Unit CRS has directed you to place B RHR Loop in suppression pool 1 cooling per the poo Emergency Suppression Pool Cooling Hard Card (One RHRSW pump and one RHR pump).

ATTACHMENT 8 Page 2 of 2 Emergency Suppression Pool Cooling START B LOOP (NUC)

RHR SW BLOOP B LOOP (CONV)

RHR SW BLOOP

OPEN SW-V105 SW-ViOl
OPEN SW-V101
CLOSE SW-V143  : CLOSE SW-V143
IF LOCA SIGNAL IS PRESENT  : OPEN SW-V102 PLACE RHR SW BOOSTER PUMPS  : IF LOCA SIGNAL IS PRESENT B & D LOCA OVERRIDE SWITCH PLACE RHR SW BOOSTER PUMPS TO MANUAL OVERRIDE B & D LOCA OVERRIDE SWITCH
START RHR SW PMP TO MANUAL OVERRIDE
ADJUST E11-PDV-F068B E1l-PDV-F068B  : START RHR SW PMP
SUPPLY CLG WTR TO VITAL HDR El I-PDV-F0688
ADJUST E11-PDV-F068B
SUPPLY CLG WTR TO VITAL HDR START RHR LOOP B RHRLOOP

_ _ : IF LOCA SIGNAL IS PRESENT, VERIFY SPRAY LOGIC IS MADE UP Ell-FOI5B IS OPEN, THEN

_ _ : IF E11-F015B Ell-FO17B CLOSE E11-F017B

START LOOP B RHR PMP
OPEN EEll-F028B 11-F028B Ell-F024B
THROTTLE E11-F024B Ell-F048B
THROTTLE E11-F048B 2/1063 S/I 064 S/1064 20P-17 120P-17 Rev. 155 297 Page 288 of 2971

PROGRESS ENERGY CAROLINAS BRUNSWICK TRAINING SECTION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE SIMULATOR NRC Sim D 0 LESSON TITLE: HPCI Start in Pressure Control Per The Hard Card - Exhaust Diaphragm Failure.

LESSON NUMBER: LOT-SIM-JP-019-14 REVISION NO: 0

HPCI Start in Pressure Control Per The Hard Card - Exhaust Diaphragm Failure.

SIMULATOR SETUP Recommended Initial Conditions IC-11 IC-Il 100%, BOC Event Triggers El - Activates all malfunctions/overrides when F008 is opened.

E1 -

Malfunctions A, ES040F, HPCI Fail To Auto Start A, ESO53F - E41-F002 Fail To Auto Close ES053F -

A, ES054F - E41-F003 Fail To Auto Close E1, El, ESO47F - HPCI Stm Brk HPCI Room, 11%,

ES047F -  %, 0 SEC Overrides Lamps E1, Qi I12SWL, Auto Isol Sig A White, ON with 5 sec activation time El, P601, Q1112SWL, E1, Qi 111 SWL, Auto Isol Sig B El, P601, Q1111 B White, ON with 5 sec activation time Alarms E1, El, P601, ZA 135, HPCI Isol Trip Sig A, ON with 5 sec activation time ZA135, E1, El, P601, ZA 145, HPCI Isol Trip Sig B , ON with 5 sec activation time ZA145, ,

E1, El, P601, ZA152, HPCI Turb Exh Diaph Press Hi, On Special Instructions MS tVs

1. Scram the Reactor and close MSIV's
2. Perform scram immediate actions
3. Ensure RPV level is stable and >LL2 LOT-SIM-JP-019-14 Page 2 of 9 REV. 0

HPCI Start HPCI Start in in Pressure Pressure Control Per Per The Hard Hard Card - Exhaust

- Exhaust Diaphragm Diaphragm Failure.

Failure.

SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS:

None.

EVALUATOR NOTES: (Do not read to trainee)

1. The applicable procedure section WILL NOT be provided to the trainee.
2. If this is the first JPM of the JPM set, read the JPM briefing contained NUREG 1021, Append ix E, or similar to the trainee.

Appendix Read the following to trainee.

TASK CONDITIONS:

1. The reactor has scrammed due to MSIV closure.
2. RPV water level is stable.
3. HPCI is not required for RPV level control.

INITIATING CUE:

You are directed by the Unit CRS to start HPCI for pressure control to lower pressure to 800 psig per the Hard Card and inform the Unit CRS when the actions are complete.

LOT-SIM-JP-019-14 Page 33 of 99 REV. 00

HPCI Start in Pressure Control Per The Hard Card - Exhaust Diaphragm Failure.

PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST NOTE: Sequence is assumed unless denoted in the Comments.

Step 11 - Obtain Hard Card for HPCI Pressure Control In EOPs.

Hard Card for HPCI Pressure Control obtained.

SAT/UNSAT SATIUNSAT Time Started: _ _ _ __

Initial Reactor Pressure: _ _ _ __

NOTE: Auto Initiation signal can be verified to be reset by observing the white light is not illuminated or by depressing the reset pushbutton.

Step 2 - Ensure HPCI auto initiation is reset.

HPCI auto initiation is reset.

SAT/U NSAT SATIUNSAT Step 3 - Ensure Auxiliary Oil Pump is not running.

Auxiliary Oil Pump verified not running.

SAT/U NSAT SAT/UNSAT Step 4 - Place HPCI Flow Control, E41-FIC-R600, in Manual (M), and adjust output demand to approximately midscale, using the Manual lever.

Manual selected and lever (moved to the left) lowered output to midscale.

SAT/U NSAT SAT/UNSAT Step 55 - Ensure E41-V8 and E41-V9 are closed.

E41-V8 and E41-V9 indicate closed.

SAT/U NSAT SAT/UNSAT LOT-SIM-JP-019-14 Page 4 of 99 REV. 00

HPCI Start HPCI Start in in Pressure Pressure Control Control Per Per The Hard Hard Card Card - Exhaust

- Exhaust Diaphragm Diaphragm Failure.

Failure.

Step 66-- Open Open E41-F011.

E41-F011.

E41-FO1 I indicates full open.

E41-F011

    • CRITICAL STEP ** **

SAT/UNSAT SATIUNSAT Step 7 - Open E41-F059.

E41-F059 indicates full open.

    • CRITICAL STEP ** SAT/UNSAT SATIUNSAT Step 8 - Start Vacuum Pump and leave in start Vacuum Pump is running SAT/UNSAT SATIUNSAT Step 99-Open

- Open E41-F001.

E41-FOOl indicates full open.

E41-F001

    • CRITICAL STEP ** **

SAT/UNSAT SATIUNSAT Step 10 - Start Auxiliary Oil Pump and Leave in START.

Auxiliaiy Auxiliary Oil Pump control switch in the START position.

    • CRITICAL STEP **

SAT/UNSAT

    • SATIUNSAT Step 11 - When speed stops increasing, then adjust speed to approximately 2100 RPM.

Speed is adjusted to 2100 RPM.

SAT/UNSAT SAT!U NSAT LOT-SIM-JP-019-14 Page 55 of 99 REV. 00 REV.

HPCI Start in Pressure Control Per The Hard Card - Exhaust Diaphragm Failure.

SIM OP SIMOP: trigger E1 Verify trigger El is activated when F008 is opened.

opened ii Step 12 - Throttle open E41-F008 to maintain desired reactor pressure.

E41-F008 indicates dual indication.

    • CRITICAL STEP ** SATIUNSAT IIi NOTE NOTE: HPCI This is the alternate path portion, diagnose failure and isolate HPCI. ii Step 13 - Diagnose indications of a HPCI Exhaust Diaphragm rupture.

Determined the exhaust diaphragm has ruptured.

SATIU N SAT SAT/UNSAT Step 14 - Determine HPCI has failed to auto isolate and manually isolate HPCI by closing E41-F002 and F003.

E41-F002 or E41-F003 indicate full closed.

    • CRITICAL STEP ** SAT/UNSAT Step 15 - Inform Unit CRS HPCI is isolated and unavailable for pressure control.

CRS informed HPC/HPCI is unavailable for injection.

SATIU NSAT SAT/UNSAT HPCI steam leak is isolated by closing the E41-F002 or F003 TERMINATING CUE: When HPClsteamleak this JPM is complete.

Comments required for any step evaluated as UNSA UNSAT. T.

Time completed: _ _ _ __

LOT-SIM-JP-019-14 Page 6 of 9 REV. 0

HPCI Start in Pressure Control Per The Hard Card - Exhaust Diaphragm Failure.

RELATED TASKS:

206200B401, Place HPCI in Reactor Pressure control from the standby lineup per OP-19 2062008401, OP-i 9 KIA REFERENCE AND IMPORTANCE RATING:

295025 EA EA1.04 1.04 3.8/3.9 Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to High Reactor Pressure:

HPCI (plant specific)

REFERENCES:

20P-19, Section 8.2 S11019, HPCI Pressure Control In EOPs Hard Card S/1019, TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:

None.

SAFETY FUNCTION (from NUREG 1123, Rev 2.)

3 - Pressure Control (HPCI)

REASON FOR REVISION:

Modified JPM to have exhaust diaphragm failure.

LOT-SIM-JP-019-14 Page 7 of 99 REV. 00

HPCI Start in Pressure Control Per The Hard Card - Exhaust Diaphragm Failure.

Vailidation Time: ~10 Minutes (approximate).

APPLICABLE METHOD OF TESTING Performance: Simulate Actual lX Unit: 2 Setting: Control Room SimulatorX( Not applicable to In-Plant JPMs)

Simulatorl(

Time Critical: Yes No X Time Limit N/A Alternate Path: Yes X No EVALUATION Trainee: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Trainee:______________________________________

JPM: Pass - - Fail - -

Remedial Training Required: Yes No _ _

Did Trainee Verify Procedure? Yes No _ __

(Each Student should verify one JPM per evaluation set.)

Comments:

Comments reviewed with Student Evaluator Signature: Date: _ _ _ _ _ __

Date:_______________

LOT-SIM-JP-019-14 Page 8 of 9 REV. 0

TASK CONDITIONS:

1. The reactor has scrammed due to MSIV closure.
2. RPV water level is stable.
3. HPCI is not required for RPV level control.

INITIATING CUE:

You are directed by the Unit CRS to start HPCI for pressure control to lower pressure to 800 psig per the Hard Card and inform the Unit CRS when the actions are complete.

ATTACHMENT 8 Page 11 of 1I HPCI Instructional Aid OP-19 HPCI PRESSURE CONTROL IN EOPs

1. ENSURE HPCI AUTO INITIATION IS RESET D
2. ENSURE AUXILIARY OIL PUMP IS NOT RUNNING D
3. PLACE HPCI FLOW CONTROL, E41-FIC-R600, IN MANUAL (M), D AND ADJUST OUTPUT DEMAND TO APPROXIMATELY MIDSCALE, USING THE MANUAL LEVER.
4. ENSURE E41-V8 AND E41-V9 ARE CLOSED D El
5. OPEN E41-F011 D El
6. OPEN E41-F059 D El
7. START VACUUM PUMP AND LEAVE IN START D El
8. E41-FOO1 OPEN E41-F001 D El
9. START AUXILIARY OIL PUMP AND LEAVE IN START D El
10. ENSURE E41-V8 AND E41-V9 ARE OPEN D El
11. WHEN SPEED STOPS INCREASING, THEN ADJUST SPEED TO D El APPROXIMATELY 2100 RPM
12. THROTTLE OPEN E41-F008, UNTIL FLOW IS BETWEEN 1000 D El GPM AND 1500 GPM
13. ENSURE E41-F012 IS CLOSED WHEN FLOW HAS INCREASED D El ABOVE 800 GPM
14. ENSURE E41-F025 AND E41-F026 ARE CLOSED D
15. ADJUST HPCI FLOW CONTROL, E41-FIC-R600, SETPOINT TO D MATCH SYSTEM FLOW, AND THEN PLACE E41-FIC-R600 E41-FICR600 IN AUTO (A)
16. SBGT(OP-10)

START SBGT (OP-10) D El

17. ENSURE BAROMETRIC CNDSR CONDENSATE PUMP IS D El OPERATING
18. ADJUST HPCI AS NEEDED TO CONTROL REACTOR D PRESSURE 2/1020 s/big S/1019 20P-19

\20P-19 Rev. 124 lO7of Page 107 112 of 112\

PROGRESS ENERGY CAROLINAS BRUNSWICK TRAINING SECTION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE IN PLANT NRC Sim E LESSON TITLE: Energize 230 kV Bus 2B.

LESSON NUMBER: LOT-SIM-JP-050-A06 REVISION NO: 1 1

Energize 230 kV Bus 2B.

SIMULATOR SETUP:

Recommended Initial Conditions IC-li, 100% Power, BOC IC-11, BOO Required Plant Conditions Open PCB's 31B.

PCBs 26B, 27B, 28B, 29B, 30B, and 31 B.

Triggers Malfunctions Overrides Remotes SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS:

None LOT-SIM-JP-050-A06 Page 2 of 9 Rev. 1 1

Energize 230 kV Bus 2B.

EVALUATOR NOTES: (Do not read to performer)

1. The applicable procedure section WILL be provided to the performer.
2. Provide examinee with a copy of 20P-50, Section 5.1, marked complete through step 5.1.2.7
3. If this is the first JPM of the JPM set, read the JPM briefing contained in NUREG 1021, Appendix E, or similar to the performer.

Read the following to the JPM performer.

TASK CONDITIONS:

1. 230 kV Bus 2B tripped due to a lightning strike.
2. 230 kV Bus 2A is energized and supplying power to the SAT.
3. The bus has been inspected and determined to be ready for energizing.
4. The load dispatcher has directed energizing 230 kV Bus 2B by closing PCB 31 B.
5. 20P-50, Section 5.1 is in progress and is completed up to and including step 5.1.2.7.

INITIATING CUE:

You are directed to energize 230230kV kV Bus 2B in accordance with 20P-50, Section 5.1. Inform the Unit SCO when 230 kV Bus 2B is energized through PCB 31 B.

LOT-SIM-JP-050-A06 Page 3 of 9 Rev. 1 1

Energize 230 kV Bus 2B.

PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST NOTE: Sequence is assumed unless denoted in the Comments.

I - Obtain current revision of 20P-SO, Step 1 - 20P-50, Section S.1.

5.1.

Current revision of 20P-50, Section 5.5.11 obtained.

SAT!U NSAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

TIME START _ _ _ __

NOTE: The examinee should determine actions associated with 230 kV Bus 2A are not applicable.

PROMPT: If requested, as Unit SCO concur that all steps associated with 230 kV Bus 2A are not applicable.

XU-5 above the following are illuminated:

Step 2 - Confirm the white indicating lights on Panel XU-S

a. Bus 2B Whiteville 230 kV Breaker 31 B B synchronizing switch. 0D
b. Bus 2B Delco West 230 kV Breaker 30B synchronizing switch. 0D
c. Bus 2B Wallace 230 kV Breaker 28B synchronizing switch. 0D
d. Bus 2B Wilmington Corning 230 kV Breaker 27B synchronizing switch. 0D White indicating lights confirmed to be illuminated.

SATIUNSAT*

. SAT/UNSAT*

NOTE: The supervisory switch must be in local before the PCB can be operated from control XU-5.

room panel XU-So Step 3 - Place Bus 2B Whiteville 230 kV Breaker 31 B B PCB Supervisory Local/Remote switch in Local.

Supeivisoiy switch is in Local.

Supervisory

    • CRITICAL STEP**SATIUNSAT*
    • CRITICAL STEP**SATIUNSAT*

Step 4 - Place Bus 2B Whiteville 230 kV Breaker 31 B B PCB Synchronizing switch in ON.

Synchronizing switch is ON.

    • CRITICAL STEP**SAT/UNSAT*
    • CRITICAL STEP**SAT/UNSAT*

LOT-SIM-JP-050-A06 LOT -SIM-J P-050-A06 Page 4 of 9 Rev. 1 I

Energize 230 kV Bus 2B.

Step 55 - Place Bus 2B Voltmeter switch in ON.

Voltmeter switch is ON.

SATIU NSAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

INOTE:

NOTE 230 kV Bus 2B2Bisis deenergized so only incoming volts will indicate voltage deenergizedso voltage. I Step 6 - Ensure incoming and running voltmeter values are equal.

Marked up version of procedure has this marked as NA.

SATIU NSAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

NOTE: de-energized, so synchronization is not required.

230 kV Bus 2B is de-energized,so I Close the 230 kV breaker.

Step 7 -Close This is energizing a dead bus, so synchronization is not required.

PCB 3131B B is closed.

    • CRITICAL STEP**SATIUNSAT*
    • CRITICAL STEP**SATIUNSAT*

Step 8 - Confirm 230 kV breaker has closed by observing indicating light.

PCB 31B confirmed closed.

SATIU NSAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

Step 9 - Confirm running and incoming voltmeters indicate the same value.

Voltmeters confirmed to be indicating approximately the same value.

SAT/U NSAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

10 Place Bus 2B Voltmeter Switch in OFF.

Step 10-Voltmeter switch is in OFF.

SATIU NSAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

LOT-SIM-JP-050-A06 Page 5 of 9 Rev. 11

Energize 230 kV Bus 2B.

Step 11 - Place Bus 2B Whiteville 230 kV Breaker 31 B PCB Synchronizing switch in OFF.

Synchronizing switch is OFF.

SATIU NSAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

Step 12 - Place Bus 2B Whiteville 230 kV Breaker 31 B PCB Supervisory Local/Remote switch in Remote.

Supeivisoiy switch is in Remote.

Supervisory SATIU NSAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

28 Whiteville 230 kV Breaker 31B Step 13 - Place Bus 2B 31 B Auto Reclose Control Switch in AUTO.

Auto Reclose control switch is in AUTO.

SATIU NSAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

Step 11 - Informs Unit SCO that 230 kV Bus 2B is energized.

seo Unit SCO is informed 230 kV Bus 2B is energized.

SAT!U NSAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

TERMINATING CUE: When PCB 31 31B seo B is closed and the Unit SCO has been informed that 230 kV I 28 has been energized this JPM is complete.

Bus 2Bhas TIME STOP _ _ _ __

LOT-SIM-JP-050-A06 Page 6 of 9 1 Rev. 1

Energize 230 kV Bus 2B.

LIST OF REFERENCES RELATED TASKS:

262 201 81 262201 Bi 01 KIA REFERENCE AND IMPORTANCE RATING:

262001 A4.01 3.4/

3.7 REFERENCES

20P-50 TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:

None.

SAFETY FUNCTION (from NUREG 1123, Rev 2.):

6 - Electrical REASON FOR REVISION:

26B.

Removed actions for MOD 268.

LOT-SIM-JP-050-A06 LOT -SIM-J P-050-A06 Page 7 of 9 1 Rev. 1

Energize 230 kV Bus 2B.

Time required for Completion: 12 Minutes (approximate).

APPLICABLE METHOD OF TESTING Performance: Simulate Actual X Unit: 2 Setting: Control Room Simulator X In-Plant:

Time Critical: Yes No X X Time Limit Alternate Path: Yes No X EVALUATION Performer: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Performer:_____________________________________

JPM: Pass _ _ Fail _ _

Remedial Training Required: Yes No _ _

Did Performer Verify Procedure? Yes No _ _

(Each Student should verify one JPM per evaluation set)

Comments:

Comments reviewed with Student Evaluator Signature: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Date: _ _ _ __

Date:_____________

LOT-SIM-JP-050-A06 Page 8 of 9 I Rev. 1

TASK CONDITIONS:

1. 230 kV Bus 2B tripped due to a lightning strike.
2. 230 kV Bus 2A is energized and supplying power to the SAT.
3. The bus has been inspected and determined to be ready for energizing.
4. The load dispatcher has directed energizing 230 kV Bus 2B by closing PCB 31 B.
5. 20P-50, Section 5.1 is in progress and is completed up to and including step 5.1.2.7.

INITIATING CUE:

You are directed to energize 230 kV Bus 2B in accordance with 20P-50, Section 5.1. Inform the Unit SCO when 230 kV Bus 2B is energized through PCB 31 B.

5.0 STARTUP C C

Continuous Use 5.1 Energizing the 230 KV Switchyard 5.1.1 Initial Conditions

1. All applicable prerequisites as listed in Section 4.0 are met.
2. The Switchyard Electrical Lineup is complete in accordance with Attachment 1IA. A.

5.1.2 Procedural Steps NOTE: Unless otherwise noted, the following steps are performed in the switchyard relay house.

1. RESET the following on the 230 KV Differential Panel ~

11 11R, R, Node H14:

a. Duff Lockout Relay, 86P/2A.

Bus 2A Diff [@

b. 86B12A.

Duff Lockout Relay, 86B/2A.

Bus 2A Diff LP l6P

c. 86B12B.

Bus 2B Diff Lockout Relay, 86B/2B. lAb

d. 86P12B.

Duff Lockout Relay, 86P/2B.

Bus 2B Diff ~

e. Duff Lockout Relay, 86P2/2A.

Bus 2A Diff l8b

f. Bus 2A Diff Lockout Relay, 86B2/2A. l6P
g. Duff Lockout Relay, 86B2/2B.

Bus 2B Diff l8b

h. Bus 2B Diff Lockout Relay, 86P2/2B. ~

2OP50 120P-50 Rev. 113 202 Page 12 of 2021

5.1.2 Procedural Steps

2. CONFIRM the white indicating lights, above the following control switches on the 230 KV Differential Panel 11 11 R, Node H14, are on:
a. Duff Lockout Relay, 86P/2A.

Bus 2A Diff W

b. Bus 2A Duff Diff Lockout Relay, 86B/2A. [fJ)
c. Bus 2B Diff Duff Lockout Relay, 86B12B.

86B/2B. lAb

d. Bus 2B Duff Diff Lockout Relay, 86P12B.

86P/2B. tAb

3. ENSURE the following power switches on equipment HlO are in ON:

rack Node HIO

a. 230 KV Feeder 30 Delco West carrier toggle switch ON.
b. 230 KV Feeder 31 Whiteville carrier toggle switch ON.
4. ENSURE the following power switches on equipment [6b Hl7 are in ON:

rack Node HI7

a. 230 KV Feeder 27 Wilmington Corning carrier ~

toggle togg Ie switch ON.

b. 230 KV Feeder 28 Wallace carrier toggle switch [6b ON.
5. CONFIRM the white indicating lights for the primary and backup DC supply relays are on for the following:
a. 230 KV Feeder 27 Wilmington Corning. (Panel 9R, Node H12)
b. 230 KV Feeder 28 Wallace.

bR, Node H13)

(Panel 10R, Hl3)

c. 230 KV Feeder 30 Delco West. ~

Hl5) 12R, Node H15)

(Panel 12R,

d. Feeder 31 Whiteville.

230 KV Feeder ~

(Panel 13R, Node H16) 20P-50 120P-50 Rev. 113 13 of 202 Page 13  !

5.1.2 5.12 Procedural Steps Procedural Steps 6.

6. RESET the RESET the following:

following: ~

a. 230 KV Breaker 27A breaker failure lockout 27A breaker lockout relay. lAb (Panel HH6)
b. 230 KV Breaker 27B breaker failure lockout relay.

230 [M)

(Panel HH6)

(Panel HH6)

c. 230 KV Breaker 28A breaker failure lockout relay. [6p (Panel HH7)
d. 230 KV Breaker 28B breaker failure lockout relay.

(Panel HH7)

e. 230 KV Breaker 30A breaker failure lockout relay.

(Panel HH9)

f. 230 KV Breaker 30B 3DB breaker failure lockout relay.

(Panel HH9)

g. 230 KV Breaker 31A breaker failure lockout relay. [6p (Panel HH10)

HHIO)

h. 230 KV Breaker 31 B breaker failure lockout relay. [6p (Panel HH10)

HHIO)

7. CONFIRM the green indicating lights above the following control switches are on:
a. 230 KV Breaker 31A Whiteville local control ~

HH1O) switch. (Panel HH1 0)

b. 230 KV Breaker 31 B Whiteville local control [6p switch. (Panel HH1 HH1O)0)
c. 230 KV Breaker 30A Delco West local local control [6b switch. (Panel HH9)
d. 230 KV Breaker 30B local control 3DB Delco West local switch.

switch. (Panel HH9)

(Panel HH9) e.

e. 230 230 KV KV Breaker Breaker 28A 28A Wallace local control Wallace local switch.

control switch.

(Panel (Panel HH7)

HH7) 120P-50 20P-50 Rev. 113 Rev. 113 Page 14 of Page 14 202 of 2021

5.1.2 Procedural Steps

f. 230 KV Breaker 2SB28B Wallace local control switch. [6p (Panel HH7)
g. 230 KV Breaker 27 27AA Wilmington Corning local ~

control switch. (Panel HH6)

h. 230 KV Breaker 27B Wilmington Corning local control switch. (Panel HH6)
i. 230 KV Breaker 26A Transformer Bus 2 local 8F, Node HH5) control switch. (Panel SF, j.j. 230 KV Breaker 26B Transformer Bus 2 local 8F, Node HH5) control switch. (Panel SF, NOTE: The following steps are performed from the Control Room.

8.

S. CONFIRM the white indicating lights on Panel XU-5 above the following are illuminated:

a. BUS 2B WHITEVILLE WHITE VILLE 230 KV BREAKER 31B D LI synchronizing switch.
b. WHITE VILLE 230 KV BREAKER 31A BUS 2A WHITEVILLE J5JJA synchronizing switch.
c. BUS 2B DELCO WEST LINE 230 KV BREAKER D 30B synchronizing switch.
d. BUS 2A DELCO WEST LINE 230 KV KVBREAKER BREAKER 30A synchronizing switch.
e. BUS2BWALLACE23OKVBREAKER28B BUS 2B WALLACE 230 KV BREAKER 28B LI D

synchronizing switch.

f. BUS 2A WALLACE 230 KV BREAKER 28A synchronizing switch.
g. BUS 2B28 WILMINGTON CORNING 230 KV LI D

BREAKER 27B synchronizing switch.

h. BUS 2A WILMINGTON CORNING 230 KV jA BREAKER 27A synchronizing switch.

20P-50 120P-50 Rev. 113 202 Page 15 of 2021

5.1.2 Procedural Steps

9. IF the System Load Dispatcher has directed BUS 2B WHITE VILLE 230 KV WHITEVILLE KVBREAKER BREAKER 31B to be closed, THEN PERFORM the following:

CAUTION PCB supervisory switch must be in LOCAL before the associated PCB is operated from Control Panel XU-5.

a. PLACE associated PCB Supervisory D Local/Remote switch in LOCAL.
b. PLACE associated Synchronizing Switch in ON. D
c. PLACE BUS 2B(2A) VOLTMETER SWITCH in D ON.

NOTE: With the 230 KV bus deenergized, only "incoming incoming volts" volts will indicate voltage.

d. ENSURE incoming and running voltmeter values are equal.
e. 'A41IEN !)I,el"ll'e!eepe WWI III oy. I%fl II JOS.#%lJ... U I:.....

il'leliefltes tRe lifle ......J L_..

flflell3l:1S D aFe SYfl8RF8f1iZ!eel wiiR iRe yelia~es

- lTIateReel, N-1 N-i THEN CLOSE the 230KV breaker.

f. CONFIRM 230 KV breaker has closed by D LI observing the indicating light.
g. CONFIRM running and incoming voltmeters D indicate the same value.
h. PLACE BUS 2B(2A) VOL VOLTMETER TMETER SWITCH in D OFF.
i. PLACE associated Synchronizing Switch in OFF. D
j. PLACE associated PCB Supervisory D Local/Remote Switch in REMOTE.

N-1:

N-i: With bus de-energized, bus synchronization with voltages matched is not required. PRR submitted.

20P-50 120P-50 Rev. 113 202 Page 16 of 2021

5.1.2 Procedural Steps

k. PLACE associated Auto Reclose Control Switch in D AUTO.
10. IF the System Load Dispatcher has directed BUS 2A WHITE VILLE 230 KV BREAKER 31A to be closed, WHITEVILLE THEN PERFORM the following:

CAUTION PCB supervisory switch must be in LOCAL before the associated PCB is operated from Control Panel XU-5.

a. PLACE associated PCB Supervisory D Local/Remote Switch in LOCAL.
b. PLACE associated Synchronizing Switch in ON. D LI
c. PLACE BUS 2A(2B) VOL VOLTMETER TMETER SWITCH in D LI ON.

NOTE:

E: With the 230 KV bus deenergized, only "incoming incoming volts" volts will indicate voltage.

d. ENSURE incoming and running voltmeter values D are equal.
e. synch roscope indicates the line and WHEN the synchroscope D bus are synchronized with the voltages matched, THEN CLOSE the 230 KV breaker.
f. CONFIRM 230 KV breaker has closed by D observing the indicating light.
g. CONFIRM running and incoming voltmeters D LI indicate the same value.
h. PLACE BUS 2A(2B) VOLTMETER SWITCH in D LI OFF.
i. PLACE associated Synchronizing Switch in OFF. D LI 20P-50 120P-50 Rev. 113 202 Page 17 of 2021

5.1.2 5.1.2 Procedural Steps

j. PLACE PLACE associated PCB Supervisory D Local/Remote Switch in REMOTE.
k. PLACE associated Auto Reclose Control Switch in D AUTO.

11.

11. IF directed by the System Load Dispatcher, THEN D PLACE LINE 31 CARRIER CONTROL SWITCH in ON.

12.

12. IF the System Load Dispatcher has directed BUS 2B DELCO WEST LINE 230 KV BREAKER 308 30B to be closed, THEN PERFORM the following:

CAUTION PCB supervisory switch must be in LOCAL before the associated PCB is operated from Control Panel XU-5.

a. PLACE associated PCB Supervisory LI D

Local/Remote Switch in LOCAL.

b. PLACE associated Synchronizing Switch in ON. D
c. PLACE BUS 2B(2A) VOL VOLTMETER TMETER SWITCH in LI D

ON.

NOTE: incoming volts" With the 230 KV bus deenergized, only "incoming volts will indicate voltage.

d. ENSURE incoming and running voltmeter values D are equal.
e. WHEN the synchroscope indicates the line and D bus are synchronized with the voltages matched, THEN CLOSE the 230 KV breaker.
f. CONFIRM 230 KV breaker has closed by LI D

observing the indicating light.

g. CONFIRM running and incoming voltmeters LI D

indicate the same value.

20P-50 120P-50 Rev. 113 202 Page 18 of 2021

5.1.2 5.1.2 Procedural Steps Procedural Steps h.

h. PLACE PLACE BUS OFF.

2B(2A) VOLTMETER BUS 2B(2A) SWITCH in VOL TMETER SWITCH in o

i. PLACE associated Synchronizing Switch in OFF. o
j. associated PCB Supervisory PLACE associated Local/Remote Switch in REMOTE.

Local/Remote o

k. PLACE associated Auto Reclose Control Switch in AUTO.

o 13.

13. IF the System Load Dispatcher has directed BUS 2A DELCO WEST LINE 230 KV BREAKER 30A to be closed, THEN PERFORM the following:

CAUTION PCB supervisory switch must be in LOCAL before the associated PCB is operated from Control Panel XU-5.

a. PLACE associated PCB Supervisory Local/Remote Switch in LOCAL.

oLI

b. PLACE associated Synchronizing Switch in ON. o
c. PLACE BUS 2A(2B) VOL ON.

VOLTMETER TMETER SWITCH in oEl NOTE: volts will indicate volta incoming volts" With the 230 KV bus deenergized, only "incoming voltage.

d. ENSURE incoming and running voltmeter values 0 are equal.
e. WHEN the synchroscope indicates the line and 0 LI bus are synchronized with the voltages matched, THEN CLOSE the 230 KV breaker.
f. CONFIRM 230 KV breaker has closed by 0El observing the indicating light.

20P-50 120P-50 113 Rev. 113 Page 1919 of 2021 202

5.1.2 5.1.2 Procedural Steps Steps g.

g. CONFIRM running CONFIRM running and incoming voltmeters and incoming voltmeters D indicate the same value.

h.

h. PLACE BUS 2A(2B) VOLTMETER SWITCH in D OFF.
i. PLACE associated Synchronizing Switch in OFF. D
j. PLACE associated PCB Supervisory D Local/Remote Switch in REMOTE.
k. PLACE associated Auto Reclose Control Switch in D AUTO.

14.

14. IF directed by the System Load Dispatcher, THEN D PLACE LINE 30 CARRIER CONTROL SWITCH in ON.

15.

15. IF the System Load Dispatcher has directed BUS 28 2B WALLACE 230 KV BREAKER 28B to be closed, THEN PERFORM the following:

CAUTION PCB supervisory switch must be in LOCAL before the associated PCB is operated from Control Panel XU-5.

a. PLACE associated PCB Supervisory LI D

Local/Remote Switch in LOCAL.

b. PLACE associated Synchronizing Switch in ON. D
c. PLACE BUS 2B(2A) VOL VOLTMETER TMETER SWITCH in LI D

ON.

NOTE: incoming volts" With the 230 KV bus deenergized, only "incoming voltage.

volts will indicate volta

d. ENSURE incoming and running voltmeter values LI D

are equal.

/20P-50 20P-50 113 Rev. 113 202 Page 20 of 202/

5.1.2 Procedural Steps

e. WHEN the synchroscope indicates the line and synchroscope indicates D bus are synchronized with the voltages matched, THEN CLOSE the 230 KV breaker.
f. CONFIRM 230 KV breaker has closed by D observing the indicating light.
g. CONFIRM running and incoming voltmeters D indicate the same value.
h. PLACE BUS 2B (2A) VOL TMETER SWITCH in 2B(2A) LI D

OFF.

i. PLACE associated Synchronizing Switch in OFF. D
j. PLACE associated PCB Supervisory D Local/Remote Switch in REMOTE.
k. PLACE associated Auto Reclose Control Switch in D AUTO.
16. IF the System Load Dispatcher has directed BUS 2A WALLACE 230 KV KVBREAKER BREAKER 28A to be closed, THEN PERFORM the following steps:

CAUTION PCB supervisory switch must be in LOCAL before the associated PCB is operated from Control Panel XU-5.

a. PLACE associated PCB Supervisory D LI Local/Remote Switch in LOCAL.
b. PLACE associated Synchronizing Switch in ON. D
c. PLACE BUS 2A(2B) VOLTMETER SWITCH in D ON.

20P-50

/20P-50 1 13 Rev. 113 202 Page 21 of 2021

5.1.2 Procedural Steps NOTE: With the 230 KV bus deenergized, only "incoming incoming volts" volts will indicate voltage.

d. ENSURE incoming and running voltmeter values D are equal.
e. WHEN the synchroscope indicates the line and D bus are synchronized with the voltages matched, THEN CLOSE the 230 KV breaker.
f. CONFIRM 230 KV breaker has closed by D observing the indicating light.
g. CONFIRM running and incoming voltmeters D indicate the same value.
h. PLACE BUS 2A(2B) VOL VOLTMETER TMETER SWITCH in LI D

OFF.

i. PLACE associated Synchronizing Switch in OFF. D
j. PLACE associated PCB Supervisory D Local/Remote Switch in REMOTE.
k. PLACE associated Auto Reclose Control Switch in D AUTO.
17. IF directed by the System Load Dispatcher, THEN D PLACE LINE 28 CARRIER CONTROL SWITCH in ON.
18. IF the System Load Dispatcher has directed BUS 2B WILMINGTON CORNING 230 KV BREAKER 27B to be closed, THEN PERFORM the following:

CAUTION PCB supervisory switch must be in LOCAL before the associated PCB is operated from Control Panel XU-5.

a. PLACE associated PCB Supervisory D El Local/Remote Switch in LOCAL.

20P-50 120P-50 Rev. 113 202 Page 22 of 2021

5.1.2 Procedural Steps

b. PLACE associated Synchronizing Switch in ON. D
c. PLACE BUS 2B(2A) VOL VOLTMETER TMETER SWITCH in D ON.

NOTE: 9ncoming volts" With the 230 KV bus deenergized, only "incoming volt& will indicate voltage.

d. ENSURE incoming and running voltmeter values D are equal.
e. WHEN the synchroscope indicates the line and D bus are synchronized with the voltages matched, THEN CLOSE the 230 KV breaker.
f. CONFIRM 230 KV breaker has closed by D observing the indicating light.
g. CONFIRM running and incoming voltmeters D indicate the same value.
h. PLACE BUS 2B(2A) VOLTMETER SWITCH in D OFF.
i. PLACE associated Synchronizing Switch in OFF. D
j. PLACE associated PCB Supervisory El D

Local/Remote Switch in REMOTE.

k. PLACE associated Auto Reclose Control Switch in D AUTO.
19. IF the System Load Dispatcher has directed BUS 2A WILMINGTON CORNING 230 KV BREAKER 27 27AA to be closed, THEN PERFORM the following:

CAUTION PCB supervisory switch must be in LOCAL before the associated PCB is operated from Control Panel XU-5.

a. PLACE associated PCB Supervisory D El Local/Remote Switch in LOCAL.

20P-50

\20P-50 Rev. 113 202 Page 23 of 202\

5.t2 5.1.2 Procedural Steps

b. PLACE associated Synchronizing Switch in ON. D
c. PLACE BUS 2A(2B) VOL VOLTMETER TMETER SWITCH in D ON.

NOTE: incoming volts" With the 230 KV bus deenergized, only "incoming volts will indicate voltage.

d. ENSURE incoming and running voltmeter values D are equal.
e. WHEN the synchroscope indicates the line and D bus are synchronized with the voltages matched, THEN CLOSE the 230 KV breaker.
f. CONFIRM 230 KV breaker has closed by D observing the indicating light.
g. CONFIRM running and incoming voltmeters D indicate the same value.
h. PLACE BUS 2A(2B) VOL TMETER SWITCH in D OFF.
i. PLACE associated Synchronizing Switch in OFF. D j.j. PLACE associated PCB Supervisory D LI Local/Remote Switch in REMOTE.
k. PLACE associated Auto Reclose Control Switch in D AUTO.
20. IF directed by the System Load Dispatcher, THEN D PLACE LINE 27 CARRIER CONTROL SWITCH in ON.

!20P-50 Rev. 113 113 Page 24 of 202 2021

PROGRESS ENERGY - CAROLINAS BRUNSWICK TRAINING SECTION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE CONTROL ROOM NRC Sim F LESSON TITLE: Main Turbine Shutdown With PCB Failure LESSON NUMBER: LOT-SIM-JP-26.0-01 LOT-SIM-JP-26.O-O1 REVISION NO: 00

Main Turbine Shutdown SIMULATOR SETUP:

A. Initial Conditions:

1. Recommended Initial Conditions IC 15 Rx. Pwr. 15%

Core Age EOC

2. Required Plant Conditions None B. Overrides ID Tag 10 Description Position!

Position/ Actual Override Rmptime Actime Dactime Trig Target Value Value 03101 UR8 Q3101UR8 BUS 2A GEN 2 230 KV Ky BKR ON ON/OFF ON ON RED Q31 01 DG8 Q3101DG8 BUS 2A GEN 2 230 KV BKR OFF ON/OFF ON OFF GREEN Q8182LG8 230 KV Bkr ON Red (XU-5 Panel) ON/OFF ON ON Q8182RR8 230 KV Bkr ON Green (XU-5 ON/OFF ON OFF Panel)

D. Remote Function None E. Special Instructions E1 El PCB 29A CS not in Normal will delete Q3101UR8 (trc:l,dod:q3lOlur8)

Q3IOIUR8 (trc:1,dod:q3101ur8)

E2 PCB 29A CS in TRIP will delete Q3101DG8 (trc:2,dod:q3lOldg8).

Q31O1DG8 (trc:2,dod:q3101dg8).

E3 PCB 29A CS not in Normal will delete Q8182LG8 (trc:3,dod: Q8182LG8)

E4 PCB 29A CS in TRIP will delete Q8182RR8 (trc:4,dod: Q8182RR8).

LOT-SIM-JP-26.0-01 LOT-SIM-JP-26.O-O1 Page 2 of 10 Rev. 00

Main Turbine Shutdown SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS:

None EVALUATOR NOTES: (Do not read to examinee)

1. The applicable procedure section WILL be provided to the examinee, once it is demonstrated he/she knows the correct procedure.
2. If this is the first JPM of the JPM set, read the JPM briefing contained in NUREG 1021, Appendix E, or similar to the examinee.

exam inee.

foIIowng to examinee.

Read the following TASK CONDITIONS:

11.. Auxiliary power has been transferred to the SAT.

2. Load Dispatcher has been notified of impending grid separation.
3. OGP-05, Unit Shutdown, is complete up to Step 5.2.3.
4. Turbine load has been reduced to between 100 to 110 MWe.
5. Second stage reheat has been removed from service.
6. 20P-26 Section 7.1 has been completed through step 7.1.2.2.

INITIATING CUE:

You are directed to shutdown Main Turbine in accordance with 20P-26 and inform the Unit seo 5CC when the actions are complete.

LOT-SIM-JP-26.0-01 Page 3 of 10 Rev. 00

Main Turbine Shutdown PERFORMANCE CHECKLISTCHECKLIST NOTE: Sequence is assumed unless denoted in the Comments.

Step 11 -Obtain/provide Obtain/provide a copy of 20P-26, 2OP-26, Section 7.1.

Procedure obtained.

SAT/UNSAT SATIUNSAT Time Started: _ _ _ __

NOTE: verified / monitored on PPC, ERFIS, Control Panel XU-01 Turbine load can be verified (G EN-MW-727),

(GEN-MW-727), .orXU-04or XU-04 (GEN-WM R-760)

(GEN-WMR-760)

NOTE: Steps 2-4 may be performed in any order prior to tripping the main turbine.

NOTE: The MN STM LEAD AFTERCV-3 TheMN AFTER CV-3 DRN, MVD-DV3, operates with the limit switch position of the CV-1/CV-2 drain valves and the position can be confirmed with the indicating light on Panel XU-3.XU-3.

Step 2 - 0

- )pen th Open the 0 II oWing d e ffollowinq . va drain rain valves oca ted on P ves located Panel XU-3:

ane I XU -3 Valve Position SAT UNSAT MN STM LN BEFORE SV DRNS, MS-V46/47/48/49 Open MAIN SV & & CV ABOVE SEAT DRN, MVD-CV Open MN STM LEAD AFTER CV-1 DRN, MVD-CV2 Open MN STM LEAD AFTER CV-2 DRN, MVD-CV4 Open Drain valves open.

SAT/UNSAT SATIU N SAT LOT-S lM-J P-26.0-0 1 LOT-SIM-JP-26.0-01 Page4of Page 4 of 10 10 Rev. 00

Main Turbine Shutdown Step 3 - Perform the following to align the Turbine Lube Oil System:

PROMPT: Inform examinee that the Turbine Building AO AC has rotated thethe Cuno filters T-T handles.

a. Rotate the five Cuno filter's filters T-handles clockwise two complete revolutions to clean pumps Cuno filters.

the lift pumps' TB AO A 0 communicates Cuno filters rotated.

SATIU NSAT SATIUNSAT NOTE: Alarm UA-02 (2-3) MOTOR SUCTION PUMP RUNNING will.annunciate will annunciate when the exam inee may review the alarm MSP is started, examinee alarm prior to starting the MSP.

b. Start the motor suction pump.

Motor suction pump running.

SATIUNSAT NOTE: (4-2) TURNING GEAROIL Alarm UA-02 (4-2)TURNING GEAR OIL PUMP RUNNING will annunciate when examinee may review the alarm prior to starting the TGOP.

the TGOP is started, examinee.

c. Start the turning gear oil pump and ensure the lift pumps start by observing all six amber PRESS NORM lights come on.

Turning gear oil pump and all lift pumps running.

SATIUNSAT Step 4 - Perform the following to test the operation of LOW CONDENSER VACUUM OG-PS-11O and OG-PS-111, the pressure set control, and the bypass SWITCHES, OG-PS-110 valves:

a. Depress Bypass Valve Opening Jack INCREASE push button to open a bypass valve 12% to 18%.

Turbine Bypass Valve opened 12% to 18%.

SATIU N SAT SATIUNSAT LOT-SIM-JP-26.O-O1 LOT -SIM-JP-26.0-01 Page 5 of 10 Rev. 00

Main Turbine Shutdown

b. Depress Bypass Valve Opening Jack DECREASE push button to fully close the bypass valve.

Turbine Bypass Valve closed.

SATIUNSAT SAT/UNSAT Step 5 - Monitor main generator megawatts using computer point B059 or Net Unit Megawatts 2-GEN-WMR-760.

Monitors main generator megawatts.

SATIU NSAT SAT/UNSAT NOTE: This starts the alternate path portion to diagnose failure of PCB 29A.

NOTE: prior to performing step 6. This happens in a Steps 6 and 7 should be reviewed prior.

very short time period.

Step 6 - Depress the Emergency Trip System push button Emergency Trip System push button depressed.

CRITICAL STEP ** **

SATIUNSAT SAT/UNSAT And A nd ensure ththee ffollowinq:

oowmg:

II Valve Position SAT UNSAT All four main stop valves Closed All four control valves Closed Bypass valves maintain reactor pressure constant at Throttled 928 psig All four intercept valves Closed Valve positions verified.

SATIU NSAT SATIUNSAT LOT-SI M-J P-26.O-O1 LOT-SIM-JP-26.0-01 Page 6 of 10 Rev. 00

Main Turbine Shutdown NOTE: Examinee may determine the PCB 29A failed to open and decide to implement 20P-50.0, Section 8.31 (Emergency Isolation of 230KV Bus 2A).

Step 7 - When main generator MWe decrease to zero, then ensure both generator output GENERATOR breakers GENERA TOR 2 TO BUS 2A 230 KV PCB 29A and GENERAGENERATOR TOR 2 TO BUS 2B 230 KV PCB 29B, are open.

Recognizes PCB 29A failed to open and takes control switch to trip.

CRITICAL STEP ****

SAT/UNSAT SAT1UNSAT NOTE: direct examinee another operator will Acknowledge PCB 29A failure and .direct continue with Main Turbine shutdown.

Step 8 - Notifies SRO PCB 29A failed to automatically open and was manually opened.

SRO notified of PCB 29A failure.

SAT/U NSAT SAT/UNSAT I.

TERMINATING CUE: When both main generatorgenerator output breakers (PCB 29A & 29B) are open, this JPM is complete.

Comments required for any step evaluated as UNSA UNSAT T.

Time completed: _ _ _ __

LOT-SI M-J P-26. 0-01 LOT-SIM-JP-26.0-01 Page 77 of 10 10 Rev. 00

Main Turbine Shutdown RELATED TASKS:

245012B101, Shutdown the Main Turbine per20P-26per 20P-26 KIA REFERENCE AND IMPORTANCE RATING:

245000 A2.01 3.7/3.9 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following on the MAIN TURBINE GENERATOR AND AUXILIARY SYSTEMS; SYSTEMS ; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those abnormal conditions or operations: Turbine trip

REFERENCES:

GP-05 OP-26 TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:

None SAFETY FUNCTION (from NUREG 1123, Rev. 2) 4, Heat Removal REASON FOR REVISION:

New LOT-SIM-JP-26.0-01 Page 8 of 10 Rev. 00

Main Turbine Shutdown Time:~

Validation Time: 12 Minutes (approximate).

APPLICABLE METHOD OF TESTING Performance: Simulate Actual X Unit: 2 Setting: Control Room Simulator X X (Not applicable to In-Plant JPMs)

Time Critical: Yes No X X Time Limit N/A Alternate Path: Yes X X No EVALUATION Examinee:

Examinee:_______________________________________________

JPM: Pass Fail ____

Remedial Training Required: Yes No ____

Did Examinee Verify Procedure? Yes ___ No ____

(Each Student should verify one JPM per evaluation set)

Comments:

Corn rnents:

Comments reviewed with Student Evaluator Signature: Date: _____________

Date:______________

LOT-SIM-JP-26.0-01 LOT-SIM-JP-26.O-O1 Page 9 of 10 Rev. 00

TASK CONDITIONS:

1. Auxiliary power has been transferred to the SAT.
2. Load Dispatcher has been notified of impending grid separation.
3. OGP-05, Unit Shutdown, is complete up to Step 5.2.3.
4. Turbine load has been reduced to between 100 to 110 MWe.
5. Second stage reheat has been removed from service.
6. 2QP-26 20P-26 Section 7.1 has been completed through step 7.1.2.2.

INITIATING CUE:

You are directed to shutdown Main Turbine in accordance with 2QP-26 20P-26 and inform the Unit SeQ SCO when the actions are complete.

7.0 SHUTDOWN C Continuous Use 7.1 Normal Shutdown 7.1.1 Initial Conditions

1. Turbine load has been reduced in accordance with OGP-05 to between 100 and 110 MWe.
2. Second stage reheat has been removed from service in accordance with 20P-36.

7.1.2 Procedural Steps NOTE: Steps 7.1.2.1 through 7.1.2.5 may be performed in any order as long as they are completed prior to tripping the turbine.

CAUTION Operation at less than 33% turbine load AND less than 25" 25U Hg Vacuum (greater than 5 HGA backpressure) can cause damage to the last stage buckets and should be 5"

avoided.

1. PLACE TURBINE SUPERVISORY INSTRUMENTS Trip/Disable switch to ON.
2. CONFIRM TURB CV CVFASTCLOS/S V/RPT TRIP FAST CLOS/SV/RPT (A-OS, 6-7) is in alarm.

BYPASS (A-05, NOTE: The MN STM LEAD AFTER CV-3 ORN, MVD-DV3, operates with the limit DRN, MVD-OV3, switch position of the CV-1/CV-2 drain valves and the position can be confirmed with the indicating light on Panel XU-3.

3. OPEN the following drain valves located on Panel XU-3:
a. MNSTMLNBEFORESVDRNS, MN STM LN BEFORE SV ORNS, D MS- V46/4 7/4 8/49 MS-V46/47/48/49
b. MAINSV&CVABOVESEATDRN,MVD-CV MAIN SV & CV ABOVE SEAT ORN, MVO-CV D 2OP-26 120P-26 Rev. 116 159 Page 52 of 1591

7.1.2 Procedural Steps

c. MN STM LEAD AFTER CV-1 DRN, MVD-CV2 D
d. MNSTMLEADAFTERCV-2DRN, MN STM LEAD AFTER CV-2 DRN, MVD-CV4 LI D
4. PERFORM the following to align the Turbine Lube Oil System:
a. ROTATE the five Cuno filters filter's T-handles D clockwise two complete revolutions to clean the lift pumps Cuno filters.

pumps'

b. START the motor suction pump. D
c. START the turning gear oil pump AND ENSURE D the lift pumps start by observing all six amber PRESS NORM lights come on.

CAUTION IF the bypass valve does NOT open, THEN tripping the main turbine may result in a main turbine trip without bypass valves with resultant high reactor pressure and APRM upscale alarms or trips.

5. PERFORM the following to test the operation of LOW CONDENSER VACUUM SWITCHES, OG-PS-110 OG-PS-1 10 and OG-PS-111, the pressure set control, and the bypass valves:
a. DEPRESS Bypass Valve Opening Jack D INCREASE push button to open a bypass valve 12% to 18%.
b. DEPRESS Bypass Valve Opening Jack El D

DECREASE push button to fully close the bypass valve.

6. MONITOR main generator megawatts using computer D LI U2GENBO59 OR Net Unit Megawatts point U2GENB059 2-GEN-WMR-760.

20P-26 120P-26 Rev. 116 Page53of159 Page 53 of 1591

7.1.2 Procedural Steps

7. DEPRESS the Emergency Trip System push button AND D ENSURE the following:
a. All four main stop valves go full closed. D
b. All four control valves go full closed. D
c. The bypass valves throttle open to maintain D reactor pressure constant at 928 psig.
d. All four intercept valves go closed. D
8. WHEN main generator MWe decrease to zero, THEN D ENSURE both generator output breakers GENERATOR GENERA TOR 2 TO BUS 2A 230 KV PCB 29A AND GENERATOR GENERA TOR 2 TO BUS 2B 230 KVPCBKV PCB 29B, are open.
9. PLACE REGULATOR REGULA TOR MODE SELECTOR, 43 CS, in D MAN.
10. OPEN EXCITER FIELD BREAKER, 41 CS. D
11. PLACE GEN MANUAL VOL VOLTADJ T ADJ RHEO, 70 CS, in the D full lower position.
12. PLACE GEN AUTO VOL VOLTT ADJ RHEO, 90 CS, in the full El D

lower position.

13. NOTIFY System Operations Load Dispatcher that the D unit is separated from the system.
14. ENSURE the following extraction nonreturn valves on Panel XU-2, are closed:
a. LP Turbine A 9th Stage Extraction Nonreturn D Valves, EX-V11 and EX-V13
b. LP Turbine B 9th Stage Extraction Nonreturn D Valves, EX-V12 and EX-V14
c. 7th Stage Extraction To FW Heater 4A Nonreturn D Valve, EX-V19 EX-.V19 20P-26 120P-26 Rev. 116 159 Page 54 of 1591

7.1.2 Procedural Steps

d. 7th Stage Extraction To FW Heater 48 4B Nonreturn D LI Valve, EX-V20
e. 4th Stage Extraction To FW Heater 5A Nonreturn D LI Valve, EX-V23
f. 4th Stage Extraction To FW Heater 5B Nonreturn D Valve, EX-V24
15. ENSURE the following moisture removal valves, located on Panel XU-2, are open:
a. LP Turbine A 11th Stage Extraction Moisture D Removal Valve, LLV-262 V-262
b. LP Turbine A 11th Stage Extraction Moisture D Removal Valve, LLV-263 V-263
c. LP Turbine B 11th Stage Extraction To Heater D Drains Deaerator Moisture Removal Valve, LV-264
d. LP Turbine B 11th Stage Extraction To Heater D Li Drains Deaerator Moisture Removal Valve, LV-265
e. LP Turbine A 9th Stage Extraction To Heater D Drains Deaerator Moisture Removal Valve, MVD-L V-266 MVO-LV-266
f. LP Turbine B 9th Stage Extraction To Heater D Drains Deaerator Moisture Removal Valve, MVD-L V-267 MVO-LV-267
g. 4th Stage Extraction to FW Heater 5A Moisture D LI Removal Valve, MVO-L MVD-LV-268 V-268
h. 58 Moisture 4th Stage Extraction to FW Heater 5B D LI Removal Valve, MVO-L MVD-LV-269 V-269
i. FW Heater 1IAA Moisture Removal Valve to D LI HDLV-216 Condenser, HO-L V-216 1 220P-26 0 P -2 6 Rev. 116 159 Page 55 of 1591

7.1.2 7.12 Procedural Steps Procedural Steps j.j. FW Heater FW Moisture Removal Heater 11BB Moisture Removal Valve Valve to to D Condenser, HD-LV-217 Condenser, HD-L V-217

k. EXHAUST DRAIN VLVS, HP TURB 7TH STAGE EXHAUSTDRAIN D MVD-MO V-CA -2/1/3/4 MVD-MOV-CA-2/1/3/4 16.
16. ENSURE the exhaust hood spray system maintains D exhaust hood temperatures less than 175°F 175°F on recorder TSI- TXR-638, Points 88 and 9.

TSI-TXR-638, 17.

17. MONITOR turbine bearing metal temperatures during D turbine coastdown for spikes greater than 50°F on TSI-TR-642.

recorder TSI- TR-642.

18.

18. IF a turbine bearing metal temperature spike of greater than 50°F is indicated, THEN PERFORM the following:
a. IF turbine speed is greater than 900 rpm, THEN D MANUALLY start the lift pumps.
b. IF turbine speed is less than 900 rpm, THEN D ENSURE the lift pump associated with the high temperature bearing is operating.
c. NOTIFY the Unit CRS of the condition. D
19. WHEN turbine speed decreases to less than 900 rpm, LI D

THEN ENSURE all six turbine bearing lift pumps are running.

20. IF turbine bearing metal temperature spikes greater than D 10°F/minute are detected, THEN NOTIFY the System Engineer to investigate.
21. MONITOR vibration of turbine bearings on recorder D TSI-XR-640 during turbine coastdown.
22. IF vibration greater than 10 mils is detected, THEN D NOTIFY the System Engineer.
23. ADJUST TBCCW TBCCW TO MAIN TURB OIL COOLER D temperature controller to maintain bearing oil inlet temperature at 90°F.

20P-26 120P-26 116 Rev. 116 159 Page 56 of 159)

7.1.2 7.1.2 Procedural Steps Procedural Steps NOTE:

NOTE: Oil temperature should be Oil be maintained maintained at at 80-90°F. MAIN MAIN TURBINE TURBINE OIL OIL COOLER TBCCWOUTLET COOLER TBCCW OUTLET ISOLATIONISOLATION VALVE,VALVE, TCC-V117, TCC-V1 17, may require throttling to maintain this temperature.

24. IF required, THEN THROTTLE MAIN TURBINE OIL D COOLERS TBCCW OUTLET ISOLA ISOLATION VALVE, TlON VAL TCC VE, TCC-V117, to maintain oil temperature at 90°F.
25. WHEN turbine speed decreases to zero, as indicated by the TURBINE AT ATZERO ZERO SPEED (UA-02 1-4) alarm, THEN ENSURE the following:
a. The turning gear piggy back motor starts AND D engages.
b. Approximately 10 seconds after the piggy back D LI motor starts, the turning gear main motor starts.
26. IF the turning gear will NOT remain engaged, THEN D REMOVE lift pumps from service in accordance with Section 8.22.
27. WHEN the turbine is on the turning gear, THEN PERFORM the following actions once per hour:
a. ENSURE the appropriate lift pumps are operating EJ D

in accordance with Section 8.22.

b. ENSURE all bearing metal temperatures, as D indicated on recorder TSI-TSI-TR-642, TR-642, are within 95°F 110°F for turning gear operation.

to 110°F

c. IF any bearing metal temperature exceeds 110°F, 110°F, D THEN NOTIFY the Unit CRS.
28. ENSURE either Bus Duct Fan 2A-1 or 2A-2 is in-service D AND PLACE Isophase Bus Heater switch in ON at the equipment cabinet on Turbine Building 38 equipment 38' el.
29. operating on the turning gear, WHEN the turbine is operating D THEN CLEAN the lift pumps' Cuno filters once per shift lift pumps filters' T-handles clockwise two by rotating the five Cuno filters by complete revolutions.

20P-26

!20P-26 Rev. 1116 16 Page 57 of of 159 159/

7.1.2 7.1.2 Procedural Steps Procedural Steps NOTE:

NOTE: Main Lube The Main Lube Oil Oil System should should be be operated operated continuously except except for Maintenance or inspection.

shutdowns required for Maintenance inspection.

30. REMOVE the turbine from turning gear operation in D accordance with Section 8.1.

20P-26

!20P-26 Rev. 116 116 Page 58 ofof 159 1591

PROGRESS ENERGY CAROLINAS BRUNSWICK TRAINING SECTION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE SIMULATOR NRC Sim G LESSON TITLE: Place SULCV In Service Following a Reactor Scram LESSON NUMBER: LOT-SIM-JP-32A-07 REVISION NO: 01

Place SULCV In Place In Service Following Following aa Reactor Reactor Scram.

Scram.

SIMULATOR SETUP A. Initial Conditions

1. Recommended Initial Conditions IC 11 Rx. Pwr. 100%

Core Age BOC

2. Required Plant Conditions

<170, RFP high-level trips sealed-in RPV water level <170",

B. Malfunctions None C. Overrides None.

D. Special Instructions

1. Trip the Main Turbine to insert a reactor scram and perform immediate actions with exception of tripping one RFP; allow RFPs to trip on high level.
2. <170. Ensure RCIC is tripped and HPCI AOP is in Lower RPV level to <170".

PTL.

3. Perform actions of the SULCV Hard card up to step 9.

LOT-SIM-JP-03A2-A07 Page 22 of 99 01 Rev. 01

Place SULCV In Service Following a Reactor Scram.

SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS:

NONE EVALUATOR NOTES: (Do not read to trainee)

1. The applicable procedure section WILL NOT be provided to the trainee.
2. If this is the first set of the JPM set, read the JPM briefing contained in NUREG 1021, Appendix E, or similar to the trainee.

Read the following to the trainee TASK CONDITIONS:

1. A reactor scram has occurred.
2. RPV water level has dropped below +170" +170 and Feedwater is required to restore RPV water level to the normal band.
3. HPCI and RCIC are not available.
4. Feedwater Level Control Following A Reactor Scram Hard Card was started and completed up through step 8.

INITIATING CUE:

You are directed by the Unit CRS to:

(1) restart Reactor Feed Pump A, (2) complete the actions to place the Startup Level Control, Control. Valve in service, and (3) restore RPV water level to +170" +200.

+170 - +200".

Inform the Unit CRS when RPV water level has been restored above 170. 170".

LOT-SIM-JP-03A2-A07 Page 33 of 99 Rev. 01

SULCV In Service Following a Reactor Scram.

Place SUlCV PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST NOTE: Sequence is assumed unless denoted in the Comments.

I - Obtain Hard Card S/1205.

Step 1 - S/i 205.

S/1205 obtained.

Hard Card SI1205 SAT/UNSAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

TIME START _ _ _ __

NOTE: The Operator needs to flip the hard card over to the other side for REACTOR FEED PUMP STARTUP instructions.

Step 2 - Open RFP A Recirc Valve FW-FV-V46.

RFP A Recirc Valve FW-FV-V46 indicates full open.

CRITICAL STEP ** SAT/U NSAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

Step 3 - Verify open RFP A Discharge Valve FW-V3.

RFP A Discharge Valve FW-V3 indicates full open.

SAT/U NSAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

Step 4 - Place RFPT A SP CTl, ASP C32-SIC-R6OIA in MANUAL at its lower limit.

CTL, C32-SIC-R601A RFPT RFPTA ASP C32-SIC-R6OIA indicates M with output at s:D%.

SP CTL, C32-SIC-R601A O%.

SAT/UNSAT*

SATIUNSAT*

Place MAN/DFCS Control Switch to MANUAL.

Step 5 -Place MAN/DFCS Control Switch in MANUAL.

MANIDFCS

    • ** SAT/UNSAT*
    • CRITICAL STEP ** SATIUNSAT*

LOT-SIM-JP-03A2-A07 lOT-SIM-JP-03A2-A07 Page 4 of 9 Rev. 01

Place SULCV In Service Following a Reactor Scram.

NOTE: Step 14 may not be required based on plant conditions.

Step 6 - Reset RFP high level trip signal.

At least 2 of 3 reset push buttons are depressed and amber high level trip amber lamps on P603 are extinguished.

SATIU E*

N SATIN E*

SATlU NSAT/N Step 7 - Depress RFP A RESET pushbutton.

RFPT A reset pushbutton on XU-2 depressed and RFP Tripped annunciator cleared.

    • ** SATIUNSAT*
    • CRITICAL STEP ** SAT/UNSAT*

Step 8 - Ensure RFP REP A LP and HP Stop Valves are open.

Verifies RFPT A LP and HP Stop Valves are open on XU-2.

SATIU NSAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

Step 9 - Depress the RFP A START Pushbutton.

RFP A START Pushbutton depressed and RFP speed rises to 1000 rpm.

    • ** SATIUNSAT*
    • CRITICAL STEP ** SATIUNSAT*

Step 10-10 Raise RFP REP A speed to 2550 rpm using the LOWER/RAISE Control Switch.

RFP A speed 2550 rpm.

    • SATIUNSAT*

CRITICAL STEP ** SAT/UNSAT*

LOT-SIM-JP-03A2-A07 Page 5 of 9 Rev. 01

SULCV In Service Following a Reactor Scram.

Place SUlCV Step 11 - Depress the RFPT DFCS CTRl CTRL RESET Pushbutton and place MAN/DFCS Control Switch to DFCS.

MAN/DFCS Control Switch in DFCS, DFCS light is ON.

MANIDFCS

    • ** SATIUNSAT*
    • CRITICAL STEP ** SAT/UNSAT*

Step 12 - Selects RFP REP DEMAND on RFPT A SP CTl, ASP CTL, C32-SIC-R601A C32-SIC-R6OIA and raises RFP A speed, until discharge pressure is greater than or equal to 100 psig above reactor pressure.

RFP A discharge pressure to :?100 100 psig above reactor pressure.

    • ** SAT/UNSAT*
    • CRITICAL STEP **

NOTE: The Operator needs to flip the hard card over to the other side for Feedwater Level Control Following a Reactor Scram and continue at step 10.

Step 13 13 SULCV, FW-LlC-3269,

- Manually adjust the SUlCV, EW-LIC-3269, for desired reactor water level.

SULCV is adjusted in manual to open the valve. Master controller verified to be at 187 inches.

    • ** SATIUNSAT*
    • CRITICAL STEP ** SAT/UNSAT*

Step 14 - Place SUlCV, SULCV, FW-LlC-3269, FW-LIC-3269, in AUTO.

SULCV is in AUTO.

SATIUNSAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

Step 15 15 Inform Unit CRS that RPV water level is above +170".

-Inform +170.

Unit CRS informed.

SATIU N SAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

TERMINATING CUE: RPV water level has been restored to >+170"using II T_I::,R'VlIN,'!ATING SULCV.

>+170 using SUlCV.

Comments required for any step evaluated as UNSAT.

TIME COMPLETED _ _ _ __

LOT-SIM-JP-03A2-A07 lOT-SIM-JP-03A2-A07 Page 6 of 9 Rev. 01

Place SULCV In Service Following a Reactor Scram.

RELATED TASKS:

259202B101 Start the First Reactor Feed Pump per OP-32 2592028101 KIA REFERENCE AND IMPORTANCE RATING:

295001 A4.02 3.9, 3.7 Ability to manually start/control a RFP in the control room.

REFERENCES:

ATTACHMENT 6 of 20P-32, Rev 165 TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:

None SAFETY FUNCTION (from NUREG 1123, Rev. 2)

Safety Function 2, Inventory Control REASON FOR REVISION:

Removed the steps prior to starting the feed pump pump....

LOT-SIM-JP-03A2-A07 Page 7 of 99 Rev. 01

SULCV In Place SULCV Place In Service Following aa Reactor Scram.

Service Following Scram.

Time required for Completion:

Time Completion: 15 15 Minutes (approximate).

Minutes METHOD OF TESTING APPLICABLE METHOD Performance: Simulate Actual X Unit:

Unit 22 Setting: Control Room SimulatorX Simulator1 (Not applicable to In-Plant In-Plant JPMs)

JPMs)

Time Critical: Yes No X X Time Limit N/A Alternate Path: Yes No X EVALUATION Trainee:

Trainee:_________________________________

JPM: Pass _ _ Fail _ _

Remedial Training Required: Yes No _ _

Did Trainee Verify Procedure as Authorized Copy?

copy? Yes _ _ No _ _

(Each Student should verify one JPM per evaluation set.)

Comments:

Comments Reviewed With Trainee Evaluator Signature: _________________________ Date: _ _ _ __

Date:____________

LOT-SIM-JP-03A2-A07 Page 8 of 9 Rev. 01

TASK CONDITIONS:

1. A reactor scram has occurred.
2. +170 and Feedwater is required to restore RPV water level has dropped below +170" RPV water level to the normal band.
3. HPCI and RCIC are not available.
4. Feedwater Level Control Following A Reactor Scram Hard Card was started and completed up through step 8.

INITIATING CUE:

You are directed by the Unit CRS to:

(1) restart Reactor Feed Pump A, (2) complete the actions to place the Startup Level Control Valve in service, and (3) restore RPV water level to +170"

+170 - +200".

- +200.

Inform the Unit CRS when RPV water level has been restored above 170". 170.

ATTACHMENT 6 Page 1 1 of 2 Feedwater Level Control Following a Reactor Scram - Reactor Feed Pump Startup F NOTE:

NOTE:

This attachment is also applicable to the Simulator.

This attachment is NOT to be used for routine system operation.

FEEDWATER LEVEL CONTROL FOLLOWING A REACTOR SCRAM RO 1. IF NECESSARY, THEN DISPATCH AN OPERATOR TO RFP A(B) TO RESPOND TO ANY LOCAL ANNUNCIATOR PANEL ALARMS.

RO 2. CLOSE (FW-V6 AND FW-V8) OR (FW-V118 FW-V1 19).

(FW-V1 18 AND FW-V119).

RO RO 3. ENSURE FW-FV-177 IS CLOSED.

RO 4. OPEN FW-V10.

RO 5. PLACE FEEDWATER CONTROL MODE SELECT TO 1 I ELEM.

RO 6. IF BOTH RFPs REPs HAVE TRIPPED, THEN ENSURE MSTR RFPT SP/RX LVL CTL, C32-SIC-R600, IS IN MM (MANUAL) AND SET TO MAINTAIN 187 INCHES.

RO 7. ENSURE SULCV, FW-LlC-3269, FW-LIC-3269, IN M M (MANUAL) AND SULCV CLOSED.

RO 8. ENSURE B21-F032A AND B21-F032B ARE OPEN.

9. IF AN RFP IS RUNNING, THEN PLACE RFPT A (B) SP CTL, C32-SIC-R6OIA (B), IN M C32-SIC-R601A M (MANUAL) AND ADJUST RFP A (B) SPEED LJNTIL UNTIL DISCHARGE PRESSURE IS APPROXIMATELY 100 PSI GREATER THAN REACTOR PRESSURE.
10. ADJUST SULCV, FW-LlC-3269, FW-LIC.-3269, FOR DESIRED REACTOR WATER LEVEL.
11. FW-LIC-3269, IN A (AUTO).

IF DESIRED, THEN PLACE SULCV, FW-LlC-3269,

12. FW-LIC-3269, OUTPUT ADJUST FW-FV-177 TO MAINTAIN SULCV, FW-LlC-3269, DEMAND SIGNAL BETWEEN 25% AND 55%.
13. IF SULCV, FW-LlC-3269, FW-LIC-3269, FAILS TO CONTROL LEVEL, THEN USE ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING VALVES TO AID IN LEVEL CONTROL:

FW-V120, FW-V1 20, (FW-V118 (FW-V1 19 AND FW-V8).

(EW-VI 18 AND FW-V6), (FW-V119 2/1204 2/1 204 S/1205 20P-32

\20P-32 Rev. 166 Page 292 of 301 I

ATTACHMENT 6 Page 2 of 2 Feedwater Level Control Following a Reactor Scram - Reactor Feed Pump Startup NOTE: This attachment is also applicable to the Simulator.

NOTE: This attachment is NOT to be used for routine system operation.

REACTOR FEED PUMP STARTUP RO 1. IF NECESSARY, THEN DISPATCH AN OPERATOR TO RFP A(B) TO RESPOND TO ANY LOCAL ANNUNCIATOR PANEL ALARMS.

RO 2. ENSURE A FEEDWATER FLOW PATH IS ESTABLISHED TO THE REACTOR VESSEL.

3. OPEN RFP A (B) RECIRC VLV, FW-FV-46 (FW-FV-47).
4. ENSURE RFP A (B) DISCH VLV, FW-V3 (FW-V4) IS OPEN.
5. C32-SIC-R6OIA (B), IN M PLACE RFPT A (B) SP CTL, C32-SIC-R601A M (MANUAL) AT ITS LOWER LIMIT.
6. PLACE RFPT A(B) MAN/DFCS CONTROL SWITCH IN MAN.
7. ENSURE REACTOR WATER LEVEL IS LESS THAN +206 INCHES AND RFPT A&B HIGH LEVEL TRIP/RESET PUSHBUTTONS ARE RESET.
8. DEPRESS RFPT A (B) RESET PUSHBUTTON
9. ENSURE RFPT A (B) LP AND HP STOP VLVS ARE OPEN.
10. ROLL RFPT A (B) TO 1000 RPM BY DEPRESSING RFP REP A(B) START PUSHBUTTON.
11. RAISE RFPT A(B) SPEED TO APPROXIMATELY 2550 RPM USING THE LOWER/RAISE CONTROL SWITCH.
12. DEPRESS RFPT A(B) DFCS CTRL RESET AND PLACE MANIDFCS MAN/DFCS CONTROL SWITCH TO DFCS.
13. C32-SIC-R6OIA (B),

RAISE RFPT A (B) SPEED WITH RFPT A (B) SP CTL, C32-SIC-R601A UNTIL DISCHARGE PRESSURE IS GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 100 PSIG ABOVE REACTOR PRESSURE.

2/1204 S/1205 Sf1205 2OP-32

!20P-32 Rev. 166 Page 293 of 301 !

PROGRESS ENERGY PROGRESS ENERGY CAROLINAS BRUNSWICK TRAINING BRUNSWICK TRAINING SECTION SECTION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE SIMULATOR SIMULATOR NRC Sim H H LESSON TITLE: Restart CRD Following CRD Pump Trip LESSON NUMBER: LOT-SIM-JP-008-B01 LOT-SIM-JP-008--BO1 REVISION NO: 1 1

Restart CRD Following CRD Pump Trip SIMULATOR SETUP Initial Conditions

1. Recommended Initial Conditions IC 11 Rx. Pwr. 100%

Core Age BOC

2. Required Plant Conditions No CRD pumps in operation.

Special Instructions Turn off the operating CRD pump.

Isolate Seal Purge to the Recirc Pumps LOT-OJT-JP-002-AO1 LOT-OJT-JP-002-A01 Page 2 2 REV. 0

Restart CRD Following CRD Pump Trip SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS:

NONE EVALUATOR NOTES: (Do not read to trainee)

1. The applicable procedure section WILL NOT be provided to the trainee.

When the trainee has identified the proper procedure and section to be used a working copy of the procedure WILL be given to the trainee.

2. If this is the first set of the JPM set, read the JPM briefing contained in NUREG 1021, Appendix E, or similar to the trainee.

Read the following to the trainee TASK CONDITIONS:

1. The operating CRD Pump tripped on low suction pressure.
2. OAOP-02.0 has been entered due to Control Rod Malfunction/Misposition.
3. The standby CRD Suction Filter has been placed in service.
4. Recirculation Pump seal purge has been isolated, and another operator has been assigned to perform 20P-02 actions for seal purge restoration.

INITIATING CUE:

You are directed by the Unit CRS to restart the CRD system per 20P-08, and inform him when CRD has been returned to service.

LOT-OJT-JP-002-AO1 LOT -OJT-J P-002-A01 Page 3 REV. 0

Restart CRD Following CRD Pump Trip PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST NOTE: Sequence is assumed unless denoted in the Comments.

Step 11 - Obtain current revision of 20P-08 section 8.17.

20P-08, Section B.

Current revision of 20P-OB, 17 obtained.

8.17 SATIUNSAT*

TIME START: _ _ _ _ __

TIME START:

2-- Place CRD Flow Control, C12-FC-R600, in MAN and reduce potentiometer to Step 2 minimum setting.

C12-FC-R600 in MAN, manual output meter on controller indicates O. 0.

    • ** SATIUNSAT*
    • CRITICAL STEP ** SAT/UNSAT*

Step 3 - Open Drive Pressure control valve C12-PCV-F003.

C12-PCV-F003 indicates full open on P603.

SATIU NSAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

PROMPT: If requested as AO, report cooling water valves to CRD pumps are'" ,..

are open.

Step 4 - Ensure RBCCW in operation to supply cooling water to CRD pumps.

RBCCW checked in operation as indicated by pumps running and RBCCW discharge header pressure is normal as indicated on RCC-Pl RCC-PI-671-1 onXU-2.

on XU-2.

NSAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

SATIU NOTE: After starting the pump, alarms A-5 (6-1) CRD PUMP INLET FILTER.6P FILTER LP HIGH will come in and clear and alarm A-05 (2-1) CRD CHARGING WTR PRESS HI will come in until the flow control valve is opened. This may be reviewed prior to starting the pump and announced as expected alarms.

LOT-OJT-JP-002-AO1 LOT-OJT-JP-002-A01 Page 44 REV. 00

Restart CRD Following CRD Pump Trip PROMPT: If requested as AO, report prestart checks completed SAT.

Step 5 - Start non operating CRD Pump.

CRD Pump A or 8 B started and indicates running by red light on P603.

    • ** SATIUNSAT*
    • CRITICAL STEP ** SAT/UNSAT*

Step 6 - Raise CRD flow rate to 30-60 GPM using manual potentiometer on CRD FLOW CONTROL, C12-FC-R600.

CRD flow raised using manual potentiometer and indicates between 30 and 60 GPM on flow controller C12-FC-R600.

SAT/UNSAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

SIM OP: When asked to restore recirc pump seal purge perform the followin~r following:

1. Open SEAL INJECTION VALVE, 832-V22,B32-V22, for Recirc Pump A.
2. Open SEAL INJECTION VAL VE, 832-VALVE, V30, for Recirc Pump B.

B32-V30, PROMPT: When the Sim Op has opened the recirc seal purge valves, Inform exam inee that recirc pump seal purge has been restored.

examinee Step 7 - Null CRD FLOW CONTROL, C12-FC-R600, using the setpoint tape.

C12-FC-R600 setpoint tape adjusted to bring red needle within green band of setpoint tape.

SATIU NSAT*

SATIUNSAT*

Step 8 - Shift CRD FLOW CONTROL, C12-FC-R600 to Auto.

Select switch on C12-FC-R600 is placed to AUTO.

CRITICAL STEP ** SATlUNSAT*

LOT-OJT-JP-002-AO1 LOT -OJT-JP-002-A01 5 Page 5 REV. 0 0

Restart Restart CRD Following CRD CRD Following CRD PumpPump Trip Trip Step Adjust setpoint Step 99 - Adjust

- on CRD setpoint tape on CRD FLOW FLOW CONTROL, CONTROL, C12-FC-R600, to to maintain maintain cooling water differential pressure water differential pressure betweenl0-26 between 10-26 psid psid as as read on on C12-PDI-C12-PDI-on Panel R603 on R603 Panel P603.

P603.

Cooling Water dp reads between 10 10 and 26 psid on C12-PDI-R603 on Panel P603.

CRITICAL STEP **

    • CRITICAL ** SATIUNSAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

10- Ensure CRD flow rate is between 30 and 60 gpm.

Step 10 C12-FC-R600 flow meter reads between 30-60 GPM.

SATIUNSAT*

SATIUNSAT*

Step 11 - Establish drive water header differential pressure between 260 and 275 psid as read on C12-PDI-R602 on Panel P603 by throttling closed DRIVE PRESS VLV, C12-PCV-F003.

Drive water dp indicates 260-275 psid as indicated on C12-PDI-R602 on panel P603.

    • ** SATIUNSAT*
    • CRITICAL STEP ** SATIUNSAT*

Step 12 - Monitor operation of CRD Hydraulic System in accordance with section 6.0.

20P-08, Section 6.0 referred to for proper operational parameters.

SATIU NSAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

Step 13 13 - Inform Unit CRS that CRD has been returned to service per 20P-OS.20P-08.

Unit CRS informed.

SATIU NSAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

TERMINATING CUE: CUE CRD has been returned to service per 20P-OS.20P-08 Comments required for any step evaluated as UNSAT.

TIME STOP: _ _ _ _ __

TIME STOP:

LOT-OJT-JP-002-AO1 LOT -OJT -JP-002-A01 Page Page 66 REV. 00 REV.

Restart CRD Following CRD Pump Trip RELATED TASKS:

201023B101 2010238101 Restart the CRD Hydraulic System Following a Loss of a CRD Pump Per OP-08.

OP-OB.

K/A REFERENCE AND IMPORTANCE RATING:

KIA 201001 A2.01 3.2/3.2 Ability to predict the impact of a CRD pump trip on the CRD Hydraulic System and use procedures to correct, control or mitigate the consequences.

REFERENCES:

20P-OB, 8.17, Rev. 7B 20P-08, Section B.17, 78 TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:

None SAFETY FUNCTION (from NUREG 1123, Rev. 2)

Safety Function 1, Reactivity Control REASON FOR REVISION:

LOT-OJT-JP-002-AO1 LOT-OJT-JP-002-A01 Page 7 7 REV. 0

Restart CRD Following CRD Pump Trip Time required for Completion: 10 Minutes (approximate).

APPLICABLE METHOD OF TESTING Performance: Simulate Actual X Unit: 2 Setting: Control Room SimulatorX Simulator -.X. (Not applicable to In-Plant JPMs)

Time Critical: Yes No X X Time Limit N/A Alternate Path: Yes No X X

EVALUATION Trainee:_________________________________

Trainee:

JPM: Pass ____ Fail _ _

Remedial Training Required: Yes No _ _

Did Trainee Verify Procedure as Authorized Copy? Yes _ _ No _ __

(Each Student should verify one JPM per evaluation set.)

Comments:

Comments Reviewed With Trainee Evaluator Signature: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Date: _ _ _ __

Date:____________

LOT-OJT-JP-002-AO1 LOT -OJT-J P-002-AO 1 Page 8 0 REV. 0

TASK CONDITIONS:

1. The operating CRD Pump tripped on low suction pressure.
2. OAOP-02.O has been entered due to Control Rod Malfunction/Misposition.

OAOP-02.0

3. service, The standby CRD Suction Filter has been placed in service.
4. Recirculation Pump seal purge has been isolated, and another operator has been assigned to perform 20P-02 actions for seal purge restoration.

INITIATING CUE:

You are directed by the Unit CRS to restart the CRD system per the Operating Procedure, and inform him when CRD has been returned to service.

8.17 Restarting CRD Hydraulic Hydraulic System System Following Loss of CRD Pump R R

Reference Reference Use Use 8.17.1 8.17.1 Conditions Initial Conditions 1.

1. CRD System was in operation in accordance with Section 5.1.
2. Operating CRD pump has stopped.

8.17.2 Procedural Steps 1.

1. CLOSE SEAL INJECTION VALVE, B32-V22,832-V22, for Recirc Pump A.
2. CLOSE SEAL INJECTION VALVE, B32-V30,832-V30, for Recirc Pump B.
3. PLACE CRD FLOW CONTROL, C12-FC-R600, in MAN D AND REDUCE potentiometer to minimum setting.
4. ENSURE DRIVE PRESS VL VLV, V, C12-PCV-F003, is fully D open.
5. ENSURE RBCCW is in operation to supply cooling water D to CRD pumps.
6. START non-operating (desired) CRD Pump A or B. D NOTE: Following startup of the non-operating CRD pump, CRD accumulator recharge may momentarily delay the ability to perform CRD flow rate adjustments.

NOTE: IF a reactor scram is sealed in, THEN the following steps can NOT be performed until the scram is reset.

7. RAISE CRD flow rate to between 30 and 60 gpm, by D adjusting manual potentiometer on CRD FLOW CONTROL, C12-FC-R600.
8. RESTORE recirc pump seal purge in accordance with D LI 20P-02 concurrently with performance of this section.

20P-08 120P-08 Rev. 78 335 Page 79 of 3351

8.17.2 Procedural Steps

9. NULL CRD FLOW CONTROL, C12-FC-R600, by D adjusting the setpoint tape.
10. SHIFT CRD FLOW CONTROL, C12-FC-R600, to AUTO. D
11. ADJUST setpoint tape on CRD FLOW CONTROL, D C12-FC-R600, to maintain cooling water differential pressure between 10 and 26 psid on C12-PDI-R603 on Panel P603.
12. ENSURE CRD flow rate is between 30 and 60 gpm. D
13. ESTABLISH drive water header differential pressure D between 260 and 275 psid on C12-PDI-R602 on Panel VLV, P603, by throttling closed DRIVE PRESS VL \I, C12-PCV-F003.

C12-PCV-FOO3.

14. MONITOR operation of CRD System in accordance with D Section 6.0.

20P-08 120P-08 Rev. 78 335 Page 80 of 3351

6.0 6.0 SYSTEM OPERATION SYSTEM OPERATION Information Information Use Use 6.1 6.1 During normal During normal operation operation ofof the the Control Rod Drive Control Rod Drive Hydraulic Hydraulic System, the System, the following parameters should following parameters be routinely should be routinely monitored:

monitored:

- CRD flow CRD flow rate rate 30 to 30 to 60 gpm during 60 gpm during normal normal C12-FC-R600 Cl 2-FC-R600 power operations; up to power operations; up to 199 199 gpm gpm PanelP603 Panel P603 (max (max flow) during various flow) during various other other applications, such applications, as vessel fill, such as accumulator charging, etc accumulator charging, etc

- Drive water differential Drive differential 260 275 psid 260 to 275 psid pressure C12-POI-R602 Cl 2-PD1-R602 PanelP603 Panel P603

- Cooling water differential 10 to 26 psid (may be less 10 pressure 10 psid if reactor than 10 C12-POI-R603 Cl 2-PDI-R603 vessel temperature is less PanelP603 Panel P603 than 250°F)

- Charging water pressure Less than 1510 psig C12-PI-R601 Cl 2-PI-R60 I PanelP603 Panel P603

- Drive water flow rate Approximately 0 gpm (flow C12-FI-R604 Cl 2-FI-R604 rate < 5.0 gpm during rod PanelP603 Panel P603 movement)

- Cooling water flow rate 30 to 60 gpm (flow rates C12-FI-R605 Cl 2-FI-R605 above 50 gpm must be PanelP603 Panel P603 obtained from C12-FC-R600 on Panel P603)

- CRD temperature Less than 250°F C12-TR-R018 C12-TR-R018 Panel Panel H21-P007 H21-P007

- Pressure Pressure control valve 15 psig 15 to 35 psig CO-PCV-4105 CO-PC V-4 105 (outlet (outlet pressure) pressure)

CO-PI-4106 CO-PI-4 106 Radwaste Radwaste Bldg.Bldg. - 23'

- 23 EI. Southwest El. - Southwest 12 0 P -08 20P-08 Rev. 78 Rev. 78 Page 15 Page of 335 15 of 335 )

CAROLINA POWER & LIGHT COMPANY BRUNSWICK TRAINING SECTION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE IN PLANT NRC In-Plant II LESSON TITLE: LEP-Ol; Alternate Coolant Injection - SLC Pumps Using Fire LEP-01; -

Protection Water AOT-OJT-JP-300-J111 LESSON NUMBER: AOT-OJT-JP-300-J1 REVISION NO: 03

LEP-01; Alternate Coolant Injection - SLC Pumps Using Fire Protection Water SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

1. Boron is a caustic substance. Avoid contact with SLC solutions and precipitated sodium pentaborate salts. A portable eyewash station is present in the area and should be verified as being ready for use PRIOR to allowing trainee to potentially contact boron.
2. Radiation levels in this area are subject to rapid changes, especially during refuel outages.
3. Some areas may be inaccessible during CRD Rebuild evolutions.
4. Hearing protection may be required to access and then egress the plant locations associated with this JPM.

EVALUATOR NOTES: (Do not read to trainee)

1. The applicable procedure section WILL be provided to the trainee. The EOP-O1-LEP-01, Section 1, with trainee should be given a current copy of EOP-01-LEP-01, the applicable steps marked off as complete.
2. If this is the first JPM of the JPM set, read the JPM briefing contained in NUREG 1021, Appendix E, or similar to the trainee.
3. The trainee may desire to open the LEP Toolbox on the Reactor Building 80' 80 elevation, near the RWCU Panel. To open this toolbox the trainee must obtain an LSV key, obtainable from the SRO or the Work Control Center, or normally carried by the duty Auxiliary Operator. If this toolbox is opened, Operations may require the toolbox to be inventoried.
4. All operations are conducted on the Reactor Building 80'80 elevation unless otherwise noted.

AOT-OJT-JP-300-J11 Page 2 of 10 Rev. 03

LEP-Ol; Alternate Coolant Injection - SLC LEP-01; - SLC_Pumps Pumps Using Fire Protection Water Read the following to the trainee TASK CONDITIONS:

1. This task is to be performed on Unit __ .
2. EOP-O1-RVCP, has been entered The Reactor Vessel Control Procedure, EOP-01-RVCP, OEOP-O1-LEP-O1; Alternate Coolant and is directing the crew to perform OEOP-01-LEP-01; (LEP-Ol) in order to maintain RPV water level above TAF.

Injection, (LEP-01)

3. ALL control rods are fully inserted.
4. The Fire Protection System is OPERABLE.
5. LEP-Ol activities.

SLC Pumps are available to support LEP-01

6. The Demineralized Water System is damaged and is NOT available for use.

INITIATING CUE:

The Unit __ RO RD has directed you to perform the AOAD actions associated with lining up the SLC System to inject with Fire Protection Water per LEP-01 LEP-Ol,,

Section 1, Coolant Injection With SLC Pumps.

You are to notify the Control Room when the required steps of the procedure have been completed to allow the starting of the SLC Pumps.

AOT-OJT-JP-300-J11 Page 3 3 of 10 Rev. 03

LEP-Ol; Alternate Coolant Injection LEP-01; Injection - SLC Pumps

- Pumps Using Using Fire Fire Protection Protection Water PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST NOTE: Sequence is assumed unless denoted in the Comments.

NOTE: LEP-Ol, Section 1, is to be provided to the trainee.

A marked up copy of LEP-01, Step 11 - Obtain marked up copy of LEP-01,

- LEP-Ol, Section 11 from Control Operator.

LEP-Ol, Section 11 obtained from the Control Operator.

LEP-01, SATIUNSAT*

TIME START: _ _ _ _ _ _ __

PROMPT: IF asked, as the RO, inform the trainee that demineralized water is NOT available and fire protection water is available.

Step 22-- UNLOCK and CLOSE SLC Storage Tank Outlet Isolation Valve, C41-F001. C41-FOO1.

SLC Storage Tank Outlet Isolation Valve, C41-F001, C41-FOO1, is UNLOCKED and CLOSED.

SATIU NSAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

NOTE: The procedure hasa has a note that informs the trainee trainee of the location of Fire Hose Stations on the Reactor Building 80'elv.

80elv. One One station ison is on the south wall and the other station is on the north wall of the CRD Rebuild Room.

NOTE: The trainee does not need to OPEN the LEP LEP Toolbox, they should however explain what equipment is needed. IF IF THIS TOOLBOX IS OPENED, an inventory of the toolbox may be required by Operations. The trainee will need an "LSV" LSV Key for opening the toolbox which is normally carried by the duty Auxiliary Operator or is obtained from the SRO or the Work Control Center. No equipment should be removed from the toolbox for the performance of this JPM.

PROMPT: A picture of the Fire Hose to SLC Connector is provided once obtained from the LEP toolbox Step 44 - Trainee determines

- determines which fire hose station to useuse.

Fire hose station is selected for use.

SATIU NSAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

AOT-OJT-JP-300-J1 AOT-OJT-JP-300-J111 Page 44 of of 10 10 Rev. 03

LEP-Ol; Alternate Coolant LEP-01; Coolant Injection Injection - SLC

- SLC Pumps Pumps Using Using Fire Fire Protection Protection Water Step 5 - REMOVE Step - REMOVE the fire hose hose nozzle nozzle for the fire hose hose to be be used.

used.

Fire hose nozzle removed.

    • ** SAT/UNSAT*
    • CRITICAL STEP **

Step 6 - CONNECT the Fire Hose to SLC Connector to the threaded connection upstream of SLC TEST TANK OUTLET DEMINERALIZED WATER SUPPL SUPPLY Y ISOLATION VALVE, C41-F014.

Fire Hose to SLC Connector connected to the piping.

    • ** SATIUNSAT*
    • CRITICAL STEP ** SAT/UNSAT*

Step 7 - CONNECT the Fire Hose to SLC Connector to the selected fire hose.

Fire hose connected to the Fire Hose to SLC Connector.

    • ** SAT/UNSAT*
    • CRITICAL STEP ** SATlUNSAT*

Step 8 - OPEN the hose reel angle valve for the fire hose.

Opens angle valve counterclockwise (to the left).

    • CRITICAL STEP ** SATIUNSAT*
    • SAT/UNSAT*

9-UNLOCK Step 9 - UNLOCK AND OPEN SLC TEST TANK OUTLET DEMINERALIZED WATER SUPPLY SUPPL ISOLATION Y ISOLA TlON VALVE, C41-F014.

C41-F014 is open.

    • CRITICAL STEP ** ** SAT/UNSAT*

PROMPT: IF asked, air sparging is not in progress. Or the examinee may ask the status of SLC STORAGE TANK SERVICE AIR STOP VALVE, C41-F012, at which time indicate that it is closed (or indicate that it looks as is if closed).

AOT-OJT-JP-300-J1 AOT-OJT-JP-300-J111 Page 55 of 10 10 Rev. 03 03

LEP-Ol; Alternate Coolant Injection - SLC Pumps Using Fire Protection Water LEP-01; -

Step 10 - Notify the Control Room that the required AO actions per LEP-01,

- LEP-Ol, Section 1, are complete and that the SLC Pumps may be started.

Control Room notified that AO steps of LEP-01 LEP-Ol are complete and the SLC SLC. Pumps can be started.

    • ** SAT/UNSAT*
    • CRITICAL STEP **

TERMINATING CUE: When the Auxiliary Operator actions are complete per LEP-01,LEP-Ol, Section 11 to allow the Control Operator to start the SLC Pumps, this JPM is complete.

TIME STOP: _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Comments required for any step evaluated as UNSAT.

AOT-OJT-JP-300-J11 Page 66 of 10 10 Rev. 03

LEP-01; Alternate Coolant Injection - SLC Pumps Using Fire Protection Water LEP-Ol; -

RELATED TASK:

211 00685 211006B5 Perform Alternate Coolant Injection With SLC Pumps Per EOP-LEP-01 KIA REFERENCE AND IMPORTANCE RATING:

295031 EA1.08 3.8/3.9 Ability To Operate/Monitor Alternate Coolant Injection Systems

REFERENCES:

2OP-05, Standby liquid Control System operating Procedure 20P-05, SO-05, SD-05, Standby Liquid Control System Description OEOP-01-LEP-01, Alternate Coolant Injection - Rev. 23 P&IO 9527-D-25047, Unit 1 P&ID 9527-0-25047, 1 SLC System P&IO 9527-D-2547, Unit 2 SLC System P&ID 9527-0-2547, TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:

None SAFETY FUNCTION (from NUREG 1123, Rev. 2)

Safety Function 2, Reactor Water Inventory Control REASON FOR REVISION:

Modified this JPM for use of the new connection piece.

AOT-OJT-JP-300-J11 Page 7 of 10 Rev. 03

LEP-Ol; Alternate Coolant Injection - SLC Pumps Using Fire Protection Water LEP-01; -

Time required for Completion: 15 Minutes (approximate).

APPLICABLE METHOD OF TESTING Performance: Simulate X Actual Unit:

Setting: Control Room Simulator Simulator_ (Not applicable to In-Plant JPMs JPMs))

Time Critical: Yes No X X Time Limit N/A Alternate Path: Yes No X EVALUATION Trainee: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Trainee:_______________________________________

JPM: Pass Fail - -

Remedial Training Required: Yes No _ _

Did Trainee Verify Procedure? Yes _ _ No -:--__

(Each Student should verify one JPM per evaluation set.)

Comments:

Comments Reviewed With Trainee Evaluator Signature: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Date: _ _ _ __

Date:____________

AOT-OJT-JP-300-J1 1 AOT-OJT-JP-300-J11 Page 8 of 10 Rev. 03

Fire Hose to SLC Connector TASK CONDITIONS:

1.

1. is to be This task is be performed on Unit Unit __ .
2. EOP-O1-RVCP, has been entered The Reactor Vessel Control Procedure, EOP-01-RVCP, and is directing the crew to perform OEOP-01-LEP-01; OEOP-O1-LEP-O1; Alternate Coolant (LEP-Ol) in order to maintain RPV water level above TAF.

Injection, (LEP-01)

3. ALL control rods are fully inserted.
4. The Fire Protection System is OPERABLE.
5. LEP-Ol activities.

SLC Pumps are available to support LEP-01

6. The Demineralized Water System is damaged and is NOT available for use.

INITIATING CUE:

The Unit __ RO has directed you to perform the AO actions associated with lining up the SLC System to inject with Fire Protection Water per LEP-01 LEP-Ol,,

Section 1, Coolant Injection With SLC Pumps.

You are to notify the Control Room when the required steps of the procedure have been completed to allow the starting of the SLC Pumps.

Section 11 Injection with SLC Pumps Coolant Injection NOTE: Manpower: 11 Reactor Operator 11 Auxiliary Operator 11 Independent Verifier Special equipment: 1I LEP toolbox key 80 Rx Bldg LEP Toolbox 80' 3 locking tabs 11 pipewrench 11 Demineralized Water to SLC Jumper Hose 11 Fire Hose to SLC Connector RO: 1. INFORM the Unit CRS of the performance of this section. [@

RO: 2. IF directed by the Unit CRS to inject with SLC pumps [iA while aligned to the SLC storage tank, THEN GO TO Step 6, on page 7.

RO: 3. IF it has been determined the reactor will remain [ffiJ shutdown under all conditions without boron, THEN CONTINUE in this procedure.

4. IF directed to inject demineralized water, THEN PERFORM the following steps:

AO: a. UNLOCK AND CLOSE SLC STORAGE TANK [ffi\

OUTLET ISOLATION VALVE, C41-FOO1.

AO: b. CONNECT one end of the DEMINERALIZED WATER TO SLC JUMPER HOSE to the threaded connection at SLC DEMINERALIZED WATER SUPPLY SUPPL Y ISOLATION ISOLA TlON VALVE, C41-V5000.

AC:

AO: c. CONNECT the other end of the DEMINERALIZED [f;IA WATER TO SLC JUMPER HOSE to the threaded connection upstream of SLC TEST TANK OUTLET DEMINERALIZED WATER SUPPLY SUPPL Y ISOLATION ISOLA TlON VALVE, C41-F014.

OEOP-01-LEP-01 IOEOP-01-LEP-01 Rev. 30 Page 5 of 38 381

1 (Continued)

Section 1 AO: d. OPEN SLC DEMINERALIZED WATER SUPPL SUPPLYY ISOLATION ISOLA TlON VALVE, C41-V5000.

AO: e. UNLOCK AND OPEN SLC TEST TANK OUTLET DEMINERALIZED WATER SUPPL SUPPLY Y ISOLA TlON ISOLATION VALVE, C41-F014.

5. IF demineralized water is NOT available AND fire protection water is available, THEN PERFORM the following:

AO: a. UNLOCK AND CLOSE SLC STORAGE TANK D OUTLET ISOLA TlONTION VALVE, C41-F001.

C41-FOO1.

NOTE: Fire hose stations are located on the north wall of the CRD rebuild room and the south wall of the SO' 80 elevation.

AO: b. DISCONNECT the nozzle from the fire hose D LI selected for supplying SLC.

AO: c. CONNECT one end of the FIRE HOSE TO SLC D LI CONNECTOR to the threaded connection upstream of SLC TEST TANK OUTLET DEMINERALIZED WATER SUPPLY ISOLATION VALVE, C41-F014.

AO: d. CONNECT the other end of the FIRE HOSE TO D SLC CONNECTOR to the fire hose selected in Step 5.b above.

AO: e. ENSURE the temporary valve on the FIRE HOSE D TO SLC CONNECTOR is closed.

AO: f. OPEN the hose reel angle valve for the fire hose D selected in Step 5.b above.

AO: g. OPEN the temporary valve on the FIRE HOSE TO D El SLC CONNECTOR until a stream of water issues from the valve, THEN CLOSE the temporary valve.

AO: h. UNLOCK AND OPEN SLC TEST TANK OUTLET D DEMINERALIZED WATER SUPPLY SUPPL Y ISOLATION ISOLA TlON VALVE, C41-F014.

IOEOP-01-LEP-01 Rev. 30 Page 6 of 38 3s1

Section 11 (Continued)

Section (Continued)

AO:

AO: 6.

6. IF sparging IF sparging of of the the SLC SLC tank tank isis inin progress, progress, THEN THEN CLOSE CLOSE 0 SLC STORAGE SLC STORAGE TANK TANK SERVICE SERVICE AIR AIR STOP STOP VALVE, VALVE, C41-F012.

C41-F012.

RO:

RO: 7.

7. START SLC START Pumps AA and SLC Pumps and BB from from thethe RTGB.

RTGB. 0 Initials Initials 8.

8. WHEN SLC SLC pumps pumps are are NOT required for NOT required for coolant coolant injection, injection, THEN PERFORM THEN PERFORM the the following:

following:

RO: a. PLACE SLC PUMPS A & B, C41-CS-S1, to STOP.

STOP.

AO: b. SECURE the fire protection water supply to SLC, if necessary.

c. PERFORM the following for all valves that were operated:

AO: (1))

(1 ENSURE SLC STORAGE TANK SERVICE SER VICE /I AIR STOP VALVE, C41-F012, is locked Ind.ver.

lnd.Ver.

closed.

AO: (2) CLOSEAND CLOSE AND LOCKSLCT LOCK SLC TEST ESTTANKTANK /

OUTLET DEMINERALIZED DEMINERALIZED WATER WA TER Ind.ver.

Ind.Ver.

SUPPLY SUPPL Y ISOLATION ISOLA TlON VALVE, C41-F014.

AO: (3) CLOSE SLC DEMINERADEMINERALIZED LIZED WATER WA TER /

SUPPLY SUPPL Y ISOLATION ISOLA TlON VALVE, C41-V5000. Ind.ver.

Ind.Ver.

AO: (4) OPENANDL OPEN AND LOCK OCKSLCST SLC STORAGEORAGETAN TANK K /

OUTLET OUTLET ISOLATION VALVE, C41-FOO1. Ind.ver.

IncI.Ver.

AO: d.

d. IF IF installed, installed, THEN REMOVEREMOVE the FIRE FIRE HOSE HOSE TO TO SLC SLC CONNECTO CONNECTOR R from the the fire fire hose hose selected in selected in Step Step 5.b5.b above.

AO:

AO: e.

e. IF IF installed, installed, THEN THEN REMOVE REMOVE the the FIRE FIRE HOSE HOSE TO TO //

SLC CONNECTO SLC CONNECTOR R from from the the threaded threaded connection connection Ind.ver.

Ind.Ver.

upstream upstream of of SLC SLC TEST TANK TANK OUTLETOUTLET DEMINERA LIZED DEMINERALIZED WATER WA TER SUPPLY SUPPL Y ISOLATION ISOLA TlON VALVE, VALVE, C41-F014, C41-F014, AND AND INSTALL INSTALL the the pipe pipe cap.

cap.

OEOP-O1-LEP-O1 IOEOP-01-LEP-01 Rev.

Rev. 3030 Page Page 77 of of 38381

1 (Continued)

Section 1 Initials AO: f. IF removed, THEN INSTALL the fire hose nozzle /

5.b on the fire hose used for removed in Step S.b IndVer.

ind.Ver.

supplying SLC.

AO: g. 5.b was performed, THEN COORDINATE IF Step S.b with Fire Protection personnel to perform an inspection of the fire hose station used for supplying SLC.

AO: h. IF installed, THEN REMOVE the /I DEMINERALIZED WATER TO SLC JUMPER IndVer.

Ind.Ver.

HOSE and connections, AND INSTALL the pipe caps.

AO: i. RETURN any LEP tool box equipment to storage AND PERFORM inventory of LEP tool boxes.

RO: j. COORDINATE with E&RC to sample the SLC tank for proper concentration OR to refill the SLC tank in accordance with 1 1 (2)OP-OS.

(2)OP-05.

AO: k. INITIATE a WO to replace both squib valves.

RO: I. EXIT this section AND CONTINUE in this procedure at Step 2.1 on page 3.

Date/Time Completed DatelTime Performed By (Print) Initials Reviewed By: _ _ _ _ _ __

Reviewed By:

Unit CRS/SRO OEOP-O1-LEP-O1 1OEOP-01-LEP-01 Rev. 30 8 of 381 Page 8 38

PROGRESS ENERGY - CAROLINAS BRUNSWICK TRAINING SECTION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE IN-PLANT NRC In-Plant J LESSON TITLE: Manually transferring the Electric Fire Pump power supply.

LESSON NUMBER: AOT-OJT-JP-041-A07 REVISION NO: 02

Manually transferring the Electric Fire Pump power supply.

SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS:

Use caution in the vicinity of operating equipment.

Use caution in vicinity of energized electrical equipment.

EVALUATOR NOTES: (Do not read to trainee)

1. The applicable procedure section WILL be provided to the trainee.
2. If this is the first JPM of the JPM set, read the JPM briefing contained NUREG 1021, Appendix E, or similar to the trainee.

Read the following to trainee.

TASK CONDITIONS:

1. Off-Site Power is unavailable to either unit. DG2 is tripped, and Bus E2 is de-de energized, and cannot be energized by cross-tie.
2. Buses E1, El, E3, and E4 are energized by their respective DGs. Buses E5 and E6 have been cross-tied.
3. The Diesel Driven Fire Pump is unavailable.
4. RVCP directs aligning all available alternate coolant injection per EOP-01-LEP-01.

EOP-Ol-LEP-0l.

Reactor pressure is 10 psig.

5. The Electric Fire Pump is aligned to its normal power supply. The Electric Fire Pump cannot be started from the control room.
6. The Electric Fire Pump Normal and Alternate Feed Breakers are open and indicate off on the XU-69 panel.
7. All applicable prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 of OP-41 OP-4l are met.

INITIATING CUE:

You are directed by the Unit CO to transfer the Electric Fire Pump to its alternate power supply in accordance with OP-41 and inform the CO when your actions are complete.

AOT -OJT-J P-041-A07 AOT-OJT-JP-041-A07 Page 2 of 7 REV. 02

Manually transferring the Electric Fire Pump power supply.

PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST CHECKLIST NOTE: Sequence is assumed unless denoted in the Comments.

Step 11 - Obtain a current revision of OP-41

- OP-41,, Section 8.58.

OP-4 1, Section 8.58.

Current Revision of OP-41, SATIU NSAT*

SATIUNSAT*

PROMPT: Inform the examinee that the switches on XU-69 are tripped and breakers indicate OFF.

Step 2 - Shift the Electric Fire Pump to the alternate supply at the 2-FP-P2-XFER-SW cabinet as follows:

a. Confirm normal transfer switch operating oil level.

Oil level is normal.

SATIUNSAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

b. Remove the transfer switch locking device.

Locking device removed.

    • CRITICAL STEP ** SATIUNSAT*
c. Disengage position pin from position plate.

Position pin is disengaged.

    • CRITICAL STEP ** ** SATIUNSAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

d. Place Transfer switch located on front of cabinet in position A.

Transfer switch located on front of cabinet placed in position A.

    • CRITICAL STEP ** ** SATIUNSAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

AOT-OJT-JP-041-A07 AOT -OJT-J P-041-A07 Page 33 of 77 REV. 02

Manually transferring the Electric Fire Pump power supply.

e. Ensure position pin engages position plate.

Position pin engaged.

SATIU N SAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

f. Install the transfer switch locking device.

Locking device installed.

SATIU NSAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

PROMPT: Inform the examinee that the switches on XU-69 are closed When requested, Inform and breakers indicate ON.

PROMPT: the SCO inform the examinee that another operator will perform Attachment As theSCO 47.

Step 3 - Inform CO that Fire Pump has been transferred to alternate power.

CO informed actions for fire pump are complete.

SATIUNSAT*

SAT/UNSAT*

IIi TERMINATING CUE: CUE Fire pump has been transferred to alternate power per OP-41.

OP-41 ii

    • Comments required for any step evaluated as UNSAT.

AOT-OJT-JP-041-A07 AOT-OJT-JP-041-A07 Page 4 of 77 REV. 02

Manually transferring the Electric Fire Pump power supply.

RELATED TASKS:

200075B504, Perform Alternate Coolant Injection With Fire Water Per LEP-01 2000758504, LEP-Ol KIA REFERENCE AND IMPORTANCE RATING:

286000 A1.05 3.2/

3.2 REFERENCES

OP-41 TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:

None.

SAFETY FUNCTION (from NUREG 1123, Rev 2.):

8 - Fire Protection AOT-OJT-JP-041-A07 Page 55 of 77 REV. 02

Manually transferring the Electric Fire Pump power supply.

Time Required for Completion: ~ 15 Minutes (approximate).

APPLICABLE METHOD OF TESTING Performance: Simulate X Actual Unit: _0_0 Setting: Control Room Simulator____

Simulator __ (( Not applicable to In-Plant JPMs JPMs))

Time Critical: Yes No X X Time Limit N/A Alternate Path: Yes No X X

EVALUATION Trainee:_________________________________________________

Trainee: ----------------------------------------

JPM: Pass - - Fail _ _

Remedial Training Required: Yes No _ _

Comments:

Comments reviewed with Student Evaluator Signature: _______________________________ Date:_____________

Date: -----

AOT -OJT-JP-041-A07 AOT-OJT-JP-041-A07 Page 6 of 7 REV. 02

TASK CONDITIONS:

1. Off-Site Power is unavailable to either unit. DG2 is tripped, and Bus E2 is de-de energized, and cannot be energized by cross-tie.
2. Buses E1, El, E3, and E4 are energized by their respective DGs.

DG5. Buses E5 and E5 E6 have been cross-tied.

3. The Diesel Driven Fire Pump is unavailable.
4. RVCP directs aligning all available alternate coolant injection per EOP-01-LEP-01.

EOP-0l-LEP-0l.

Reactor pressure is 10 psig.

5. The Electric Fire Pump is aligned to its normal power supply. The Electric Fire Pump cannot be started from the control room.
6. The Electric Fire Pump Normal and Alternate Feed Breakers are open and indicate off 5.

on the XU-69 XU-59 panel.

7. All applicable prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 of OP-41 are met.

INITIATING CUE:

You are directed by the Unit CO to transfer the Electric Fire Pump to its alternate power supply in accordance with OP-41 and inform the CO when your actions are complete.

8.58 Transferring the Electric Fire Pump P2 Power Supply R R

Reference Use 8.58.1 Initial Conditions

1. All applicable prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 are met. D
2. The Unit SCO has determined the Electric Fire Pump D power supply should be transferred.

8.58.2 Procedural Steps NOTE: Switch position B is the normal power supply source from Bus E2, Compt AH7. Switch position A is the alternate power supply source from Bus E4, Compt AL3.

NOTE: IF plant conditions require the transfer switch to remain in alternate power supply position A, THEN an EC tag should be used for tracking until the transfer switch is restored to normal power supply position B.

NOTE: Steps in this section will be performed at the 2-FP-P2-XFER-SW 2-FP-P2-XFER-S W cabinet unless otherwise noted.

NOTE: mop the Electric Fire Pump.

Performance of the followings steps will inop

1. IF desired to transfer Electric Fire Pump power supply to the alternate source, THEN PERFORM the following:
a. At Control Panel XU-69, MOMENTARILY PLACE the following switches to TRIP AND ENSURE the breaker indicates OFF:

- ELECTRIC FIRE PUMP P2 ALTERNATE AL TERNA TE D FEED BREAKER CONTROL SWITCH (E4)

- ELECTRIC FIRE PUMP P2 NORMAL FEED D BREAKER CONTROL SWITCH (E2)

b. CONFIRM normal transfer switch operating oil D level.
c. REMOVE transfer switch locking device. D OOP-41 IOOP-41 Rev. 102 Page 133 of 271 I

8.5&2 8.58.2 Procedural Steps Procedural Steps d.

d. DISENGAGE position DISENGAGE position pin pin from from position plate.

position plate. D NOTE:

NOTE: The position pin The position should be pin should be released released prior prior to to the the switch switch reaching position A to reaching position to allow the pin allow the pin to engage automatically.

engage automatically.

e.

e. PLACE transfer PLACE transfer switch on front switch on front of of cabinet cabinet in in D position A.
f. ENSURE position pin engages position ENSURE position plate. D
g. INSTALL transfer switch locking device. D
h. XU-69, MOMENTARILY PLACE At Control Panel XU-59, the following switches to CLOSE AND ENSURE breaker indicates ON:

- ELECTRIC FIRE PUMP P2 AL TERNA TE ALTERNATE D FEED BREAKER CONTROL SWITCH (E4)

- ELECTRIC FIRE PUMP P2 NORMAL FEED D BREAKER CONTROL SWITCH (E2)

2. IF desired to transfer Electric Fire Pump power supply to the normal source, THEN PERFORM the following:
a. XU-69, MOMENTARILY PLACE At Control Panel XU-59, the following switches to TRIP AND ENSURE the breaker indicates OFF:

- ELECTRIC FIRE PUMP P2 NORMAL FEED D BREAKER CONTROL SWITCH (E2)

- ELECTRIC FIRE PUMP P2 ALTERNATE AL TERNA TE D FEED BREAKER CONTROL SWITCH (E4)

b. CONFIRM normal transfer switch operating oil D level.

level.

c. REMOVE REMOVE transfer switch locking locking device. D OOP-41 IOOP-41 Rev.

Rev. 102 102 Page Page 134 134 of of 271 271 I

8.5&2 8.58.2 Procedural Steps Procedural Steps d.

d. DISENGAGE position DISENGAGE position pin pin from position position plate.

plate. D NOTE: The position pin should be released prior to the switch reaching position B to allow the pin to engage automatically.

e. PLACE transfer switch on front of cabinet in D position B.
f. ENSURE position pin engages position plate. D
g. INSTALL transfer switch locking device. D
h. At Control Panel XU-69, MOMENTARILY PLACE the following switches to CLOSE AND ENSURE the breaker indicates ON:

- ELECTRIC FIRE PUMP P2 NORMAL FEED D BREAKER CONTROL SWITCH (E2)

- ELECTRIC FIRE PUMP P2 ALTERNATE AL TERNA TE D FEED BREAKER CONTROL SWITCH (E4)

3. COMPLETE Attachment 47. D OOP-41

\OOP-41 Rev.

Rev. 102 102 Page Page 135 135 of of 271 271 I

PROGRESS ENERGY PROGRESS ENERGY CAROLINAS CAROLINAS BRUNSWICK TRAINING SECTION BRUNSWICK TRAINING SECTION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE IN-PLANT IN-PLANT NRC In-Plant K LESSON TITLE: Dual Unit Station Blackout: Energizing 2B-1/2B-2 Battery Chargers with SAMA Diesels (Unit 2)

LESSON NUMBER: AOT-OJT-JP-303-13 REVISION NO: 0

Station Blackout: Energizing 2B-1/2B-2 Battery Chargers with SAMA Diesels SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS:

1. Standard electrical precautions when working around energized electrical equipment.
2. Hard Hat, safety glasses, gloves and ear protection where posted.

EVALUATOR NOTES: (Do not read to trainee)

1. The applicable procedure section WILL be provided to the thetrainee.

trainee.

2. If this is the first JPM of the JPM set, read the JPM briefing contained in NUREG 1021, Appendix E, or similar to the trainee.

Read the following to trainee.

TASK CONDITIONS:

1. A complete Loss of Offsite Power has occurred in both Unit 1 1 and Unit 2.
2. Diesel Generators 1, 2, 3 and 4 cannot be started.
3. OAOP-36.2 section 3.2.24 has been entered and performed up to step 5.

INITIATING CUE:

You are directed by the Control Operator to complete the actions associated with aligning 2-SAMA-DIESEL2 2-SAMA-DIESEL-2 to Battery Chargers 2B-1/2B-2 in accordance with Section 3.2.24 steps 55 through 12.

AOT-OJT-JP-303-012 AOT-OJT-JP-303-012 Page 22 of 99 Rev.O Rev.0

2B1I2B-2 Battery Chargers with SAMA Diesels Station Blackout: Energizing 2B-1/2B-2 PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST NOTE: Sequence is assumed unless denoted in the Comments.

1 - Obtain marked up copy of OAOP-36.2 Section 3.2.24.

Step 1 -

Current revision of OAOP-36.2 Section 3.2.24 obtained.

SAT/UNSAT TIME START _ _ _ __

TIME START Step 2 - Ensure TRANSFER SWITCH 2-SAMA-DG2-XFER-SW is in MCC 2CB.

2CB selected

    • Critical Step**
    • Critical Step** SAT I/ UNSAT PROMPT: Perform the following at 2-SAMA-OIESEL-2.

2-SAMA-DIESEL-2. If asked, inform examinee that oil level is in the STOP ranae rnae of the dinstick.

distick Step 3 - Check engine oil level is in the STOP range on the dip stick.

Oil level verified in the stop region.

SAT I UNSAT SAT/UNSAT 2-SAMA-DIESEL-2. Inform the examinee that 2-SAMA-PROMPT: Perform the following at 2-SAMA-OIESEL-2.

DIESEL-2-52 is "as OIESEL-2-52 as you see it".

it.

Step 4 - Ensure SAMA DIESEL GENERATOR 1

- 1 OUTPUT BREAKER, 2-SAMA-DIESEL-2-52, is OFF.

2-SAMA-DIESEL-2-52 Output breaker off 2-SAMA-O/ESEL-2-52 SAT I UNSAT SAT/UNSAT PROMPT: Perform the following at 2-SAMA-OIESEL-2.

2-SAMA-DIESEL-2. Inform the examinee that you hear RUN is depressed.

noise from the diesel after "RUN" Step 5 - Press RUN to start the engine.

Engine is running.

    • Critical Step** SAT I/ UNSAT AOT-OJT-JP-303-012 Page 3 of 9 Rev.O

2B-112B-2 Battery Chargers with Station Blackout: Energizing 2B-1/2B-2 with SAMA Diesels 6-- Close SAMA DIESEL GENERATOR 1 Step 6 I OUTPUT BREAKER, 2-SAMA-DIESEL-2-52.

2-SAMA-DIESEL-2-52 Output breaker closed (up position).

    • Critjcal Step**
    • Critical Step** SAT I UNSAT Step 7 - Close SAMA DIESEL GENERATOR #2 SUPPLY, located on MCC 2CB, Compt. C60.

MCC 2GB, MGG 2CB, Gompt.

Compt. G60 C60 closed.

    • Critjcal Step**
    • Critical Step** SAT I UNSAT Step 8 - Close BATT CHARGER 2B-1 AC INPUT

- IN PUT NORM FEED, located on MCC 2CB, 2C8, Compt.

C57.

MCC 2GB, MGG 2CB, compt G57 C57 closed Step** SAT I UNSAT

    • Critjcal Step**
    • Critical 9-- Close BATT CHARGER 2B-2 AC INPUT NORM FEED, located on MCC 2CB, Compt.

Step 9 C56.

MCC 2GB, MGG 2CB, compt G56C56 closed

    • Critical Step**
    • Critical Step** SAT I/ UNSAT NOTE: Ensure that examinee adheres to all rules regarding fire doors when performing next step.

room to cable spread room door 2-CTB-DR-EL023-113 Battery room 2-CTB-DR-EL023-1 13 should should be simulated tied in SAMG tool box.

open. Materials are located inSAMGtool Step 10 - Tie open the door between 2B Battery Room and Cable Spread, 2-CTB-DR-EL023-113.

2-CTB-DR-EL023-1 13 simulated tied open.

2-GTB-DR-EL023-113 SATIUNSAT SAT/UNSAT

-OJT-J P-303-0 12 AOT-OJT-JP-303-012 AOT Page 4 of 9 Rev.O Rev.0

Station Blackout: Energizing 2B-1/2B-2 Battery Chargers with SAMA Diesels PROMPT: The The following steps are performed in the battery rooms (28-1). Inform the examinee that the D.C. amperes on BAT-AM-6002 indicate 30 amps.

Step 11 - Confirm the following for Battery Chargers 2B-1, D.C. AMPERES, BAT-AM-6002, indicates between 10 and 50 amps Verified to be between 10 10-- 50 amps.

SAT/UNSAT SAT! UNSAT PROMPT: The following steps are performed in the battery rooms (28-2). Inform the examinee that the D.C. amperes on BAT-AM-6003 indicate 20 amps.

(2B-2), D.C. AMPERES, BAT-AM-6003, Step 12 - Confirm the following for Battery Chargers (28-2),

indicates between 10 and 50 amps Verified to be between 10 10-- 50 amps SAT/UNSAT SAT I UNSAT PROMPT: The following steps are performed in the battery rooms (28-1). Inform the examinee that the D.C. VOLTS, BAT-VM-601 1, indicates 135.volts.

VOLTS,BAT-VM-6011, 135 volts.

Step 13 - Confirm the following for Battery Chargers 2B-1, D.C. VOLTS, BAT-VM-6011,

- BAT-VM-601 1, indicates between 130 and 140 volts Verified to be between 130 - 140 volts SAT/UNSAT SAT! UNSAT PROMPT: The following steps are performed in the battery rooms (28-2). Inform the examinee that the D.C. VOLTS, BAT-VM-6012, indicates 135 volts.

that Step 14 - Confirm the following for Battery Chargers 2B-2, D.C. VOLTS, BAT-VM-6012, indicates between 130 and 140 volts Verified to be between 130 - 140 volts SAT/UNSAT SAT I UNSAT AOT-OJT-JP-303-012 AOT -OJT-J P-303-0 12 Page 5 of 9 Rev.0 Rev.O

2B-112B-2 Battery Chargers with SAMA Diesels Station Blackout: Energizing 2B-1/2B-2 15 - Notify the TSC station batteries are charging using Battery Chargers 2B-1/2B-2 Step 15 - 2B-112B-2 without battery room ventilation.

TSC notified (control room acceptable with comments)

SAT/UNSAT SAT I UNSAT Termination Cue:

Cue TSC has been notified that the batterychargers When the TSC battery chargers have been from theSAMA enerqized from enerQized the SAMA Diesels this this JPM may be terminated.

terminated Time completed: _ _ _ _ __

    • Comments required for any step evaluated as UNSAT.

AOT-OJT-JP-303-012 Page 66 of 99 Rev.O

Station Blackout: Energizing 2B-1/2B-2 2B-112B-2 Battery Chargers with SAMA Diesels LIST OF REFERENCES RELATED TASKS:

200104B404 Perform AO AD actions to align diesel power to the battery chargers per OAOP-36.2.

KIA REFERENCE AND IMPORTANCE RATING:

295003 AA AAI1.02

.02 4.2/4.3 Ability to Operate and/or Monitor Emergency Generators as it applies to a Station Blackout

REFERENCES:

OAOP-36.2, Section 3.2.21 TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:

1. Plant page (or)
2. Radio
3. SAMG tool box SAFETY FUNCTION (from NUREG 1123, I 123, Rev 2):

6 (Electrical Distribution)

REASON FOR REVISION:

New for SAMA Diesels.

AOT-OJT-JP-303-012 AOT-OJT-J P-303-0 12 Page 77 of 99 Rev.O Rev.0

2B-lI2B2 Battery Chargers with SAMA Diesels Station Blackout: Energizing 2B-1/2B-2 Time Required for Completion: 18 Minutes (approximate).

APPLICABLE METHOD OF TESTING Performance: Simulate Actual Unit: 2 Setting: Control Room Simulator____

Simulator __ (Not applicable to In-Plant JPMs)

Time Critical: Yes No X Time Limit Alternate Path: Yes No X EVALUATION Trainee: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Trainee:_______________________________________

JPM: Pass - - Fail _ _

Remedial Training Required: Yes No Did Trainee Verify Procedure Revision?: Yes No _ __

(Each Student should verify one JPM per evaluation set.)

Comments:

Comments reviewed with Student Evaluator Signature: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Date: _ _ _ _ __

Date:______________

AOT-OJT-JP-303-012 AOT -OJT-J P-303-0 12 Page 8 of 9 Rev.O

TASK CONDITIONS:

1. A complete Loss of Offsite Power has occurred in both Unit 11 and Unit 2.
2. Diesel Generators 1, 2, 3 and 4 cannot be started.
3. OAOP-36.2 section 3.2.24 has been entered and performed up to step 5.

INITIATING CUE:

You are directed by the Control Operator to complete the actions associated with aligning 2B-112B-2 in accordance with Section 3.2.24 steps 5 2-SAMA-DIESEL-2 to Battery Chargers 2B-1/2B-2 through 12.

3.2.24 Alignment of 2-SAMA-Diesel-2 to Battery Chargers 2B-1/2B-2

1. OBTAIN the SAMG Diesel Toolbox from the equipment gangbox located 23'23 Control Building stairwell, Unit 1.

NOTE: Cross-tying E buses is the preferred method to energize battery chargers. If cross-tying E buses is NOT possible, this section aligns the SAMA diesels to energize the battery chargers.

2. CONTACT the Control Room to determine if continuing with this section is desirable.
3. OPEN MCC 2CB, Compt A09, located on 480V Sub E8. W
4. ENSURE all breakers on MCC 2CB are off. W
5. ENSURE TRANSFER SWITCH 2-SAMA-DG2-XFER-SW D is in MCC 2CB.
6. PERFORM the following at 2-SAMA-DIESEL-2:
a. CHECK engine oil level is in the STOP range on the D dip stick.
b. ENSURE SAMA DIESEL GENERA GENERATORTOR 2 OUTPUT D BREAKER, 2-SAMA-DIESEL-2-52, is OFF.
c. PRESS RUN to start the engine. D
d. CLOSE SAMA DIESEL GENERA GENERATORTOR 2 OUTPUT D BREAKER, 2-SAMA-DIESEL-2-52.
7. CLOSE SAMA DIESEL GENERA GENERATOR TOR #2 SUPPLY, SUPPL Y, D located on MCC 2CB, Compt. C60.
8. CLOSE BATT CHARGER 2B-1 AC INPUT NORM FEED, D located on MCC 2CB, Compt. C57. -
9. CLOSE BA BATTTT CHARGER 2B-2 AC INPUT NORM FEED, D LI located on MCC 2CB, Compt. C56.

10.

10. TIE OPEN the door between 2B Battery Room and Cable D Spread, 2-CTB-DR-EL023-1 2-CTB-DR-EL023-113. 13.

OAOP-36.2 IOAOP-36.2 Rev. 41 Page 128 128 of 196 1961

3.2.24 Alignment of 2-SAMA-Diesel-2 to Battery Chargers 2B-1/2B-2 11.

11. BATTERY CONFIRM the following for BA TTERY CHARGERS 28-1 (2B-2):

2B-1 (2B-2).

a. D.C.

D. C. AMPERES, BABAT-AM-6002, T-AM-6002, indicates between D El 10 and 50 amps

b. D.C.

D. C. AMPERES, BABAT-AM-6003, T-AM-6003, indicates between D El 10 and 50 amps

c. D.C. VOLTS, BAT-VM-6011, indicates between 130 D El and 140 volts
d. D.C. VOLTS, BAT-VM-6012, indicates between 130 D El and 140 volts CAUTION Batteries generate hydrogen gas when being charged.
12. NOTIFY the TSC station batteries are charging using D 28-1/28-2 without battery room Battery Chargers 2B-112B-2 ventilation.
13. MONITOR SAMA diesel fuel level AND REQUEST D Maintenance to refuel as necessary.

END OF SECTION OAOP-36.2 IOAOP-36.2 Rev. 41 Page 129 of 1961 196

Retrieved from "https://kanterella.com/w/index.php?title=ML101590081&oldid=2557552"